Proposal for a Directive of the European Parliament and of the Council on the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles
Date: 2003-07-14
Institutions: European Commission
Subjects: approximation of laws, commercial vehicle, motor vehicle, quality label, technical regulations

COMMISSION OF THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITIES

Brussels, 14.07.2003
COM(2003)418 final

2003/0153(COD)

Proposal for a

DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE COUNCIL

on the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and
separate technical units intended for such vehicles

(Recast version)

(presented by the Commission)

EXPLANATORY MEMORANDUM

1. 

OBJECTIVE OF THE PROPOSAL

This  proposal  for  a  directive  is  the  second  stage  of  the  recasting  of  Council
Directive 70/156/EEC  on  the  approximation  of  the  laws  of  the  Member  States
relating  to  the  approval  of  motor  vehicles  and  their  trailers.  Once  adopted,  it  will
repeal and replace Directive 70/156/EEC.

Since  1970,  Directive  70/156/EEC  has  been  the  main  legal  instrument  available  to
the European Community to implement the single market in the automobile sector. In
a  little  over  a  quarter  of  a  century,  the  single  market  has  become  an  ‘inevitable’
reality, not only for passenger cars but also for motorcycles and mopeds 1. To a large
extent, agricultural tractors 2 also benefit from access to the internal market and most
agricultural vehicles will shortly be included in this process thanks to the adoption of
a new directive. Until now, commercial vehicles 3 have benefited only partially from
the internal market. This has been by means of the type-approval of systems such as
braking.

The Commission now believes that the time has come to take a further step forward
and  extend  the  principles  hitherto  developed  for  other  categories  of  vehicles  to
include commercial vehicles as well.

Over  time,  Directive  70/156/EEC  has  undergone  more  than  18 amendments
necessary to adapt it to a sector which is in a permanent state of flux. Consequently,
it  needs  to  be  made  more  readable  by  being  recast,  now  that  the  European
Community  is  about  to  embrace  new  members,  and  in  the  light  of  the  fact  that  a
major  global  agreement 4  on  the  establishing  of  international  technical  regulations
has been concluded in Geneva.

The  first  stage  of  the  recasting  entails  consolidating  the  technical  annexes  to
Directive 70/156/EEC in the form of a Commission directive; the second stage is a
proposal  for  a  directive  of  the  European  Parliament  and  of  the  Council  which  will
recast the legislative provisions of that directive in their entirety.

The  technical  annexes  to  Directive  70/156/EEC  have  just  been  consolidated  into  a
single  document,  which  not  only  provides  a  synopsis  of  all  the  administrative  and
technical provisions governing type-approval procedures, but also lays down a set of
specific measures for commercial vehicles.

This proposal incorporates most of the existing legislative provisions in a reworked
form and puts in place the  legislative instruments  that  are  essential in order  for  the
approval  procedure  to  be  extended  to  all  categories  of  commercial  vehicles;  this

1

2

3

4

The  latter  are  covered  by  the  framework  Directive  92/61/EEC  of  30 June  1992,  OJ  L 225,
10.8.1992, p. 72.
Agricultural  tractors  are  covered  by  the  framework  Directive  74/150/EEC  of  4 March  1974,  OJ
L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10.
Light duty vehicles (up to 3.5 tonnes), trucks, trailers, semi-trailers, buses and coaches.
Agreement  concerning  the  Establishing  of  Global  Technical  Regulations  for  Wheeled  Vehicles,
Equipment and Parts which can be fitted and/or be used on Wheeled Vehicles of 25 June 1998.

2

                                                
procedure could be operational as early as 2007. It should be noted that Community
type-approval has been compulsory for passenger cars from 1 January 1998, and for
motorcycles and mopeds since 17 June 1999.

Besides all the technical aspects mentioned above, the proposed directive would lay
down  the  necessary  provisions  concerning  the  introduction  of  a  new  ‘split-level’
approach  to  the  regulatory  work.  If  this  approach  is  introduced,  it  can  be  assumed
that the adoption of very complex pieces of legislation would be facilitated. Recent
experiences  have  indeed  shown  that  the  inclusion  of  detailed,  advanced  technical
provisions  alongside  the  essential  features  in  a  single  directive  risks  slowing  down
the adoption procedures.

Consequently, while it is for the European Parliament and the Council to decide on
the  essential  requirements  of  a  regulatory  act,  it  is  proposed  that  the  Commission,
assisted  by  a  regulatory  committee 5,  be  entrusted  with  establishing  the  detailed
technical provisions and practical implementation measures.

2. 

LEGAL BASIS

The  Directive  is  based  on  Article 95  of  the  Treaty  establishing  the  European
Community and on  the principle of total  harmonisation, the purpose of  which  is  to
replace  national  laws  and  procedures  that  are  liable  to  create  barriers  to  the  free
movement  of  goods  by  a  single,  binding  set  of  Community  rules  and  a  single
approval procedure.

3. 

BACKGROUND

Since  the  1920s,  when  the  automotive  sector  began  to  industrialise,  government
authorities have adopted national regulations laying down construction standards for
motor  vehicles,  directed  essentially  at  aspects  of  safety  in  use  and  signalling  –
audible warnings, lighting, etc.

Most of the major industrialised nations at that time already had an industry that was
more than able to meet local needs. Given the protectionist ideas then in vogue, there
was  no  obvious  advantage  in  drawing  up  common  standards;  on  the  contrary,  the
whole purpose of standards was to serve national economic interests. At the end of
the Second World War, the destruction of the means of production set in motion an
opening-up  of  markets.  The  lack  of  harmonisation  in  the  area  of  construction
standards was bound to create technical barriers to the importation of vehicles 6. This
situation lasted until the end of the sixties.

In  1958,  in  Geneva,  the  countries  which  had  founded  the  European  Economic
Community  were  amongst  the  first  to  conclude  the  first  international  agreement
aimed  at  developing  international  rules  for  the  approval  of  certain  components
intended  for  the  motor  vehicle  sector 7.  The  principle  of  mutual  recognition  of

5

6

7

In accordance with Articles 5 and 8 of Council Decision 1999/468/EC, OJ L 184, 17.7.1999, p. 23.
There are many examples illustrating such a situation.
Agreement concerning the Adoption of Uniform Conditions of Approval and Reciprocal Recognition of
Approval for Motor Vehicle Equipment and Parts of 20 March 1958.

3

                                                
to  components,  approval  certificates 

approval  markings  affixed 
issued  by
governments and inspection by independent testing laboratories was regarded by the
contracting parties as the best guarantee of compliance with contractual obligations.
This  agreement has since  given  rise to over  100  UN/ECE  Regulations,  which  have
enabled spectacular progress to be made in the motor vehicle sector.

Building on  this  momentum, the six founding  members  of  the  European  Economic
Community set themselves the target of gradually eliminating all technical barriers to
trade between Member States, by developing an approach based on the work done in
Geneva and concentrating on motor vehicles rather than their components, the main
objective  being  to  increase  the  safety  of  vehicles  in  use  and  to  protect  vehicle
occupants in collisions, while at the same time respecting the environment.

The  appropriate  legal  framework  was  adopted  in  February  1970  in  the  form  of
Council  Directive  70/156/EEC,  which  enabled  the  essential  legal  instruments  to  be
put  in  place  in  order  to  frame  the  appropriate  regulations.  Two  separate  Directives
were published as part of this process: the Directive on the permissible sound level of
motor vehicles 8 and the Directive  on measures to  be taken  against  air  pollution  by
emissions from motor vehicles 9.

Over 50 directives were subsequently adopted as part of this process.

Initially,  the  legislation  provided  only  for  optional  implementation  of  Community
rules, a situation which was to persist until 1992, when the Commission decided to
adopt  a  policy  of  replacing  national  regulations  by  binding  Community  rules.  The
passenger  car  sector  was  the  first  to  be  tackled.  Member  States  immediately
subscribed to this idea, seeing it as a more effective means of reducing the steadily
increasing number of road victims.

Thus,  Council  Directive  92/53/EEC  of  18 June  1992 10  fundamentally  amended
Directive  70/156/EEC  by  introducing  mandatory  Community  type-approval  for
passenger  cars  from  1 January  1996  in  respect  of  new  types  placed  on  the  market,
and  from  1 January  1998  for  passenger  cars  covered  by  earlier  national
type-approval.

Commission Directive 98/14/EC of 6 February 1998 11 introduced specific technical
provisions for the type-approval of particular passenger cars; it also made it possible
for  all  the  technical  information  essential  for  type-approval  to  be  consolidated  in  a
single  computerised  document,  which  was  easier  to  use  and  which  suited  both  the
manufacturers and the administrative authorities.

Lastly,  Commission  Directive  20001/116/EC  of  20  December  2001 12,  which
embodies  the  first  phase  of  the  recasting,  has  put  in  place  the  necessary  technical
provisions to make type-approval for commercial vehicles operational.

8

9

10

11

12

Directive 70/157/EEC, OJ L 42, 23.2.1970, p. 16.
Directive 70/220/EEC, OJ L 76, 6.4.1970, p. 1.
OJ L 225, 10.8.1992, p. 1.
OJ L 91, 25.3.1998, p. 1.
OJ L 18, 21.1.2002, p. 1.

4

                                                
As  stated  in  the preamble,  this  proposal  for  a  directive  of  the  European  Parliament
and  of  the  Council  will  repeal  Directive  70/156/EEC.  This  will  result  in  a  more
consistent,  better-structured  text,  which  will  be  very  much  to  the  advantage  of
manufacturers, Member States and candidate countries.

4. 

SUBSIDIARITY

The  principles  of  ‘subsidiarity’  and  ‘proportionality’  enshrined  in  Article 5  of  the
Treaty  have  been  taken  into  account.  The  objective  of  this  Directive,  namely  the
elimination  of  barriers  to  trade  within  the  Community  through  the  application  of
EC vehicle type-approval for motor vehicles and their equipment, cannot properly be
attained  by  the  Member  States  on  account  of  the  scale  and  impact  of  the  action
proposed in the automotive sector and may therefore be attained more effectively at
Community level. This Directive does not go beyond what is necessary to reach that
objective.

5. 

INVOLVEMENT OF INTERESTED PARTIES

5.1. 

Position of the Member States

Member  States'  experts  have  been  informed  of  the  content  of  this  proposal  on  a
number  of  occasions  via  the  Commission's  Consultative  Group,  the  Motor  Vehicle
Working  Group  –  MVWG  –  which  is  made  up  of  representatives  of  the  Member
States, the industry and non-governmental organisations.

In  preparing  its  proposal,  the  Commission  took  account  of  the  work  done  by  the
OTA 13 working party,  which contributed  actively to drafting the  technical  annexes
to  this  Directive  and  made  numerous  pertinent  recommendations  as  regards  the
reworking of the articles. To a large extent, the Commission also took into account
the  work  of  the  TAAM 14  working  party,  which  brought  to  the  Commission's
attention a number of practical interpretation issues relating to the application of the
existing framework directive.

The  majority  of  government  experts  support  the  proposal.  Some  expressed
reservations  about  how  the  directive  should  be  applied  to  the  type-approval  of
commercial vehicles – i.e. whether it should be optional or compulsory. Some argued
that only minimal benefit for road safety or the environment could be expected from
compulsory enforcement but that there would be an increased cost to manufacturers.
Others supported  the  compulsory  enforcement  of the directive, but  recommended  a
sufficiently  long  lead-time  between  optional  and  compulsory  application.  In  any
case, it is  worth  pointing  out  here  that  Directive  70/156/EEC  has  been  compulsory
for all passenger cars since 1998.

13

14

Operationality of Type-Approval.
Type-Approval Authorities Meeting, a working party that has met twice a year since the beginning of
the 1990s.

5

                                                
5.2. 

Impact of the industry

The  impact  of  the  automotive  industry  is  enormous.  The  table  below  shows  the
quantitative  long-term  forecasts  for  the  automotive  industry.  In  terms  of  vehicles
produced within Western Europe, there is no sign whatsoever of stagnation.

It  is  expected  that  the  number  of  commercial  vehicles  in  Western  Europe  will
increase accordingly, from 24 829 000 vehicles in 2000 to 32 867 000 in 2014.

Year

Category

Western
Europe

North
America

Japan

1998

Passenger cars

14 426 000

7 958 000

8 072 000

Light trucks

1 599 000

7 495 000

1 802 000

Heavy commercial
vehicles (+)

404 000

465 000

192 000

Total 1998

16 429 000

15 918 000

10 066 000

2004

Passenger cars

14 397 000

8 263 000

9 216 000

Light trucks

1 512 000

8 360 000

2 398 000

Heavy commercial
vehicles (+)

332 000

445 000

291 000

Total 2004

16 241 000

17 068 000

11 905 000

2014

Passenger cars

14 469 000

10 330 000

7 550 000

Light trucks

1 719 000

6 840 000

2 621 000

Heavy commercial
vehicles (+)

370 000

478 000

235 000

Total 2014

16 558 000

17 648 000

10 406 000

(+) Heavy commercial vehicles comprise trucks of more than 6 tonnes and buses (except for the USA).
As regards trailers and semi-trailers, a possible extrapolation could be to multiply figures shown
above by two on the grounds that HCVs are usually used to tow trailers.

Source: J.D.  POWER-LMC  Automotive  forecasting  services  –  Global  Car  &  Truck  Forecast  –
3rd quarter  1999,  pages 7  to  10  –  World  Car,  Light  truck,  Heavy  Commercial  Vehicles
assembly

5.3. 

Position of the industry

The automotive industry has been involved from the earliest stages of discussion and
has  been  an  important  contributor  to  developing  the  concept  of  multi-stage
type-approval  procedures.  Industry  is  generally  supportive  of  the  Commission's
proposal, provided a sufficiently long lead-time is built in to allow all manufacturers,
including body-builders, to comply with the requirements on type-approval.

6

6. 

BASIS AND CONTENT OF THE PROPOSAL

6.1. 

General

While  the  main  objective  of  the  legislation  enacted  since  1970  has  been  to  bring
about the single market, the road safety aspects have always been considered and the
legislator  has  sought  to  guarantee,  by  means  of  construction  standards  based  on
sound  scientific  and  technical  knowledge,  that  all  road  users  enjoy  the  highest
possible level of safety, while ensuring protection of the environment.

Quite  naturally,  the  main  lines  of  approach  which  were  adopted  in  1970  when
drawing up the framework directive are still  to be found in this draft. They coexist
however with fully new concepts :

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

the  directive  is  based  on  total  harmonisation,  which  means  that  Community
type-approval  procedures  will  be  compulsory  and  will  replace  the  national
requirements with  which they  have  coexisted until  now.  There will  be a  long
transitional period to enable all manufacturers in the new sectors concerned to
adapt gradually to the new procedures;

as  before,  the  Directive  includes  legal  and  administrative  provisions  for  the
type-approval  of  systems  such  as  braking  system,  components  such  as  tyres,
and separate technical units such as lateral protection, in line with the separate
directives;

the procedures will continue to authorise  type-approval  of  a  complete  vehicle
by  combining  the  separate  type-approvals  issued  for  its  constituent  systems,
components  and  technical  units,  even  when  partial  type-approvals  have  been
carried out in various Member States;

instead  of  using  the  separate  directives,  type-approval  of  a  complete  vehicle
can  be  based  on  the  international  regulations  resulting  from  the  1958
Agreement 15,  which  are  regarded  as  alternatives  to  the  European  Directives
implementing Council Decision 97/836/EC 16 of 27 November 1997;

a  new  method  of  type-approval  –  known  as  multi-stage  type-approval  –  has
been introduced in order to bring the situation into line with the manufacture of
commercial vehicles. Naturally, vehicles for which the manufacturer assembles
the  chassis  and  bodywork  can  be  type-approved  using  the  time-honoured
procedure,  as  is  currently  the  case  for  passenger  cars.  The  multi-stage
procedure  generally  comprises  two  stages:  in  the  first  stage,  the  initial
manufacturer carries out type-approval of a chassis – whether or not it is fitted
with a cab – comprising the power unit, wheels, suspension, brakes,  etc.,  and
an  EC  type-approval  certificate  is  issued;  in  the  second  stage,  the  second
manufacturer,  generally  a  body-builder,  assembles  the  bodywork  and  then
presents the vehicle thus completed for type-approval;

15

16

Agreement concerning the adoption of uniform technical prescriptions for wheeled vehicles, equipment
and  parts  which  can  be  fitted  and/or  be  used  on  wheeled  vehicles  and  the  conditions  for  reciprocal
recognition of approvals granted on the basis of these prescriptions.
OJ L 346, 17.12.1997, p. 78.

7

                                                
– 

– 

– 

– 

passenger  cars  built  in  small  series,  which  were  not  previously  subject  to  the
harmonised Community type-approval procedure, will now be included in the
Community  system  under  a  flexible  procedure.  Formerly,  these  types  of
vehicles could be granted derogations on a discretionary basis by the Member
States,  provided  they  were  registered  in  their  territory.  This  situation  was
deemed  to  run  counter  to  the  principles  of  the  internal  market.  Technical
provisions were therefore drafted in order to codify the permitted derogations
from the separate directives, which naturally still apply. The technical services
and approval authorities will be able to verify a vehicle's conformity by means
of simplified tests or by comparison with tests carried out on similar vehicles,
without  there  being  a  need  to  undergo  the  entire  type-approval  procedure.  In
order to avoid abuse of these flexible arrangements, the Commission proposes
to place strict limits on the number of  vehicles that  are likely to benefit from
these provisions; the proposed figures have been chosen mainly by examining
the production figures of European manufacturers of exclusive cars or of sports
cars;

at the request of Member States wishing nevertheless to maintain a simplified
procedure allowing the approval of very small quantities of passenger cars, the
possibility  still  remains  of  approving  small  series  of  50 vehicles  a  year  on  a
purely  national  basis,  i.e.  restricted  to  the  territory  of  the  Member  State
granting the approval;

commercial  vehicles  will  also  be  able  to  follow  a  European  small-series
procedure similar to that applied to passenger cars. However, more experience
in  the  application  of  the  complete  procedures  is  needed  before  deciding  on
exactly how much latitude can be permitted. The case of commercial vehicles
will  therefore  be  dealt  with  at  a  later  date;  in  the  meantime,  Member  States
may  continue  to  apply  their  national  rules  to  a  limited  number  of  vehicles
according to the category to which they belong;

the Commission has endorsed the opinion of those Member States wishing to
include  in  the  directive  the  individual  approval  of  vehicles,  known  as  the
individual approval procedure. The practical arrangements will be laid down in
a separate annex after consultation with the usual partners. This procedure will
be applicable to the approval of vehicles following the multi-stage system.

The  implementation  of  the  principles  set  out  in  this  Directive  will  significantly
simplify  type-approval  operations  for  manufacturers;  it  will  mean  that  only  one
Member State needs to type-approve the vehicle in order for all vehicles of this type
to  be  able  to  be  registered  throughout  the  Community  solely  on  the  basis  of  their
certificate of conformity.

Experience  gained  with  passenger  cars  suggests  that  the  transparency  of  these
operations will also be guaranteed in the case of commercial vehicles.

Safeguard  clauses  are  included  to  enable  Member  States,  either  at  the  time  of
type-approval or on registration, to refuse vehicles which, although they comply with
all of the directives applicable, might prove dangerous for road safety. This principle
has also been extended to cover environmental issues.

8

The  principle  of type-approval is vindicated by  the manner  in which  motor  vehicle
manufacture is organised. Manufacturers in possession of a type-approval certificate
have to issue a certificate of conformity for each vehicle manufactured, guaranteeing
that  it  conforms  to  the  type-approved  type.  In  multi-stage  manufacturing,  each
manufacturer involved in the manufacturing process has to complete the part of the
certificate which corresponds to his particular stage.

Finally, one of the fundamental features of the type-approval system is the certainty
that  the  manufacturer  has  a  permanent  system  for  supervising  conformity  of
production.  Each  authority  involved  in  the  type-approval  process  must  regularly
verify that the manufacturer has complied with his obligations, is carrying out checks
and  is  taking  the  necessary  measures  to  rectify  the  situation  in  cases  where
deficiencies are found.

6.2. 

Content of the proposal

6.2.1.  General administrative provisions (Chapters I to VII)

Articles 1 to 18 set out the general provisions relating to the type-approval process,
including  the  submission  of  requests,  amendment  of  applications,  and  granting  or
withdrawal  of  type-approval  by  Member  States,  regardless  of  the  nature  of
type-approval or the category of vehicle.

Appropriate provisions cover the putting into service and registration of vehicles. In
this respect, it has been deemed necessary to take  account of the  fact that vehicles,
although complying with all applicable directives at the time of their production, may
not  have  been  registered  by  the  date  on  which  stricter  requirements  entered  into
force.  The  procedure  referred  to  in  Article 26  permits  the  registration  of  a  limited
number  of  vehicles,  either  calculated  on  grounds  of  a  given  percentage  of  the
registration figures during the previous year, or restricted to those vehicles produced
during  a  specified  period  preceding  the  date  of  enforcement  of  the  stricter
requirements.

Particular  attention  has  been  paid  to  Article 17  dealing  with  the  certificate  of
conformity. This document is one of the cornerstones of the edifice. Its purpose is to
enable the authority responsible for registration to verify that every vehicle meets the
legal requirements in force in the European Community before it is put into service.

6.2.2.  Conformity of production (Article 11 and Annex X)

The system of Community type-approval is based on the principle that a competent
authority approves a vehicle type or a component type after verification and testing
of representative prototypes by competent and independent technical services.

The  system  as  a  whole  is  only  credible  if  the  manufacturer  can  demonstrate  to  the
authorities  that  he  is  manufacturing  each  individual  vehicle  or  component  in
conformity with the approved type. Although the certificate of conformity and/or the
approval  mark  is  undeniably  a  statement  of  conformity,  it  is  the  regular  checks
organised  in  the  manufacturing  premises  which  nonetheless  remain  the  decisive
factor guaranteeing confidence in the system.

9

Under  the  procedure  put  in  place  the  approval  authorities  have  to  ‘audit’  the
manufacturer according to the procedures defined below. These measures are of two
types:

– 

– 

before being allowed to issue any type-approval, the competent authority must
ensure that the manufacturer has an internal monitoring system enabling him to
detect deficiencies in conformity and to take all necessary measures in order to
remedy them. The  competent authority delegates power to  a technical service
which has the necessary  qualifications to conduct a preliminary  evaluation  of
the system put in place by the manufacturer;

throughout  the  production  process,  the  competent  authority  or  its  technical
service regularly monitors the operations carried out by the manufacturer so as
to  ensure  that  each  vehicle  or  component  conforms  to  the  approved  type.
Where  necessary,  the  authority  may  take  sample  vehicles  or  components  in
order to carry out its own tests, if it believes that the checks carried out by the
manufacturer do not provide adequate guarantees.

6.2.3.  Exemptions for new technologies or new concepts (Chapter VIII)

It  is  a  well-known  fact  that  the  automotive  industry  is  one  of  the  most  innovative.
New  technical  concepts  are  sometimes  launched  on  the  market  well  before  it  has
been  possible  to  adapt  the  existing  legislation  to  new  situations.  Moreover,  for
certain types of vehicles because of certain innovative features, it is even impossible
to comply with all Community rules.

Thus,  to  meet  these  particular  needs,  provisions  of  the  framework  directive  and  of
separate  directives  may  be  exempted,  subject  to  approval  by  the  Commission,
assisted by a technical committee comprising experts from the Member States.

However, in order not to delay the launching of new technologies or new concepts,
the  approval  authority  may  issue  a  provisional  EC  type-approval  without  being
obliged to await the decision, provided it is restricted in validity to the territory of the
Member  State  where  the  vehicles  concerned  are  launched.  Afterwards,  when  the
exemption is approved at Community level, the EC type-approval will be extended to
normal validity.

6.2.4.  Vehicles produced in small series (Chapter IX)

Passenger cars built in small series can be type-approved at Community level as soon
as the directive has entered into force. A specific annex lays down all the exemptions
that are allowed. The concept of the European small-series procedure is based on a
simplified  administrative  process,  and  not  on  a  lowering  of  the  safety  or
environmental  aspects;  the  manufacturer  may  demonstrate,  in  a  limited  number  of
cases,  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  a  regulatory  instrument  by  himself
producing  evidence  or  test  reports,  subject  to  the  agreement  of  the  approval
authority.  The  latter  maintains  the  right  to  decide  to  entrust  the  testing  to  its  own
technical service.

Similar procedures will be implemented as regards other categories of vehicles but at
a  later  stage.  For  the  time  being,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  EC  whole-vehicle
type-approval  has  applied  solely  to  passenger  cars,  the  only  available  expertise

10

relates to those particular vehicles. Vehicles belonging to other categories of vehicles
produced in small series are therefore still covered by a non-harmonised procedure;

For passenger cars produced in a very limited quantity (a maximum of 50 vehicles a
year), Member States are allowed to grant discretionary derogations from the normal
procedure;  in  such  a  case,  the  approval  will  be  valid  only  for  the  territory  of  the
Member State granting the approval.

6.2.5. 

Individual approvals (Chapter X)

Similarly  to  what  has  been  done  for  small-series  production,  administrative
provisions  based  on  the  granting  of  exemptions  allow  the  approval  of  particular
vehicles  on  an  individual  basis.  However,  due  to  the  need  to  develop  appropriate
rules at Community level, this opportunity is still restricted in validity to the territory
of the Member State that grants the approval. Provisions will be harmonised within
the  Member  States  in  a  later  stage  in  order  to  allow  the  free  movement  of  those
vehicles.

Almost  95%  of  commercial  vehicles  belonging  to  category  N2  and  N3  are
chassis-cab, sold as such to road transport operators; these incomplete vehicles need,
for  completion,  the  addition  of  a  superstructure  (body-building)  on  the  chassis  as
well  as  several  additional  fittings  –  lateral  protection,  anti-spray  devices,  etc.  The
approval  procedure  that  has  to  be  followed  is  the  multi-stage  procedure.  It  is  a
characteristic  feature  in  the  commercial  vehicle  business  that  superstructures  and
equipment  are  adapted  to  the  needs  of  the  road  transport  operators;  consequently,
production cannot be envisaged in a similar way to the production of passenger cars.
To  accommodate  these  particularities,  the  multi-stage  approval  system  must  be
covered  by  the  individual  approval  procedure,  which  should  provide  the  necessary
flexibility in order to avoid delays and excessive costs at the body-building stage.

6.2.6.  Non-conformity with the approved type and notification of decisions (Chapter XII)

As  already  noted,  the  type-approval  procedure  as  a  whole  is  only  credible  if  the
manufacturer can demonstrate to the authorities that he is manufacturing each vehicle
or  component  in  conformity  with  the  approved  type.  The  initial  assessment  and
regular  audits  of  the  existing  control  of  conformity  plans  are  performed  by  or  on
behalf of the approval authority.

Articles 28 and 29 define failure to conform to the approved type and the remedies
and action to be undertaken to restore conformity, while Article 29 establishes how
to notify any decision taken in application of Article 28.

6.2.7.  Acceptance of equivalent regulations (Chapter XIII)

Community type-approval is essentially based on  conformity with over 50 separate
directives  that  have  been  adopted  since  1970.  However,  the  intention  is  that  such
type-approval  should  be  possible  on  the  basis  of  rules  deemed  to  be  equivalent  by
virtue  of  multilateral  or  bilateral  agreements  between  the  Community  and
non-member  countries.  These  criteria  are  part  of  Community  policy  on  external
trade.

When  this  proposal  was  being  drawn  up,  the  Commission  gave  thorough
consideration to the impact of the work in progress in Geneva on its own legislative

11

measures  following  the  accession  by  the  Community  on  27 November  1997  to  the
revised  1958  United  Nations  Agreement 17.  It  therefore  decided  to  accept,  without
any  further  action,  any  amendment  made  to  the  Geneva  Regulations  to  which  the
Community was a party, once the technical committee had given its opinion.

Similarly,  when  the  European  Community  accedes  to  a  new  UN/ECE  Regulation,
and  provided  that  the  Council,  in  formulating  its  decision,  empowers  the
Commission accordingly, the Commission may – after consulting Member States and
informing the European Parliament – include that regulation in the list of regulatory
measures that are required at the time of type-approval by simply stating the category
of  vehicle  concerned  and  the  date  of  application.  For  this  purpose,  a  third  part  is
added to Annex IV, which has to be updated regularly.

6.2.8.  Provision of technical information (Chapter XIV)

A  number  of  separate  directives  recommend  that  the  manufacturer  should  provide
specific  information  on  the  operation  of  safety  devices,  e.g.  child  seats.  The
Commission believes that the nature of the obligations on the manufacturer needs to
be specified in the framework directive.

It is also important that information intended for the public should not be at variance
with the provisions of the separate directives. There have been  cases of  advertising
which  presents,  in  a  tendentious  way,  certain  information  which  could  have  a
decisive influence on the consumer's choice at the time of purchasing a vehicle and
thus may mislead consumers.

Experience  has  shown  that  non-original  equipment  manufacturers  (non-OEM)
sometimes  have  insuperable  difficulties  in  gathering  all  the  necessary  technical
information  to  design  components  or  separate  technical  units  intended  for  the
after-sales  market.  Provisions  are  therefore  laid  down  in  Article 35  to  allow  these
manufacturers  access  to  technical  information,  including  the  vehicle-manufacturers'
drawings.  The  information  is  restricted  to  that  required  to  type-approve  parts  in
accordance with the relevant separate directives.

6.2.9. 

Implementation  measures  and  amendments  to  a  directive  –  committee  procedure
(Chapter XV)

The Directive provides for the Commission to take steps to implement a Directive of
the  European  Parliament  and  of  the  Council  for  which  it  has  received  a  mandate
under Article 211 of the Treaty.

It will be possible, if the need arises, to amend the technical annexes of any directive
referring  to  the  framework  directive  in  the  light  of  the  advance  of  scientific  and
technical knowledge, so as to adapt to new situations. The automotive industry is one
of  the  most  innovative,  and  it  is  important  that  the  provisions  covered  by
type-approval should be able to be adapted quickly where the interest of the users so
demands.  The  procedure  adopted  is  in  line  with  Council  Decision  1999/468/EC 18
which  provides  for  assistance  from  a  ‘Technical  Committee’  made  up  of  experts
from the Member States.

17

18

Council Decision of 27 November 1997, OJ L 346, 17.12.1997, p. 78.
OJ L 184, 17.7.1999, p. 23.

12

                                                
6.2.10.  Notification of approval authorities and technical services (Chapter XVI)

Confidence in the type-approval system derives not only from the impartiality of the
competent authorities but also from the independence and expertise of the technical
services. Consequently, Member States will only be allowed to entrust type-approval
testing and checks to bodies which have the necessary skilled personnel and suitable
equipment. Similarly, evaluations of quality systems and checks necessary to ensure
conformity  of  production  will  only  be  entrusted  to  bodies  specialised  in  the
inspection and assessment of quality systems. EN and ISO quality standards will be
used as a reference.

Under the directive, the departments in question are notified officially not only to the
Commission but also to the Member States, so as to ensure the transparency of the
process.

Manufacturers are not authorised to carry out type-approval tests themselves. This is
permitted only in a number of exceptional cases where, for example, very expensive
testing installations are needed and/or endurance or life tests have to be carried out;
in  this  very  small  number  of  cases,  the  manufacturer  is  allowed  to  draw  up  a  test
report under the supervision of the competent authority.

Technical services are allowed to carry out testing in the manufacturer's facilities, for
example,  for  braking  tests  which  require  tracks  several  kilometres  long.  The
the  relevant
technical  services  performing  such 
international standards.

testing  must  comply  with 

6.2.11.  Transitional provisions, enforcement, entry into force (Chapter XVII)

To ensure that the Directive fully plays its role, the Commission is proposing that its
provisions  be  transposed  by  the  Member  States  12 months  after  its  adoption  and
implemented from that date.

Type-approval will continue to be compulsory for passenger cars and will gradually
become compulsory for the other categories of vehicle. In cases where type-approval
can  be  granted  nationally,  transitional  provisions  have  been  included  to  enable
Member States to meet their obligations.

In  line  with  the  industry’s  wishes,  the  provisions  on  type-approval  procedures  will
initially  be  implemented  on  an  optional  basis  as  soon  as  the  Member  States  have
transposed the directive into their national legislation.

It  is  planned  that  type-approval  be  implemented  on  a  compulsory  basis  as  from
1 January  2007  but  in  successive  stages,  allowing  sufficiently  long  transitional
periods  so  that  administrations  are  not  overwhelmed  by  a  flood  of  type-approval
applications all submitted on the same date. Similarly, in order to allow industry to
adapt its current production to the new requirements, a two-year transitional period
has been allowed, as is customary in this domain.

13

The proposed timetable for the different categories of vehicles is as follows:

Type of vehicle

Categories concerned

New types

Existing types

(no invalidation)

Obligatory
(12 months after the
date of adoption of the
directive)

Optional
(12 months after the
date of adoption of the
directive)

Obligatory

1.7.2007

1.7.2009

Optional
(12 months after the
date of adoption of the
directive)

Obligatory

1.1.2007

1.1.2009

Optional
(12 months after the
date of adoption of the
directive)

Obligatory

1.1.2008

1.1.2010

Optional
(12 months after the
date of adoption of the
directive)

Obligatory

1.1.2010

1.1.2012

Optional
(12 months after the
date of adoption of the
directive)

Obligatory

1.1.2009

1.1.2011

Passenger cars

M1

Special purpose vehicles M1

Light-duty vehicles built
in one stage

N1

Light-duty vehicles built
in two or more stages

N1

and

Heavy commercial
vehicles built in one stage

N2, N3

M2, M3

O1, O2, O3, O4

Heavy commercial
vehicles built in two or
more stages

N2, N3

M2, M3

O1, O2, O3, O4

Special purpose vehicles N1, N2, N3

M2, M3

O1, O2, O3, O4

14

6.3. 

Annexes

6.3.1.  General

The annexes  have  been taken over  from  Directive  2001/116/EC,  which  result  from
to
the  consolidation  of 
Directive 70/156/EEC.

the  various  amendments  brought  over 

time 

They have been slightly amended with a view to aligning them with the newly added
articles. These amendments are highlighted to make them easier to identify.

Besides that, three new annexes have been added:

– 

– 

– 

Annex  XVI  which  contains  the  timetable  for  the  enforcement  of  the
type-approval process in respect of all categories of vehicles;

Annex  XVII  which  establishes  the  necessary  link  between  the  repealed
directives, their transposition date and the present directive;

Annex XVIII which  contains a correlation table with the previous  Articles of
Directive 70/156/EEC, as consolidated by Directive 92/53/EC and amended by
Directive 98/14/EC.

Finally,  three  new  appendices  specify  the  impact  of  Annex  IV,  Annex  VI  and
Annex VII. The appendix relating to Annex IV contains the requirements concerning
the  EC  type-approval  of  vehicles  belonging  to  the  category  M1,  produced  in  small
series.  The  second  one  relates  to  Annex  VI  and  constitutes  the  list  of  separate
Directives and UN/ECE Regulations with which the vehicle complies, while the third
concerns the model of the EC type-approval mark which, while already included in
some separate Directives, has never been incorporated in the framework Directive.

6.3.2.  Annexes I and III

Annex I is the compilation of the full set of information contained in the 56 separate
directives  listed  in  Annex  IV.  It  is  also  the  complete  list  of  information  for  the
purposes  of  vehicle  type-approval.  A  manufacturer  must  provide  an  approval
authority with a sub-set of this complete list as appropriate, with a view to obtaining
a  whole  vehicle  type  approval,  when  he  does  not  want  to  obtain  an  approval  in
accordance with the full set of separate Directives listed in Annex IV. Annex III, on
the  other  hand,  contains  the  necessary  particulars  that  are  required  to  type-approve
the vehicle when all systems approvals are available.

It  is  worth  noting  that  the  complete  information  package  is  to  be  circulated  to  all
approval authorities of the Member States as an attachment to the EC type-approval
certificate,  regardless  of  which  approval  procedure  the  manufacturer  may  have
chosen (step-by-step, single-step or mixed).

6.3.3.  Annex II

Annex  II  contains  all  the  useful  definitions  necessary  in  the  context  of  the  whole
vehicle  type-approval.  It  includes  general  definitions  of  categories  of  vehicles,
(similar to those used in the UN/ECE 1958 Agreement) and more specific definitions
requested by the EC legislation.

15

The  essential  aspects  to  be  used  to  define  a  new  type  of  vehicle  are  described  in
Section  B,  allowing  manufacturers  and  type-approval  authorities  to  determine
without doubt when a new approval has to be assigned to a vehicle type.

Lastly, Section C includes  the definitions of a type of  bodywork that are  necessary
for the classification of vehicles in relation to their design features or seating position
arrangements.

6.3.4.  Annexes IV and XI

Annex  IV  contains  an  exhaustive  list  of  the  requirements  for  granting  a
type-approval in respect of all categories of vehicles. It is subdivided into three parts.

– 

– 

Part  I  relates  to  the  vehicle  approval  itself  and  provides  a  list  of  56  separate,
compulsory  directives  ranging  from  braking  systems  to  tail  pipe  emissions,
etc.,  48  of  which  concern  category  M1  vehicles,  41  category  N1  vehicles,  43
category N2 vehicles and 21 category O4 vehicles.

Part  II  is  the  list  of  the  UN/ECE  Regulations  to  which  the  Community  has
adhered  as  a  Contracting  Party  to  the  United  Nations  Economic  Commission
for Europe for which there exists a corresponding EC Directive, while Part III
covers the same Regulations for which there exists no equivalent Directive.

A  new  appendix  has  been  added  to  Annex  IV,  which  provides  for  the  specific
requirements for the type-approval of vehicles belonging to category M1 produced in
small series. Four  levels of  decision  are provided for, e.g. full compliance  with the
EC requirements (letter X), licence  given to a  manufacturer to demonstrate that his
vehicle type fulfils the main provisions of a Directive (letter C) and so on.

Annex  XI,  similarly  to  Annex  IV,  provides  for  specific  requirements  in  respect  of
special vehicles. Four appendices include all the variations permitted with respect to
the complete list of Annex IV. The specific vehicles concerned are motor-caravans,
ambulances, hearses, armoured vehicles, special purpose vehicles and mobile cranes.

6.3.5.  Annexes V and XIV

Annex  V  is  a  kind  of  vade  mecum  that  gives  instructions  to  approval  authorities
about  how  to  manage  the  whole  vehicle  type-approval  procedures  in  the  case  of
complete  vehicles,  while  Annex  XIV  does  the  same  for  the  multi-stage  approval
procedure.

6.3.6.  Annexes VI, VIII and IX

Annex  VI  shows  the  template  of  the  EC  type-approval  certificate  to  be  used.  The
same  certificate  template  has  to  be  used  when  the  authority  is  granting  approvals
restricted  to  its  territory,  except  that  the  heading  may  not  bear  the  words
‘EC type-approval certificate’.

An  appendix  has  been  added  to  Annex  VI,  indicating  the  status  of  amendments  to
directives  or  regulations  with  which  the  vehicle  complies,  when  the  manufacturer
does not apply for the complete set of system approvals.

16

Annex VIII contains a summary table showing all the environmental performances of
a vehicle which has been granted EC type-approval, while the various  templates of
the  certificate  of  conformity  in  respect  of  the  categories  of  vehicles  are  shown  in
Annex IX.

6.3.7.  Annex VII

This annex gives all the necessary information to type-approval authorities about the
implementation of the approval numbering system.

6.3.8.  Annex X

The procedures to be followed in respect of the conformity of production survey are
described in the three sections of Annex X.

Section  1  sets  out  the  procedure  of  initial  assessment,  which  seeks  to  ensure  that,
before applying for any EC type-approval, a manufacturer has implemented control
systems in respect of the conformity of production in each factory plant concerned.

Section  2  contains  provisions  with  respect  to  product  conformity  arrangements  in
order  to  ensure  that  the  manufacturer  will  effectively  and  efficiently  control  the
production.

The continued verification arrangements, described in Section 3, provides provisions
for periodical inspections to be conducted by the competent authority to verify that
the manufacturer continues to perform the controls as agreed.

6.3.9.  Annex XII

This  annex  determines  the  limits  licensed  for  production  in  small  series  and
registration  of  end-of-series  vehicles,  which,  being  in  stock  at  the  time  of  the
enforcement  of  new  requirements,  cannot  be  modified  to  comply  with  these  new
requirements.

6.3.10.  Annexes XIII and XV

Annex  XIII  gives  the  template  of  the  form  to  be  used  for  the  circulation  of
information between Member States in respect of systems, components and separate
technical units approvals each of them has granted.

The  template  of  the  certificate  to  be  used  in  the  case  of  multi-stage  approval  for
which  the  base  vehicle  did  not  receive  an  EC  whole  vehicle  approval  is  shown  in
Annex XV.

6.3.11.  Annex XVI

This new Annex contains the timetable for the enforcement of the EC type-approval
procedure:

– 

the first column relates to the application on an optional basis, 12 months after
the date of adoption of the proposed directive,

17

– 

– 

the  second  column  relates  to  the  implementation  on  a  compulsory  basis  in
respect of new types of vehicles,

the  third  column  relates  to  the  implementation  for  existing  types  of  vehicles,
taking account  of  a  two-year  transitional  period to  allow industry to  adapt  its
production to new requirements.

7. 

CONCLUSION

The Commission takes the view that the new directive it is proposing will make the
administrative  provisions  and  regulations  in  force  clearer  for  all  partners  –  be  they
manufacturers, Member States, candidate countries, approval authorities or technical
services,  in  order  to  make  Community  type-approval  operational  for  the  various
categories of vehicles and their components.

Moreover, by broadening the scope to include commercial vehicles, the directive will
contribute measurably to the completion of the internal market in a sector in which
the three major economic powers 19 produce 40 million vehicles per year – over 40%
of which are from Western Europe alone – and which is showing no signs of slowing
down.

Replacing  national  approval  procedures  by  a  Community  system  based  on
harmonised technical requirements will, without any doubt, speed up and simplify all
the administrative formalities that precede vehicle registration.

The Commission also believes that harmonisation of the requirements applicable to
vehicles  built  in  small  series,  initially  in  the  case  of  passenger  cars,  will  allow
smaller manufacturers to gain access to the single market, while achieving a level of
safety that matches or even exceeds previous levels.

Lastly, the Commission feels that the introduction of a  ‘split-level’ approach  to the
regulatory  work  will  help  facilitate  the  adoption  of  future  legislation  in  the
automotive sector.

19

Western Europe, North America and Japan.

18

                                                
(cid:1) 70/156/EEC (adapted)

(cid:2) Proposal for a (cid:3)

(cid:1) DIRECTIVE OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND OF THE (cid:2) COUNCIL
DIRECTIVE

of 6 February 1970

on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relating to the type-approval of
motor vehicles and their trailers(cid:1) , and of systems, components and separate technical
units intended for such vehicles (cid:2)

(70/156/EEC)
(cid:1) (Text with EEA relevance) (cid:2)

(cid:2) THE  EUROPEAN  PARLIAMENT  AND (cid:3)  THE  COUNCIL  OF  THE  EUROPEAN
(cid:2) UNION (cid:3) COMMUNITIES,

Having  regard  to  the  Treaty  establishing  the  European  Economic  Community,  and  in
particular Article 100 (cid:2) 95 (cid:3) thereof;(cid:2) , (cid:3)

Having regard to the proposal from the Commission1;(cid:2) , (cid:3)

Having regard to the Opinion of the European Parliament;

Having 
to 
Committee2;(cid:2) , (cid:3)

regard 

the  Opinion  of 

the  (cid:2) European (cid:3)  Economic  and  Social

(cid:2) Acting in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 251 of the Treaty3, (cid:3)

(cid:2) Whereas: (cid:3)

Whereas  in  each  Member  State  motor  vehicles  intended  for  the  carriage  of  goods  or
passengers must comply with certain mandatory technical requirements; whereas such
requirements differ from one Member State to another and consequently hinder trade
within the European Economic Community;

Whereas such hindrances to the establishment and proper functioning of the common market
can be reduced and even eliminated if all Member States adopt the same requirements,
either in addition to or in place of their existing laws;

1

2

3

OJ C
OJ No C 48, 16.4.1969, p. 14.
OJ C

19

                                                
Whereas  it  is  the  established  practice  of  the  Member  States  to  check  that  vehicles  comply
with the relevant technical requirements before they are placed on the market; whereas
this check is carried out on vehicle types;

Whereas  the  harmonised  technical  requirements  applicable 

to 

individual  parts  and

characteristics of a vehicle should be specified in separate Directives;

Whereas  at  Community  level  it  is  necessary  to  introduce  a  Community  type-approval
procedure for each vehicle type in order that compliance with the above requirements
can be checked and that each Member State may recognise checks carried out by other
Member States;

Whereas that procedure must enable each Member State to ascertain whether a vehicle type
has been submitted to the checks laid down by separate Directive and listed in a type
approval certificate; whereas that procedure must enable manufacturers to complete a
certificate of conformity for all vehicles which conform to an approved type; whereas
a vehicle accompanied by such a certificate must be considered by all Member States
as conforming to their own laws; whereas each Member State should inform the other
Member  States  of  its  findings  by  sending  a  copy  of  the  type  approval  certificate
completed for each vehicle type which has been approved;

Whereas, as a transitional measure, it must be possible to grant type approval on the basis of
Community  requirements  as  and  when  separate  Directives  relating  to  the  various
vehicle  parts  and  characteristics  enter  into  force,  national  requirements  remaining
applicable in respect of parts and characteristics still not covered by such Directives;

Whereas, without prejudice to Articles 169 and 170 of the Treaty, it is advisable, within the
framework of co-operation between the competent authorities of the Member States, to
lay  down  provisions  to  help  resolve  disputes  of  a  technical  nature  regarding  the
conformity of production models to an approved type;

Whereas  a  vehicle  may  conform  to  an  approved  type  but  nevertheless  have  certain  features
which are potential road safety hazards; whereas it is therefore advisable to prescribe
an appropriate procedure to preclude such hazards;

Whereas  technical  progress  requires  prompt  adjustment  of  the  technical  requirements
specified in the separate Directives; whereas, in order to  facilitate  implementation of
the  measures  required  for  this  purpose,  a  procedure  should  be  prescribed  for
establishing  close  co-operation  between  the  Member  States  and  the  Commission
within  the  Committee  on  the  Adjustment  to  Technical  Progress  of  the  Directives  on
the Removal of Technical Barriers to Trade in the Motor Vehicle Sector;

(1) 

Council Directive 70/156/EEC of 6 February 1970, on the approximation of the laws
of the Member States relating to the type-approval of motor vehicles and their trailers4,

(cid:4) new

4

OJ  L 42,  23.2.1970,  p.  1.  Directive  as  last  amended  by  Regulation  No  807/2003  (OJ  L  122,
16.5.2003, p. 36).

20

                                                
(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

(9) 

has  been  substantially  amended  several  times.  Since  further  amendments  are  to  be
made, it should be recast in the interests of clarity.

For  the  purposes  of  the  establishment  and  operation  of  the  internal  market  of  the
Community, it is appropriate to  replace  the Member States’  approval  systems  with a
Community approval procedure based on the principle of total harmonisation.

The  technical  requirements  applicable  to  systems,  components,  separate  technical
units  and  vehicles  should  be  harmonised  and  specified  in  separate  directives.  Those
directives  should  primarily  seek  to  ensure  a  high  level  of  road  safety,  health
protection,  environmental  protection,  energy  efficiency  and  protection  against
unauthorised use.

Council  Directive  92/53/EEC 5  limited  application  of  the  Community  whole  vehicle
type-approval  procedure  to  the  vehicle  category  M1  but,  in  order  to  complete  the
internal  market  and  to  ensure  that  it  functions  properly,  the  scope  of  the  present
Directive  should  cover  all  categories  of  vehicles,  enabling  manufacturers  to  benefit
from the advantages of the internal market by means of the Community type-approval.

In  order  to  enable  manufacturers  to  adapt  to  the  new  harmonised  procedures,  a
sufficient lead-time should be allowed before Community whole vehicle type-approval
becomes compulsory for vehicles belonging to categories other than M1 that are built
in one stage. A longer lead-time is required for  vehicles  of  categories  other  than  M1
that  require  a  multi-stage  approval,  since  that  procedure  will  involve  body-builders,
who  will  need  to  gain  sufficient  experience  in  that  field  so  that  the  necessary
procedures can be implemented properly.

Until  now,  manufacturers  who  produce  vehicles  in  small  series  have  been  partially
excluded  from  the  benefits  of  the  internal  market.  Experience  has  shown  that  road
safety  and  protection  of  the  environment  could  be  significantly  improved  if  small
the  Community  whole  vehicle
series  vehicles  were 
type-approval system, starting with category M1.

integrated 

totally 

into 

In order to prevent abuse, any simplified procedure for small series vehicles should be
restricted to cases of very limited production; it is therefore necessary to define more
precisely the concept of small series in terms of the number of vehicles produced.

It is important to lay down measures enabling vehicles to be approved on an individual
basis,  in  order  to  allow  sufficient  flexibility  in  the  multi-stage  approval  system;
however,  pending  the  establishment  of  harmonised,  specific  Community  provisions,
Member  States  should  continue  to  be  allowed  to  grant  individual  approvals  in
accordance with their national rules.

Pending  application  of  the  Community  whole  vehicle  type-approval  procedures  to
categories of vehicles other than M1, Member States should be allowed to continue to
grant vehicle type-approvals on a national basis, and transitional provisions should be
laid down accordingly.

5

OJ L 225, 10.8.1992, p. 1.

21

                                                
(10)  By  Council  Decision  97/836/EC 6,  the  Community  has  acceded  to  the  Agreement  of
the  United  Nations  Economic  Commission  for  Europe  concerning  the  adoption  of
uniform technical prescriptions for wheeled vehicles, equipment and parts which can
be  fitted  to  and/or  used  on  wheeled  vehicles  and  the  conditions  for  reciprocal
recognition  of  approvals  granted  on  the  basis  of  these  prescriptions  (‘Revised  1958
Agreement’). Consequently, UN/ECE regulations to which the Community accedes, in
application  of  that  Decision,  and  amendments  to  UN/ECE  regulations  to  which  the
Community  has  already  acceded  should  be  incorporated  within  the  Community
vehicle  type-approval  procedure  either  as  alternatives  to  separate  directives  or  as
supplementary  requirements;  it  is  therefore  appropriate  to  set  out  provisions  in  the
present Directive to facilitate their effective application.

(11) 

(12) 

(13) 

In order to ensure that the procedure for monitoring conformity of production, which
is one of the cornerstones of the Community type-approval system, has been correctly
implemented  and  functions  properly,  manufacturers  should  be  regularly  checked  by
the  competent  authority  or  by  an  appropriately  qualified  technical  service  appointed
for that purpose.

It  is  important  that  manufacturers  supply  relevant  information  to  vehicle  owners  in
order  to  prevent  misuse  of  safety  devices.  It  is  appropriate  to  include  provisions
thereon in this Directive.

It is also important for equipment manufacturers to have access to certain information
that  is  available  only  from  the  vehicle  manufacturer,  that  is  to  say,  the  technical
information,  including  drawings,  required  for  the  development  of  parts  for  the
after-sales market.

(14)  With the aim of simplifying and accelerating the procedure, the Commission should be
entrusted with the task of adopting measures implementing the separate directives as
well as measures for adapting the annexes to this Directive and those of the separate
directives to the development of scientific and technical knowledge.

(15)  The measures necessary for the implementation of this Directive should be adopted in
accordance  with  Council  Decision  1999/468/EC  of  28 June  1999  laying  down  the
procedures for the exercise of implementing powers conferred on the Commission 7.

(16)  Since  the  objectives  of  the  proposed  action,  namely  the  achievement  of  the  internal
market through the introduction of a compulsory system of Community type-approval
for  all  categories  of  vehicles,  cannot  be  sufficiently  achieved  by  the  Member  States
and  can,  therefore,  by  reason  of  the  scale  of  the  action,  be  better  achieved  at
Community  level,  the  Community  may  adopt  measures,  in  accordance  with  the
principle of subsidiarity as set  out in Article 5  of  the  Treaty.  In  accordance  with  the
principle  of  proportionality,  as  set  out  in  that  Article,  this  Directive  does  not  go
beyond what is necessary for that purpose.

(17)  The obligation to transpose this Directive into national law should be confined to those
provisions  which  represent  a  substantive  change  as  compared  with  the  earlier
Directives.  The  obligation  to  transpose  the  provisions  which  are  unchanged  arises
under the earlier Directives.

6

7

OJ L 346, 17.12.1997, p. 78.
OJ L 184, 17.7.1999, p. 23.

22

                                                
(18)  This  Directive  should  be  without  prejudice  to  the  obligations  of  the  Member  States
relating  to  the  time-limits  for  transposition  into  national  law  and  application  of  the
Directives set out in Annex XVII, Part B,

HAS(cid:2) VE (cid:3) ADOPTED THIS DIRECTIVE:

(cid:1) 70/156/EEC (adapted)

(cid:1) CHAPTER I (cid:2)

(cid:1) GENERAL PROVISIONS (cid:2)

(cid:4) new

Article 1

Subject matter

This Directive lays down the administrative provisions and general technical requirements for
approval  of  all  new  vehicles  within  its  scope  and  of  the  systems,  components  and  separate
technical units intended  for  those  vehicles,  with  a  view  to  facilitating  their  registration,  sale
and entry into service within the Community.

Specific technical requirements shall be laid down in application of this Directive in separate
directives, adopted in accordance with Article 95 of the Treaty, the exhaustive list of which is
set out in Annex IV to this Directive.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

Article 1 (cid:1) 2 (cid:2)

Scope

(cid:2) 1. (cid:3) This Directive applies to the type-approval of (cid:2) (cid:3) motor vehicles and their
trailers built (cid:5) designed and constructed (cid:6) in one or more stages (cid:5) for use on the
road; (cid:6), and of systems, components and separate technical units intended designed
and constructed for use on such vehicles and trailers.

(cid:5) It also applies to the individual approval of such vehicles. (cid:6)

2.

It  (cid:2) This  Directive (cid:3)  does  not  apply  to  (cid:5) the  type-approval  or  individual
approval of the following vehicles (cid:6):

23

- (cid:5) (a)

or 

forestry 

tractors, 

agricultural 

in  Council
Directive 74/150/EEC 8,  and  trailers  designed  and  constructed  specifically  to
be  towed  by  them; (cid:6)  the  approval  of  single  vehicles  except  that  Member
States  granting  such  approvals  shall  accept  any  valid  system,  component,
separate  technical  unit  or  incomplete  vehicle  approval  granted  under  this
Directive instead of the relevant national requirement,

defined 

as 

- '(b) quadricycles'  (cid:2) as  defined  in  Directive  2002/24/EC  of  the  European
Parliament and Council9; (cid:3) whithin the meaning of  Article 1  (3) of Council
Directive  92/61/EEC  relating  to  the  type-approval  of  two-  oder  three-wheel
motor vehicles.

(cid:4) new

(c)

(d)

vehicles designed and constructed for use principally on construction sites or in
quarries, port or airport facilities;

armoured vehicles designed and constructed for use by the army, civil defence
and forces responsible for maintaining public order;

(e) mobile machinery;

(f)

tracked vehicles;

(g)

vehicles intended exclusively for racing on roads;

(h)

prototypes  of  vehicles  used  on  the  road  under  the  responsibility  of  a
manufacturer to perform a specific test programme.

3.

The vehicles referred to in points (g) and (h) of paragraph 2 may be approved on an
individual basis only for the specific purpose for which they have been designed and
constructed.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

Article 2 (cid:1) 3 (cid:2)

Definitions

For the purpose(cid:2) s (cid:3) of this Directive: (cid:5) and of the directives listed in Annex IV, save as
otherwise provided therein: (cid:6)

(1)

8

9

- ‘type-approval’ means the procedure whereby a Member State certifies that a type
of  vehicle,  system,  component  or  separate  technical  unit  satisfies  the  relevant

OJ L 84, 28.3.1974, p. 10.
OJ L 124, 9.5.2002, p. 1.

24

                                                
(cid:2) administrative  provisions  and (cid:3)  technical  requirements  of  this  Directive  or  a
separate Directive contained in the exhaustive list set out in Annex IV or XI, (cid:2) ; (cid:3)

(cid:4) new

‘national type-approval’ means a type-approval procedure laid down by the national
law of a Member State, the validity of such approval being restricted to the territory
of that Member State;

‘EC  type-approval’  means  the  procedure  whereby  a  Member  State  certifies  that  a
type  of  vehicle,  system,  component  or  separate  technical  unit  satisfies  the  relevant
administrative  provisions  and  technical  requirements  of  this  Directive  and  of  the
separate directives and/or UN/ECE regulations listed in Annex IV or XI;

‘individual approval’ means the procedure whereby  a Member State  certifies that a
particular  vehicle  satisfies  the  relevant  administrative  provisions  and  technical
requirements;

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

-  ‘multi-stage  type-approval’  means  the  procedure  whereby  one  or  more  Member
States certify that, depending on the state of completion, an incomplete or completed
(cid:2) type  of (cid:3)  vehicle  type  satisfies  the  relevant  (cid:2) administrative  provisions
and (cid:3) technical requirements of this Directive,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

(cid:4) new

‘step-by-step approval procedure’ means a vehicle approval procedure consisting in
the step-by-step collection of the whole set of EC  type-approval certificates  for  the
systems, components and separate technical units relating to the vehicle, and which
leads, at the final stage, to the approval of the whole vehicle;

‘single-step approval procedure’ means a procedure consisting in the  approval of a
vehicle as a whole by means of a single operation;

‘mixed approval procedure’ means a step-by-step approval procedure for which one
or more system approvals are achieved during the final stage of the approval of the
whole vehicle, without it being necessary to issue the EC type-approval certificates
for those systems;

‘motor vehicle’ means any power-driven vehicle which is moved by its own means,
having  at  least  four  wheels,  being  complete,  completed  or  incomplete,  with  a
maximum design speed exceeding 25 km/h;

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

(7)

(8)

(9)

(10)

‘trailer’ means any non-self-propelled vehicle which is designed and constructed to
be towed by a motor vehicle;

25

(11)

- ‘vehicle’ means any motor vehicle intended for use on the road, being complete or
incomplete, having at least four wheels and a maximum design speed exceeding 25
km/h,  and  its  trailers,  with  the  exception  of  vehicles  which  run  on  rails  and  of
agricultural and forestry tractors and all mobile machinery,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

(cid:4) new

(12)

(13)

‘hybrid  motor  vehicle’  means  any  motor  vehicle  fitted,  in  order  to  ensure  its
propulsion, with at least an internal combustion engine and an electrical engine;

‘mobile  machinery’  means  any  self-propelled  vehicle  which  is  designed  and
constructed specifically to perform work off the road or to perform specific work in
agriculture  or  forestry  and  which,  because  of  its  construction  characteristics,  is  not
suitable for carrying passengers or for transporting goods. Machinery mounted on a
motor vehicle chassis shall not be considered as mobile machinery;

(14) (cid:2) ‘type of vehicle’ means vehicles of a particular category which do not differ in at
least the essential respects specified in Annex  II, Section B. A type of vehicle may
contain variants and versions as defined in Annex II, Section B; (cid:3)

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

(15)

(16)

(17)

(18)

(19)

-  ‘base  vehicle’  means  any  (cid:5) complete  or (cid:6)  incomplete  vehicle,  the  vehicle
identification number of which is (cid:5) used at the initial (cid:6) retained during subsequent
stages of the (cid:2) a (cid:3) multi-stage type-type-approval process,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

- ‘incomplete vehicle’ means any vehicle which still needs (cid:2) must undergo at least
one further stage of (cid:3) completion in at least one further stage in order to meet all
the relevant technical requirements of this Directive,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

- ‘completed vehicle’ means a vehicle, resulting from the process of multi-stage type-
approval,  which  meets  all 
this
relevant 
Directive,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

requirements  of 

technical 

the 

(cid:4) new

‘complete vehicle’ means any vehicle which need not be completed in order to meet
the relevant technical requirements of this Directive;

‘end-of-series  vehicle’  means  any  vehicle  that  is  part  of  a  stock  which  cannot  be
registered  or  sold  or  entered  into  service  owing  to  the  entry  into  force  of  new
technical requirements which, by virtue of its design, it cannot satisfy;

26

- type of vehicle means vehicles of one category which do not differ in at least the essential
respects specified in Annex II.B. A type of vehicle may contain variants and versions (see as
defined in Annex II.B),

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

(20)

(21)

(22)

(23)

-  ‘system’  means  (cid:5) a  set  of  devices  combined  to  perform  a  specific  function  in  a
vehicle; (cid:6) any vehicle  system such  as brakes,  emission control equipment, interior
fittings, etc. which is subject to the requirements in any of the separate Directives,

-  ‘component’  means  a  device,,  such  as  a  lamp,  subject  to  the  requirements  of  a
separate  Directive,  intended  to  be  part  of  a  vehicle,,  which  may  be  type-approved
independently of a vehicle where the separate Directive makes express provisions for
so doing,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

- ‘separate technical unit’ means a device,, such as a rear protective device, subject
to the requirements of a separate Directive, intended to be part of a vehicle,, which
may be type-approved separately but only in relation to one or more specified types
of  vehicle(cid:2) (cid:3)  ,  where  the  separate  Directive  makes  express  provisions  for  so
doing,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

- ‘manufacturer’ means the (cid:2) natural or legal (cid:3) person or body who is responsible
to the approval authority for all aspects of the type-approval process and for ensuring
conformity  of  production.  It  is  not  essential  that  the  person  or  body  is  directly
involved in all stages of the (cid:2) design and (cid:3) construction of the (cid:2) a (cid:3) vehicle,
system,  component  or  separate  technical  unit  which  is  the  subject  of  the  approval
process, (cid:5) with a view to placing it on the market under the name or make of that
person or any natural or legal person who has designed and constructed a vehicle for
his own use; (cid:6)

(cid:4) new

(24)

‘manufacturer's representative’ means any natural or legal person established in the
Community who is duly appointed by the manufacturer to represent him before the
competent authority and to act on his behalf in matters covered by this Directive, and
where  reference  is  made  to  the  term  ‘manufacturer’,  it  must  be  understood  as
indicating either the manufacturer or his representative;

(25)

-  ‘approval  authority’  means  the  competent  authority  of  a  Member  State  which  is
responsible (cid:2) with competence (cid:3) for all aspects of (cid:2) the (cid:3) type-approval of a

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

27

type of vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit, (cid:2) or of the individual
approval  of  a  vehicle; (cid:3) 
(if
appropriate)(cid:2) , (cid:3)  to  withdraw(cid:2) ing (cid:3)  approval  certificates,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)  to  serve
(cid:2) for acting (cid:3) as the contact point with (cid:2) for (cid:3) the approval authorities of the
other  Member  States(cid:2) ; (cid:3)  and  which 
the
manufacturer's  (cid:2) arrangements 
production
arrangements,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

is  responsible  for  verifying 

issuing (cid:3)  and(cid:2) , (cid:3) 

issue  (cid:2) for 

conformity 

the (cid:3) 

for 

of 

to 

(26)

(27)

(28)

(29)

(30)

-  ‘technical  service’  means  the  (cid:2) an (cid:3)  organisation  or  body  that  has  been
appointed (cid:2) by the approval authority of a Member State (cid:3) as a testing laboratory
to  carry  out  tests(cid:2) , (cid:3)  or  as  a  conformity  assessment  body  to  carry  out  (cid:5) the
initial  assessment  and  other (cid:6)  tests  or  inspections,  on  behalf  of  the  approval
authority of  a Member  State.  This  function  may  also  be  carried  out  by (cid:2) it  being
possible  for (cid:3)  the  approval  authority  itself,  (cid:2) to  carry  out  those  functions (cid:3)
(cid:5) provided that its competence is properly documented; (cid:6)

(cid:4) new

‘type-approval  certificate’  means  the  document  whereby  the  approval  authority
officially  certifies  that  a  type  of  vehicle,  system,  component  or  separate  technical
unit is approved;

‘EC  type-approval  certificate’  means  the  certificate  set  out  in  Annex VI  to  this
Directive  or  in  the  corresponding  annex to  a  separate  directive,  the  communication
form  set  out  in  the  relevant  Annex  to  one  of  the  UN/ECE  Regulations  listed  in
Annex IV, Part II or Part III, being deemed to be equivalent thereto;

‘individual approval certificate’ means the document whereby the approval authority
or a duly appointed delegate officially certifies that a particular vehicle is approved;

‘certificate  of  conformity’  means  the  document  set  out  in  Annex IX,  issued  by  the
manufacturer  and  certifying  that  a  vehicle  belonging  to  the  series  of  the  type
approved  in  accordance  with  this  Directive  complies  with  all  applicable  separate
directives  and  UN/ECE  regulations  at  the  time  of  its  production  and  stating  that  it
may  be  registered  or  put  into  service  in  the  Member  States  without  any  additional
inspection, it being permissible to use the certificate of conformity for the purposes
of registration;

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

(31)

- ‘information document’ means the document set out in Annex I or Annex III to this
Directive(cid:2) , (cid:3)  or  (cid:2) in (cid:3)  the  corresponding  A(cid:2) a (cid:3)nnex  to  a  separate
directive(cid:2) , (cid:3) that prescribes the information to be supplied by an applicant, (cid:5) it
being  permissible  to  supply  the  information  document  in  the  form  of  an  electronic
file; (cid:6)

(32)

-  ‘information  folder’  means  the  total  (cid:2) complete (cid:3)  folder(cid:2) ,  including  the
information document, (cid:3) or file(cid:5) , (cid:6) of data, drawings, photographs, etc. (cid:2) and

28

(33)

(34)

1.

2.

3.

4.

1.

so on, (cid:3) supplied by the applicant(cid:2) , (cid:3) to the technical service or the approval
authority as prescribed in the information document, (cid:5) it being permissible to supply
the information folder in the form of an electronic file; (cid:6)

- ‘information package’ means the information folder plus  any (cid:2) accompanied by
the (cid:3)  test  reports  or  (cid:2) and  all (cid:3)  other  documents  that  (cid:2) added  by (cid:3)  the
technical  service  or  (cid:2) by (cid:3)  the  approval  authority  has  added  to  the  information
folder in the course of carrying out their functions. (cid:5) , it being permissible to supply
the information package in the form of an electronic file; (cid:6)

to 

the 

information  package’  means 

-  ‘index 
is
listed(cid:2) ing (cid:3) the contents of  the information  package(cid:2) , (cid:3) suitably numbered
or  otherwise  marked  (cid:2) so  as (cid:3)  to  clearly  identify  (cid:2) clearly (cid:3)  all  (cid:2) the (cid:3)
pages.(cid:5) ,  the  format  of  that  document  being  such  as  to  present  a  record  of  the
successive steps in the management of the EC type-approval, in particular the dates
of the revisions and updating. (cid:6)

the  document 

in  which 

(cid:4) new

CHAPTER II

GENERAL OBLIGATIONS

Article 4

Obligations of the Member States

The  Member  States  shall  ensure  that  manufacturers  applying  for  approval  comply
with their obligations under this Directive.

The  Member  States  shall  approve  only  such  vehicles,  systems,  components  or
separate technical units as satisfy the requirements of this Directive.

The Member States shall register or permit the sale or entry into service only of such
vehicles, components and separate technical units as satisfy the requirements of this
Directive.

The  Member  States  shall  establish  or  appoint  the  authorities  competent  in  matters
concerning  approval,  and  notify  such  establishment  or  appointment  in  accordance
with Article 38.

Article 5

Obligations of the manufacturers

The  manufacturer  is  responsible  to  the  approval  authority  for  all  aspects  of  the
approval  process  and  for  ensuring  conformity  of  production,  whether  or  not  the

29

manufacturer  is  directly  involved  in  all  stages  of  the  construction  of  a  vehicle,
system, component or separate technical unit.

2.

3.

In  the  case  of  multi-stage  type-approval,  each  manufacturer  is  responsible  for  the
approval  and  conformity  of  production  of  the  systems,  components  or  separate
technical units added at the stage of vehicle completion handled by him.

The manufacturer who modifies components or systems already approved at earlier
stages  shall  be  responsible  for  the  approval  and  conformity  of  production  of  those
components and systems.

For  the  purposes  of  this  Directive,  a  manufacturer  established  outside  the
Community shall appoint a representative established in the Community to represent
him before the approval authority.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

Article 3

Application for type-approval

(cid:1) CHAPTER III (cid:2)

(cid:1) EC TYPE-APPROVAL PROCEDURES (cid:2)

(cid:1) Article 6 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Procedures to be followed for the EC type-approval of vehicles (cid:3)

1.

The manufacturer may choose one of the following procedures:

(cid:4) new

(a)

step-by-step approval;

(b)

single-step approval;

(c) mixed approval.

1 (cid:2) 2 (cid:3).

A(cid:2) n  a (cid:3)pplications  for  (cid:5) step-by-step (cid:6)  vehicle  type-approval  shall  be
submitted  by  the  manufacturer  to  the  approval  authority  of  a  Member  State.  An
application  shall  be  accompanied  by  an  (cid:2) consist  in  the (cid:3)  information  folder

(cid:1) 98/14/EC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

30

containing  the  information  required  by  (cid:2) under (cid:3)  Annex  III,  and  (cid:2) shall  be
accompanied (cid:3)  by  the  (cid:2) complete  set  of  EC  type- (cid:3)approval  certificates  for
(cid:2) required pursuant to (cid:3) each of the applicable separate D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irectives (cid:2) or
UN/ECE Regulations listed (cid:3) as required in Annex(cid:2) es (cid:3) IV or XI (cid:2) .  In the
case of the EC type-approval of a (cid:3) ; also, the information package for system and
(cid:2) or (cid:3)  separate  technical  unit(cid:2) ,  pursuant  to  the  applicable (cid:3)  approvals  in
respect of each separate D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irective(cid:2) s or UN/ECE Regulations, (cid:3) shall be
made available to the approval authority throughout the period up to the date when
(cid:2) shall  have  access  to  the  related  information  package  until  such  time  as (cid:3)  the
approval is either issued or refused.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

2 (cid:2) 3 (cid:3).

By  way  of  derogation  from  paragraph  1,  in  the  case  where  no  approval
certificates  for  any  of  the  relevant  separate  Directives  are  available,  the  documents
accompanying  a(cid:2) A (cid:3)n  application (cid:5) for single-step  approval (cid:6)  shall  comprise
an  (cid:2) consist  in  the (cid:3)  information  folder  containing  the  relevant  information
required  by  (cid:2) under (cid:3)  Annex 
separate
D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irectives (cid:2) or UN/ECE Regulations (cid:3) specified in Annex IV or XI and,
where applicable, (cid:2) in (cid:3) Part II of Annex III.

I(cid:2) , (cid:3) 

relation 

the 

in 

to 

3 (cid:2) 4 (cid:3).

In  the  case  of  (cid:5) a  mixed  approval  procedure,  the  approval  authority  may
exempt  a  manufacturer  from  the  obligation  to  produce  one  or  more  EC  system
type-approval  certificates,  provided  that  the  information  folder  is  supplemented  by
the  particulars,  specified  in  Annex I,  required  for  the  approval  of  those  systems
during  the  vehicle  approval  phase,  in  which  case  each  of  the  EC  type-approval
certificates thus waived shall be replaced by a test report. (cid:6)

(cid:2) 5. Without  prejudice  to  paragraphs  2,  3  and  4,  the  following  information  shall  be
supplied  for  the  purposes  of (cid:3)  multi-stage  type-approval  the  information  to  be
supplied shall consist of:

- (cid:2) (a) (cid:3) at the first stage1 (cid:2) , (cid:3) : those parts of the information folder and the
(cid:2) EC type- (cid:3)approval certificates as required for a complete vehicle which
are relevant to the state of completion of the base vehicle(cid:2) ; (cid:3) ,

- (cid:2) (b) (cid:3) at  the  second  and  subsequent  stages(cid:2) , (cid:3)  :  those  parts  of  the
information  folder  and  the  (cid:2) EC  type- (cid:3)approval  certificates  which  are
relevant to the current stage of construction(cid:2) , together with (cid:3) and a copy of
the (cid:2) EC type- (cid:3)approval certificate for the incomplete vehicle issued at the
previous (cid:2) preceding (cid:3) stage  of build (cid:2) construction (cid:3); in addition, the
manufacturer shall supply full details of the (cid:2) any (cid:3) changes and (cid:2) or (cid:3)
additions carried out by him (cid:2) that he has made (cid:3) to the incomplete vehicle.

4 (cid:2) 6 (cid:3).

Applications  for  system  component  or  separate  technical  unit  type-approval
shall be submitted by t(cid:2) T (cid:3)he manufacturer (cid:2) shall submit the application (cid:3)
to the approval authority(cid:2) . Only one application may be submitted in respect of a
particular type of vehicle and it may be submitted in only one (cid:3) of a Member State.

31

An application shall be accompanied by an information folder, the contents of which
is given in the information document in the relevant separate Directive.

5.  No  application  in  respect  of  one  type  of  vehicle,  system,  component  or  separate
technical  unit  may  be  submitted  to  more  than  one  Member  State.  A  separate
application shall be submitted for each type to be approved.

(cid:4) new

7.

8.

The  approval  authority  may,  by  reasoned  request,  call  upon  the  manufacturer  to
supply any  additional information needed  to  enable  a decision  to  be  taken  on  what
tests are required or to facilitate the execution of those tests.

The manufacturer shall make available to the approval authority as many vehicles as
are necessary to enable the type-approval procedure to be conducted satisfactorily.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

(cid:1) Article 7 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Procedure to be followed for the EC type-approval of systems, components or
separate technical units (cid:3)

(cid:2) 1.

(cid:2) 2.

3.

4.

The  manufacturer  shall  submit  the  application  to  the  approval  authority.  Only  one
application may be submitted in respect of a particular type of system, component or
separate technical unit and it may be submitted in only one Member State. A separate
application shall be submitted for each type to be approved. (cid:3)

The application shall be accompanied by the information folder, the content of which
is specified in the separate directives. (cid:3)

(cid:4) new

The  approval  authority  may,  by  reasoned  request,  call  upon  the  manufacturer  to
supply any  additional information needed  to  enable  a decision  to  be  taken  on  what
tests are required or to facilitate the execution of those tests.

The  manufacturer  shall  make  available  to  the  approval  authority  as  many  vehicles,
components  or  separate  technical  units  as  are  required  under  the  relevant  separate
directives for the performance of the required tests.

32

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

Article 4

The type-approval process

(cid:1) CHAPTER IV (cid:2)

(cid:1) CONDUCT OF THE EC TYPE-APPROVAL PROCEDURES (cid:2)

(cid:1) Article 8 (cid:2)

(cid:2) General provisions (cid:3)

(cid:4) new

1.

2.

(cid:2) 3.

(cid:2) 4.

(cid:2) 5.

The Member States may not grant any EC type-approval without first ensuring that
the  procedures  referred  to  in  Article  11  have  been  duly  and  satisfactorily
implemented.

The  Member  States  shall  grant  EC  type-approvals  in  accordance  with  Articles  9
and 10.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

If  a  Member  State  finds  that  a  type  of  vehicle,  system,  component  or  separate
technical  unit,  albeit  in  conformity  with  the  required  provisions,  presents  a  serious
risk to road safety (cid:3) (cid:5) or seriously harms the environment or, in the context of the
prevention of waste from vehicles, seriously harms public health (cid:6), (cid:2) it may refuse
to grant EC type-approval. In this case, it shall immediately send the other Member
States and the Commission a detailed file explaining the reasons for its decision (cid:3)
(cid:5) and setting out the evidence for its findings. (cid:6)

EC  type-approval  certificates  shall  be  numbered  in  accordance  with  the  method
described in Annex VII. (cid:3)

The  approval  authority  shall, (cid:3)  (cid:5) within  20  working  days, (cid:6)  (cid:2) send  to  the
approval  authorities  of  the  other  Member  States  a  copy  of  the  EC  vehicle  type-
approval certificate, together with the attachments, for each type of vehicle which it
has approved. (cid:3) (cid:5) The hard copy may be replaced by an electronic file, provided
that it is authenticated by means of an electronic signature or equivalent. (cid:6)

33

(cid:2) 6.

(cid:2) 7.

(cid:2) 8.

The  approval  authority  shall (cid:3)  (cid:5) inform  without  delay (cid:6)  (cid:2) the  approval
authorities  of  the  other  Member  States  of  its  refusal  or  withdrawal  of  any  vehicle
approval (cid:3) (cid:5) , together with the reasons for its decision. (cid:6)

The  approval  authority  shall  send (cid:3)  (cid:5) at  three-monthly  intervals (cid:6)  (cid:2) to  the
approval authorities  of  the  other Member  States  a  list  of  the  system,  component  or
separate  technical  unit  EC  type-approvals  it  has  granted, (cid:3)  (cid:5) amended, (cid:6)
(cid:2) refused to grant or withdrawn during the preceding period. That list shall contain
the particulars specified in Annex XIII. (cid:3)

If so requested by another Member State, the Member State which has granted an EC
type-approval  shall, (cid:3)  (cid:5) within  20  working  days  of  receiving  that  request, (cid:6)
(cid:2) send  a  copy  of  the  EC  type-approval  certificate  in  question,  together  with  the
attachments. (cid:3) (cid:5) An electronic file may replace the hard copy. (cid:6)

(cid:1) Article 9 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Specific provisions concerning vehicles (cid:3)

1.

Each  (cid:2) The (cid:3)  Member  State(cid:2) s (cid:3)  shall  grant  (cid:2) an  EC  approval  in  respect
of (cid:3):

(a) (cid:2) a (cid:3) vehicle type-approval to:

- (cid:2) of (cid:3) vehicle types which conform(cid:2) s (cid:3) to the particulars in the information
folder  and  which  meet(cid:2) s (cid:3)  the  technical  requirements  of  all (cid:2) specified
by (cid:3) the relevant separate D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irectives (cid:2) or UN/ECE Regulations (cid:3)
as prescribed (cid:2) listed (cid:3) in Annex IV,(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

(cid:2) (b) (cid:3) -  (cid:2) a  type  of (cid:3)  special-purpose  vehicle  types  mentioned  in  Annex
XI  which  conform(cid:2) s (cid:3)  to  the  particulars  in  the  information  folder  and
which  meet(cid:2) s (cid:3)  the  technical  requirements  of  (cid:2) specified  by (cid:3)  the
(cid:2) relevant (cid:3) separate D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irectives (cid:2) or UN/ECE Regulations listed
in (cid:3) as denoted in the relevant column of Annex XI.

This process shall be satisfied by the procedures described in Annex V; (cid:2) shall apply. (cid:3)

(b) (cid:2) 2.

The  Member  States  shall  grant  a (cid:3)  multi-stage  type-type-approval  to  (cid:2) in
respect  of  a  type  of (cid:3)  base,  incomplete  or  completed  vehicle  types  which
conform(cid:2) s (cid:3) to the particulars in the information folder and which meet(cid:2) s (cid:3)
relevant  separate
the 
D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irectives  (cid:2) or  UN/ECE  Regulations 
in
Annex(cid:2) es (cid:3)  IV  or  XI(cid:2) ,  having  regard  to (cid:3)  taking  account  of  the  state  of
completion of the vehicle type.

requirements  of  (cid:2) specified  by (cid:3) 

listed (cid:3)  as  prescribed 

technical 

the 

This process shall be satisfied by the procedures described in Annex XIV; (cid:2) shall
apply. (cid:3)

(cid:2) 3.

In respect of each type of vehicle, the approval authority shall: (cid:3)

34

(cid:2) (a)

complete  all  the  relevant  sections  of  the  EC  type-approval  certificate,
including the test results sheet appended thereto, in accordance with the model
set out in Annex VIII; (cid:3)

(cid:2) (b)

compile or verify the index to the information package; (cid:3)

(cid:2) (c)

issue  the  completed  certificate,  together  with  its  attachments,  to  the

applicant without delay. (cid:3)

(cid:4) new

4.

5.

6.

7.

In  the  case  of  an  EC  type-approval  in  relation  to  which,  in  accordance  with
Article 19, Article 21 or Annex XI, restrictions have been imposed as to its validity,
or  certain  provisions  of  the  separate  directives  have  been  waived,  the  EC  type-
approval certificate shall specify those restrictions or waivers.

Where  particulars  in  the  information  folder  specify  provisions  for  special  purpose
vehicles  as  indicated  in  Annex XI,  the  EC  type-approval  certificate  shall  specify
those provisions.

Where  the  manufacturer  chooses  the  mixed  approval  procedure,  the  approval
authority  shall  complete,  in  Part  III  of  the  information  document,  the  model  for
which  is  set  out  in  Annex III,  the  references  for  the  test  reports,  established  by
separate  directives  or  UN/ECE  Regulations,  for  which  no  EC  type-approval
certificate is available.

Where  the  manufacturer  chooses  the  single-step  approval  procedure,  the  approval
authority  shall  establish  the  list  of  applicable  separate  directives  and  UN/ECE
Regulations, the template of which is shown in Appendix 1 to Annex VI, and append
that list to the EC type-approval certificate.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:7)1 98/14/EC Art. 1(2) pt. a
(cid:7)2 98/14/EC Art. 1(2) pt. b

(cid:1) Article 10 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Specific provisions concerning systems, components or separate technical units (cid:3)

(c) (cid:2) 1. (cid:3) system (cid:2) The Member States shall grant an EC (cid:3) type-approval to vehicle
types (cid:2) in respect of a system (cid:3) which conform(cid:2) s (cid:3) to the particulars in the
information  folder  and  which  meet(cid:2) s (cid:3)  the  technical  requirements  of  (cid:2) laid
down  in (cid:3)  (cid:7)1 the  relevant  separate  D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irective(cid:2) , (cid:3)  as  mentioned
(cid:2) prescribed (cid:3) in Annex IV or XI (cid:8).

(d) (cid:2) 2.

The  Member  States  shall  grant  a (cid:3)  component  or  separate  technical  unit
(cid:2) EC (cid:3)  type-approval  to  all  types  (cid:2) in  respect (cid:3)  of  (cid:2) a (cid:3)  component  or
separate  technical  unit  which  conform(cid:2) s (cid:3)  to  the  particulars  in  the  information

35

folder  and  which  meet(cid:2) s (cid:3)  the  technical  requirements  contained  (cid:2) laid
down (cid:3)  in  (cid:7)2 the  relevant  separate  D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irective(cid:2) , (cid:3)  as  mentioned
(cid:2) prescribed (cid:3) in Annex IV or XI (cid:8) which makes express provision for so doing.

3.

Where  components  or  separate  technical  units,  whether  or  not  intended  for  repair,
servicing or maintenance, are also covered by a system type-approval with respect to
a  vehicle,  no  additional  component  or  separate  technical  unit  approval  shall  be
required unless provided for under the relevant separate directive.

(cid:4) new

(cid:1) 98/14/EC  Art.  1(2)  pt.  c
(adapted)

In the  case of a vehicle  approval  relating  to  Annex  XI  or  to  Article  8(2)(c),  or  in  case  of  a
system,  component,  or  separate  technical  unit  approval  relating  to  Annex  XI  or  to  Article
8(2)(c) and including restrictions or exemptions from some provisions of the relevant separate
Directive,  the  approval  certificate  shall  include  the  restrictions  on  its  validity  and  the
exemptions granted.

Where particulars in the information folders referred to in (a), (b), (c), and (d) above specify
provisions for special purpose vehicles as denoted in the relevant columns of Annex XI and
its  Appendices,  the  type-approval  certificate  shall  also  specify  such  provisions  and
exemptions.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

2. However, if a Member State finds that a vehicle, system, component or separate technical
unit which complies with the provisions of paragraph 1 is nevertheless, a serious risk to road
safety, it may  refuse to  grant the type-approval.  It  shall  forthwith  inform  the  other  Member
States and the Commission thereof, stating the reasons on which its decision is based.

3.  Each  Member  State  shall  complete  all  applicable  sections  of  a  type-approval  certificate
(models  for  which  are  given  in  Annex  VI  to  this  Directive  and  in  an  Annex  to  each  of  the
separate  Directives)  for  each  type  of  vehicle,  system,  component  or  separate  technical  unit
which  it  approves  and,  in  addition,  shall  complete  the  relevant  sections  of  the  test  results
attachment  to  the  vehicle  approval certificate  (the  model  for  which  is  given  in  Annex  VIII)
and  shall  compile  or  verify  the  contents  of  the  index  to  the  information  package.  Approval
certificates  shall  be  numbered  in  accordance  with  the  method  described  in  Annex  VII.  The
completed certificate and its attachments shall be delivered to the applicant.

4.

Where the (cid:2) a (cid:3) component or the separate technical unit to be approved fulfils
its  function  or  offers  a  specific  feature  only  in  conjunction  with  other  parts  of  the
vehicle(cid:2) , thereby  making it  possible to verify (cid:3) and for this reason compliance
with one or more (cid:2) the (cid:3) requirements can be verified only when the component
or separate technical unit to be approved operates (cid:2) is operating (cid:3) in conjunction

36

with  (cid:2) those (cid:3)  other  vehicle  parts,  whether  real  or  simulated,  the  scope  of  the
(cid:2) EC (cid:3)  type-approval  of  the  component  or  the  separate  technical  unit  must  be
restricted  accordingly.  (cid:2) In  such  cases, (cid:3)  T(cid:2) t (cid:3)he  (cid:2) EC (cid:3)  type-approval
certificate  for  a  component  or  a  separate  technical  unit  shall  then  include
(cid:2) specify (cid:3)  any  restrictions  on  its  use  and  shall  indicate  any  (cid:2) the  special (cid:3)
conditions  for  fitting  it  (cid:2) for  its  mounting (cid:3).  (cid:2) When  such  a  component  or
separate  technical  unit  is  fitted  by  the  vehicle  manufacturer,  compliance  with  any
applicable (cid:3)  Observance  of  these  restrictions  (cid:2) on  use (cid:3)  or  conditions  (cid:2) for
mounting (cid:3) shall be verified at the timeat the time of type-approval of (cid:2) when (cid:3)
the vehicle (cid:2) is approved (cid:3).

5. The approval authority of each Member State shall, within one month, send to the approval
authorities  of  the  other  Member  States  a  copy  of  the  vehicle  type-approval  certificate
(together  with  its  attachments)  for  each  vehicle  type  which  it  has  approved  or  refused  to
approve or withdrawn.

6. The approval authority of each Member State shall send monthly to the approval authorities
of the Member States a list (containing the particulars shown in Annex XIII) of the system,
component or separate technical unit approvals it has granted, refused to grant or withdrawn
during  that  month;  in  addition,  on  receiving  an  application  from  the  approval  authority  of
another  Member  State,  it  shall  send  forthwith  a  copy  of  the  system,  component  or  separate
technical unit  type-approval  certificate  and/or  information  package  for  each  type  of  system,
component  or  separate  technical  unit  which  it  has  approved  or  refused  to  approve  or
withdrawn.

(cid:1) Article 11 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Conformity of production arrangements (cid:3)

(cid:2) 1.

(cid:2) 2.

The  Member  State  which  grants  an  EC  type-approval  shall  take  the  necessary
measures in accordance with Annex X to verify, if need be in co-operation with the
approval  authorities  of  the  other  Member  States,  that  adequate  arrangements  have
been  made  to  ensure  that  production  vehicles,  systems,  components  or  separate
technical units, as the case may be, conform to the approved type. (cid:3)

The Member State which has  granted an EC type-approval shall take the necessary
measures in accordance with Annex X in relation to that approval to verify, if need
be in co-operation with the approval authorities of the other Member States, that the
arrangements referred to in paragraph 1 continue to be adequate and that production
vehicles,  systems,  components  or  separate  technical  units,  as  the  case  may  be,
continue to conform to the approved type.

Verification to ensure that products conform to the approved type shall be limited to
the  procedures  set  out  in  Annex X  and  in  those  separate  directives  and  UN/ECE
Regulations  that  contain  specific  requirements. (cid:3)  (cid:5) To  that  end,  the  approval
authority of the Member State which has granted the EC type-approval may carry out
any  of  the  checks  or  tests  prescribed  in  any  of  the  separate  directives  or  UN/ECE
Regulations listed in Annex IV or Annex XI on samples taken in the premises of the
manufacturer, including production facilities. (cid:6)

37

(cid:1) 98/14/EC Art. 1(3) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

Article 5

Amendments to type-approvals

(cid:1) CHAPTER V (cid:2)

(cid:1) AMENDMENTS TO EC TYPE-APPROVALS (cid:2)

(cid:1) Article 12 (cid:2)

(cid:2) General provisions (cid:3)

1.

2.

3.

The  (cid:2) manufacturer  shall  inform  without  delay  the (cid:3)  Member  State  which  has
(cid:2) that (cid:3)  granted  (cid:2) the  EC (cid:3)type-  type-approval  must  take  the  necessary
measures  to  ensure  that  it  is  informed  of  any  change  in  the  particulars  appearing
(cid:2) recorded (cid:3) in the information package. (cid:2) That Member State shall decide, in
accordance  with  the  rules  laid  down  in  this  Chapter,  which  procedure  is  to  be
followed. (cid:3) (cid:5) Where necessary, the Member State may decide, in agreement with
the manufacturer, that a new EC type-approval is to be granted. (cid:6)

The (cid:2) An (cid:3) application for (cid:2) the (cid:3) amendment of (cid:2) an EC (cid:3) type-approval
shall  be  submitted  exclusively  to  the  Member  States  which (cid:2) that (cid:3)  granted  the
original (cid:2) EC type (cid:3) -type-approval.

In  the  case  of  system,  component  or  separate  technical  unit  approval,  if  particulars
appearing  in  the  information  package  have  changed,  the  approval  authority  of  the
Member State in question shall issue revised page(s) of the information  package as
necessary, marking each revised page to show clearly the nature of the  change  and
the  date  of  re-issue;  a  consolidated,  updated  version  of  the  information  package
accompanied  by  a  detailed  description  of  the  change  shall  also  be  deemed  to  meet
this requirement.

On any occasion when revised pages or a consolidated, updated version are issued, the index
to  the  information  package  (which  is  attached  to  the  approval  certificate)  shall  also  be
amended  to  show  the  latest  dates  of  revised  pages  or  the  date  of  the  consolidated,  updated
version.

If,  in  addition,  any  information  on  the  approval  certificate  (excluding  its  attachments)  has
changed  or  the  requirements  of  the  Directive  have  changed  since  the  date  currently  on  the
approval, the amendment shall be designated as 'extension` and the approval authority of the
Member State in question shall issue a revised approval certificate (denoted by an extension
number) which shall show clearly the reason for extension and the date of re-issue.

If  the  approval  authority  of  the  Member  State  in  question  finds  that(cid:2) ,  for  the
purposes of making (cid:3) an amendment(cid:2) , fresh inspections or (cid:3) to an information

38

package  warrants  fresh  tests  (cid:2) are  necessary (cid:3)  or  checks,  it  shall  inform  the
manufacturer (cid:2) accordingly. The procedures referred to in Articles 13 and 14 shall
apply (cid:3)  thereof  and  issue  the  documents  mentioned  in  the  first,  second  and  third
subparagraphs  only  after  the  (cid:2) requisite  fresh  inspections  or (cid:3)  conduct  of
successful fresh tests or checks (cid:2) have been successfully carried out (cid:3).

(cid:1) Article 13 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Specific provisions concerning vehicles (cid:3)

4(cid:2) 1 (cid:3) .

In  the  case  of  vehicle  type-approval,  if  particulars  appearing (cid:2) recorded (cid:3)
in the information  package  have  changed, (cid:2) the  amendment  shall be  designated a
‘revision’. (cid:3)

(cid:2) In  such  cases, (cid:3)  the  approval  authority  of  the  Member  State  in  question  shall
issue  (cid:2) the (cid:3)  revised  page(s)  of  the  information  package  as  necessary,  marking
each  revised  page  to  show  clearly  the  nature  of  the  change  and  the  date  of  re-
issue;(cid:2) . A (cid:3) a consolidated, updated version of the information package(cid:2) , (cid:3)
accompanied by a detailed description of the change(cid:2) s, (cid:3) shall also be deemed to
meet this requirement.

(cid:2) 2. A  revision  shall  be  designated  an  ‘extension’  if,  in  addition  to  the  provisions  of

paragraph 1: (cid:3)

(cid:2) (a) further inspections are required; (cid:3)

(cid:2) (b) any information on the EC type-approval certificate, with the exception of its

attachments, has changed; (cid:3)

(cid:2) (c)  new  requirements  under  any  of  the  separate  directives  or  UN/ECE
Regulations applicable to the approved vehicle type enter into force. (cid:3)

(cid:2) In  such  cases,  the  approval  authority  shall  issue  a  revised  EC  type-approval
certificate  denoted  by  an  extension  number, (cid:3)  (cid:5) incremented  in  accordance  with
the number of successive extensions already granted. (cid:6)

(cid:2) The  approval  certificate shall show  clearly the  reason  for  the  extension  and  the
date of re-issue. (cid:3)

On any occasion when revised (cid:2) 3. Whenever amended (cid:3) pages or a consolidated, updated
version  are  issued,  the  index  to  the  information  package  (which  is  attached  to  the
approval  certificate)  shall  also  be  amended  (cid:2) accordingly (cid:3)  to  show  the  latest
dates of revised pages (cid:2) the most recent extension or revision, (cid:3) or the date of the
(cid:2) most recent consolidation of the (cid:3) consolidated, updated version.

(cid:2) 4. No  amendment  to  the  approval  of  a  type  of  vehicle  shall  be  required  if  the  new
requirements  referred  to  in  paragraph  2(c)  are,  from  a  technical  point  of  view,
irrelevant  to  that  type  of  vehicle  or  concern  categories  of  vehicle  other  than  the
category to which it belongs. (cid:3)

In,  in  addition,  either  further  inspections  are  required  or  any  information  on  the  approval
certificate (excluding its attachments) has changed or the requirements of any of the separate

39

Directives  applicable  to  the  date  from  which  first  entry  into  service  is  prohibited  have
changed since the date currently on the vehicle approval, the amendment shall be designated
as 'extension` and the approval authority of the Member State in question shall issue a revised
approval certificate (denoted by an extension number) which shall show clearly the reason for
extension and the date of re-issue.

(cid:1) Article 14 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Specific provisions concerning systems, components or separate technical units (cid:3)

(cid:2) 1.

If  particulars  specified  in  the  information  package  have  changed,  the  amendment
shall be designated a ‘revision’. (cid:3)

(cid:2) In  such  cases,  the  approval  authority  shall  issue  the  revised  pages  of  the
information  package  as  necessary,  marking  each  revised  page  to  show  clearly  the
nature of the change and the date of re-issue. A consolidated, updated version of the
information package, accompanied by a detailed description of the changes, shall be
deemed to meet this requirement. (cid:3)

(cid:2) 2.

The  revision  shall  be  designated  an  ‘extension’  if,  in  addition  to  the  provisions  of
paragraph 1: (cid:3)

(cid:2) (a)

further inspections are required; (cid:3)

(cid:2) (b)

any information on the EC type-approval certificate, with the exception

of its attachments, has changed; (cid:3)

(cid:2) (c)

new  requirements  under  any  of  the  separate  directives  or  UN/ECE
Regulations  applicable  to  the  approved  system,  component  or  separate
technical unit enter into force. (cid:3)

(cid:2) The approval authority shall issue a revised EC type-approval certificate, denoted
by  an  extension  number, (cid:3)  (cid:5) incremented  in  accordance  with  the  number  of
successive extensions already granted. In cases where the amendment is necessitated
by the application of paragraph 2(c), the third section of the approval number shall be
updated. (cid:6)

(cid:2) The  approval  certificate shall show  clearly the  reason  for  the  extension  and  the
date of re-issue. (cid:3)

(cid:2) 3. Whenever amended pages or a consolidated, updated version are issued, the index to
the  information  package  attached  to  the  approval  certificate  shall  be  amended
accordingly to show the dates of the most recent extension or revision or the date of
the most recent consolidation of the updated version. (cid:3)

(cid:1) Article 15 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Issue and notification of amendments (cid:3)

(cid:2) 1.

In the case of an extension, the approval authority shall update all relevant sections
of  the  EC  type-approval  certificate,  the  attachments  thereto,  and  the  index  to  the

40

information  package. (cid:3)  (cid:5) The  updated  certificate  and  its  attachments  shall  be
issued to the applicant without delay. (cid:6)

(cid:2) 2.

In the case of a revision, the revised documents or the consolidated, updated version,
as appropriate, including the revised index to the information package, (cid:3) (cid:5) shall be
issued by the approval authority to the applicant without delay. (cid:6)

If  the  approval  authority  of  the  Member  State  in  question  finds  that  an  amendment  to  an
information  package  warrants  fresh  inspections,  it  shall  inform  the  manufacturer
thereof  and  issue  the  documents  mentioned  in  the  first,  second  and  third
subparagraphs only after the conduct of successful fresh inspections. (cid:2) 3.
The
approval  authority  shall  notify  a (cid:3)Any  revised  document  shall  be  sent
(cid:2) amendment  made  to  EC  type-approvals (cid:3)  to  all  other  (cid:2) the (cid:3)  approval
authorities (cid:2) of the other Member States in accordance with the procedures referred
to in Article 8 (cid:3) within one month.

(cid:1) CHAPTER VI (cid:2)

(cid:1) VALIDITY OF AN EC VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL (cid:2)

(cid:1) Article 16 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Termination of validity (cid:3)

(cid:4) new

1.

An EC vehicle type-approval shall cease to be valid in any of the following cases:

(a)

new requirements in any separate directive or UN/ECE Regulation applicable
to  the  approved  vehicle  enter  into  force,  and  it  is  not  possible  to  update  the
approval accordingly;

(b)

production of the approved vehicle is definitively discontinued;

(c)

the validity of the approval expires by virtue of a special restriction.

2.

3.

Where  only  one  variant  within  a  type  or  one  version  within  a  variant  becomes
invalid,  the  EC  vehicle  type-approval  shall  lose  validity  only  in  so  far  as  the
particular variant or version is concerned.

When  production  of  a  particular  type  of  vehicle  is  definitively  discontinued,  the
manufacturer  shall  notify  the  approval  authority  that  granted  the  EC  vehicle  type-
approval. Upon receiving such notification, that authority shall inform the approval
authorities of the other Member States accordingly within 20 working days.

Article  26  shall  apply  only  to  discontinuation  in  the  circumstances  referred  to  in
point (a) of paragraph 1 .

41

(cid:1) 98/14/EC Art. 1(3) (adapted)

5(cid:2) 4 (cid:3). W(cid:2) ithout prejudice to paragraph 3, in cases w (cid:3)here it  becomes apparent
that  a(cid:2) n  EC (cid:3)  vehiclevehicle  type-approval  is  about  (cid:2) due (cid:3)  to  become
invalid  because  one  or  more  of  the  separate  Directive  approvals  referred  to  in  its
information package is about to become invalid or because  of the introduction of a
new separate Directive in Annex IV, Part I, the (cid:2) manufacturer shall notify the (cid:3)
approval  authority  of  the  Member  State  which  (cid:2) that (cid:3)  granted  that  (cid:2) the  EC
type- (cid:3)approval(cid:2) .

The  approval  authority (cid:3)  shall,  not  less  than  one  month  before  the  vehicle  type-
approval  ceases  to  be  valid,  (cid:2) without  delay (cid:3)  communicate  that  fact  (cid:2) all
relevant information (cid:3) to the approval authorities of the other Member States (cid:2) so
as  to  enable  the  application,  where  appropriate,  of  Article  26.  That  communication
shall  specify,  in  particular,  the (cid:3)  together  with  an  indication  of  the  relevant  date
(cid:2) of  production  and (cid:3)  or  the  vehicle  identification  number  of  the  last  vehicle
produced in conformity with the old certificate.

6. For vehicle categories not affected by a change of requirements in separate Directives or in
this Directive, no amendment to the approval shall be required.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

(cid:1) CHAPTER VII (cid:2)

(cid:1) CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY AND MARKINGS (cid:2)

Article 6 (cid:1) 17 (cid:2)

Certificate of conformity

1.

The  manufacturer,  in  his  capacity  as  the  holder  of  an  (cid:2) EC (cid:3)  vehicle  type-
approval, shall issue (cid:2) deliver (cid:3) a certificate of conformity (models for which are
given  in  Annex  IX),  which  shall  (cid:2) to (cid:3)  accompany  each  vehicle,  whether
complete(cid:2) , (cid:3)  or  incomplete,  (cid:2) or  completed,  that  is (cid:3)  manufactured  in
conformity with the approved vehicle type.

In  the  case  of  an  incomplete  or  completed  vehicle  type,  the  manufacturer  shall
complete only those items on side 2 of the certificate of conformity which have been
added or changed  at the current stage of approval  and,  if applicable, shall attach to
this  (cid:2) the (cid:3)  certificate  all  certificates  of  conformity  delivered  at  the  previous
stage(s).

42

2.

The certificate of conformity shall be drawn up in one of the official languages of the
Community.

(cid:4) new

(cid:2) 3. (cid:3) The certificate of conformity shall be made in such a way (cid:2) designed (cid:3) to
prevent any forgery. For this purpose, (cid:2) To that end, (cid:3) the printing shall be made
on  paper (cid:2) used shall be (cid:3)  protected  either by coloured  graphics  or (cid:2) by  a (cid:3)
watermarked with (cid:2) in the form of (cid:3) the manufacturer's identification mark.

(cid:1) 98/14/EC Art. 1(4) (adapted)

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

(cid:4) new

A duplicate of the certificate of conformity may be issued only by the manufacturer.
The word “duplicate” must be clearly visible on the face of any duplicate certificate.

The certificate of conformity shall be completed in its entirety and shall not contain
restrictions  as  regards  the  use  of  the  vehicle  other  than  those  provided  for  in  a
separate directive or UN/ECE Regulation.

The  certificate  of  conformity  for  vehicles  approved  in  accordance  with  Article  19
shall bear the additional statement “sale, entry into service and registration permitted
in application of Article 19 of Directive [this Directive……]”.

The  certificate  of  conformity,  as  described  in  Annex  IX,  Part  I,  for  vehicles
type-approved  in  accordance  with  Article  21  shall  display  in  the  title  thereof  the
phrase  “For  complete/completed 1  vehicles  type-approved  in  small  series”,  and  in
close proximity thereto a sequential number, between 1 and the limit indicated in the
table  set  out  in  Annex  XII,  denoting,  in  respect  of  each  year  of  production,  the
position of that vehicle within the production allocated for that year.

The  certificate  of  conformity  for  vehicles  approved  in  accordance  with  Article  26
shall, in the case of an end-of-series waiver, bear the additional statement “sale, entry
into service and registration permitted in application of Article 26 of Directive [this
Directive…...]”.

Member States may apply equivalent measures in so far as they enable the number of
vehicles  to  be  registered  in  the  framework  of  that  procedure  to  be  effectively
monitored.

2. However, Member States may, for purposes of vehicle taxation or registration, after giving
at  least  three  months'  notice  to  the  Commission  and  the  other  Member  States,  request

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

43

particulars  not  mentioned  in  Annex  IX  to  be  added  to  the  certificate  provided  that  such
particulars  are  explicitly  stated  in  the  information  package  or  can  be  derived  from  it  by  a
simple calculation.

Member States may also request that the certificate of conformity contained in Annex IX be
completed in such a way as to highlight the data necessary and sufficient for the purposes of
taxation and registration by the national competent authorities.

(cid:1) Article 18 (cid:2)

(cid:2) EC type-approval mark (cid:3)

3 (cid:2) 1 (cid:3).

The  manufacturer,  in  his  capacity  as  the  holder  of  a  type-approval  for  a
component or separate technical unit(cid:5) , whether or not it is part of a system, (cid:6) shall
affix to each component or unit manufactured in conformity with the approved type
the  trade  name  or  mark,  the  type  and/or,  if  the  separate  Directive  so  provides,  the
(cid:2) EC (cid:3) type-approval mark(cid:2) required by  the  relevant separate  Directive (cid:3) or
number.  However,  in  the  latter  case,  the  manufacturer  may  choose  not  to  affix  the
trade name or mark and type.

(cid:2) 2. Where  no  EC  type-approval  mark  is  required,  the  manufacturer  shall  affix  at
least: (cid:3)  (cid:2) his  trade  name  or  trade  mark, (cid:3)  and  (cid:2) the  type  number  and/or  an
identification number. (cid:3)

3.

The  EC  type-approval  mark  shall  be  composed  in  accordance  with  Appendix  1  to
Annex VII.

(cid:4) new

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

4.  The  manufacturer,  in  his  capacity  as  the  holder  of  a  type-approval  certificate,  which  in
accordance with  the provisions of Article 4  (4) includes  restrictions  on its  use,  shall deliver
with each component or unit manufactured detailed information on these restrictions and shall
indicate any conditions for fitting it.

44

(cid:1) CHAPTER VIII (cid:2)

(cid:1) NEW TECHNOLOGIES OR CONCEPTS INCOMPATIBLE WITH SEPARATE DIRECTIVES (cid:2)

(cid:1) Article 19 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Exemptions for new technologies or new concepts (cid:3)

(cid:2) 1.

(cid:2) 2.

The  Member  States  may,  on  application  by  the  manufacturer,  grant  an  EC
type-approval  in  respect  of  a  type  of  system,  component  or  separate  technical  unit
that incorporates technologies or concepts which are incompatible with one or more
separate  directives,  subject  to  authorisation  being  granted  by  the  Commission  in
accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 37(2). (cid:3)

Pending the decision as to whether or not authorisation is granted, the Member State
may grant (cid:3) (cid:5) a provisional approval (cid:6) (cid:2) , valid only in its territory, in respect
of  a  type  of  vehicle  covered  by  the  exemption  sought,  provided  that  it  informs  the
Commission and the other Member States thereof without delay by means  of a  file
containing the following elements: (cid:3)

(cid:2) (a)

(cid:2) (b)

the  reasons  why  the  technologies  or  concepts  in  question  make  the
the

incompatible  with 

technical  unit 

system,  component  or  separate 
requirements; (cid:3)

a description of the safety and environmental considerations concerned

and the measures taken; (cid:3)

(cid:2) (c)

a description of the tests, including their results, demonstrating that, by
comparison with the requirements from which exemption is sought, at least an
equivalent level of safety and environmental protection is ensured. (cid:3)

(cid:2) 3.

The  Commission  shall  decide,  in  accordance  with  the  procedure  referred  to  in
Article 37(2), whether or not to allow the Member State to grant an EC type-approval
in respect of that type of vehicle. (cid:3)

(cid:2) Where appropriate, the decision shall also specify whether its validity is subject
to any restrictions, such as time-limits. In all cases, the validity of the approval shall
not be less than thirty-six months. (cid:3)

(cid:4) new

If the Commission decides to refuse authorisation, the Member State shall revoke the
provisional type-approval referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article.4.

Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 shall not be invoked where  a system, component or separate
technical  unit  complies  with  a  UN/ECE  Regulation  to  which  the  Community  has
acceded.

45

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

(cid:1) Article 20 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Action required (cid:3)

(cid:2) 1. Where the Commission finds that there are sound grounds for granting an exemption
pursuant  to  Article 19,  it  shall  immediately  take  the  necessary  steps  to  adapt  the
separate directives concerned to technological developments, in accordance with the
procedure referred to in Article 37(2). (cid:3)

(cid:2) 2. As soon as the relevant separate directives have been amended, (cid:3) (cid:5) any restriction

attaching to the exemption shall be lifted immediately. (cid:6)

(cid:2) Where  it  is  not  possible  to  amend  the  separate  directives,  the  validity  of  an
exemption  may be extended, at the  request  of the Member State  which  granted  the
approval, by another decision adopted in accordance with the procedure referred to in
Article 37(2). (cid:3)

(cid:1) CHAPTER IX (cid:2)

(cid:1) VEHICLES PRODUCED IN SMALL SERIES (cid:2)

(cid:4) new

Article 21

EC type-approval

1.

2.

3.

At  the  request  of  the  manufacturer  and  within  the  quantitative  limits  set  out  in
Annex XII,  Part A,  Section 1,  Member  States  shall  grant,  in  accordance  with  the
procedure  referred  to  in  Article  6(4),  an  EC  type-approval  in  respect  of  a  type  of
vehicle  which  satisfies  at  least  the  requirements  listed  in  Annex IV,  Part I,
Appendix l.

Paragraph 1 shall not apply to special purpose vehicles.

EC  type-approval  certificates  shall  be  numbered  in  accordance  with  the  method
described in Annex VII.

46

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

(cid:1) Article 22 (cid:2)

(cid:2) National type-approval (cid:3)

(cid:2) 1.

In  the  case  of  vehicles  produced  within  the  quantitative  limits  specified  in
Annex XII,  Part A,  Section 2,  Member  States  may  waive  one  or  more  of  the
provisions of one or more of the separate directives or UN/ECE regulations listed in
Annex IV or Annex XI. (cid:3)

(cid:2) 2. Member States may, in the case of the vehicles referred to in paragraph 1, waive one
or  more  of  the  provisions  of  this  Directive (cid:3)  (cid:5) provided  that  they  lay  down (cid:6)
(cid:2) relevant alternative provisions. (cid:3)

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

(cid:4) new

3.

4.

A waiver pursuant to paragraph 1 shall not be granted or maintained if it has, or is
likely to have, an adverse effect on any other policy pursued by the Community.

The type-approval certificate shall specify the nature of the waivers granted pursuant
to paragraph 1.

The type-approval certificate, the model for which is set out in Annex VI, shall not
bear  the  heading  ‘EC  vehicle  type-approval  certificate’.  However,  type-approval
certificates  shall  be  numbered  in  accordance  with  the  method  described  in
Annex VII.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

(cid:2) 5.

If the manufacturer so requests, the approval authority shall send (cid:3) (cid:5) by registered
mail (cid:6) (cid:2) a copy of the type-approval certificate and its attachments to the approval
authorities of the Member States designated by the manufacturer. (cid:3)

(cid:5) Within  20  working  days  of  receipt (cid:6)(cid:2) ,  such  a  Member  State  shall  decide
whether  or  not  it  accepts  the  type-approval  and  how  many  such  vehicles  may  be
registered, sold or put into service within its territory. It shall formally communicate
that  decision  to  the  approval  authority  referred  to  in  the  first  subparagraph, (cid:3)
(cid:5) failing which it shall be deemed to have refused the type-approval. (cid:6)

47

(cid:4) new

CHAPTER X

INDIVIDUAL APPROVALS

Article 23

General provisions

1.

2.

Member States may exempt a particular vehicle from compliance with one or more
of the provisions of this Directive or  with one or more of the separate directives or
UN/ECE regulations listed in Annex IV or XI, provided that they impose comparable
national requirements based on those measures which ensure an equivalent level of
environmental protection and road safety.

Member  States  shall  accept  any  system,  component,  separate  technical  unit  or
incomplete vehicle EC type-approval instead of the relevant national requirements.

The application for individual approval shall be submitted by the manufacturer or by
the owner of the vehicle.

A  Member  State  shall  grant  an  individual  approval  if  the  vehicle  conforms  to  the
description  appended  to  the  application  and  satisfies  the  technical  requirements
applicable.

The  validity  of  an  individual  approval  shall  be  restricted  to  the  territory  of  the
Member State that granted the approval.

The format of the individual approval certificate shall be established on the basis of
this  Directive  and  shall  contain  at  least  the  information  necessary  to  complete  the
application  for  registration  provided  for  in  Council  Directive  1999/37/EC 10.
Individual approval certificates shall not bear the heading ‘EC vehicle approval’.

An individual approval certificate shall bear the vehicle identification number of the
vehicle concerned.

3.

The  approval authority  may  delegate responsibility for issuing individual approvals
to  a  duly  accredited  representative.  The  other  Member  States  and  the  Commission
shall be notified thereof in accordance with Article 38.

10

OJ L 138, 1.6.1999, p. 57.

48

                                                
Article 24

Specific provisions

1.

2.

1.

The procedure provided for in Article 23 may apply to a particular vehicle during the
successive  stages  of  its  completion  in  accordance  with  a  multi-stage  type-approval
procedure.

The  procedure  provided  for  in  Article 23  may  not  replace  an  intermediate  stage
within  the  normal  sequence  of  a  multi-stage  type-approval  procedure  and  may  not
apply for the purposes of obtaining the first-stage approval of a vehicle.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

(cid:1) CHAPTER XI (cid:2)

(cid:1) REGISTRATION, SALE AND ENTRY INTO SERVICE (cid:2)

Article 7 (cid:1) 25 (cid:2)

Registration(cid:2) , sale (cid:3) and entry into service (cid:2) of vehicles (cid:3)

Each (cid:2) Without prejudice to the provisions of Articles 28 and 29, the (cid:3) Member
State(cid:2) s (cid:3)  shall  register,  (cid:2) and (cid:3)  permit  the  sale  or  entry  into  service
of(cid:2) , (cid:3) new vehicles on grounds relating to their construction and functioningonly
if, they are accompanied by a valid certificate of conformity (cid:2) issued in accordance
with Article 17 (cid:3).

In  the  case  of  incomplete  vehicles,  each  (cid:2) the (cid:3)  Member  State(cid:2) s (cid:3)  shall
permit the sale of such vehicles but may refuse their permanent registration and entry
into  service  so  long  as  they  are  not  completed  (cid:2) for  such  time  as  the  vehicles
remain incomplete (cid:3).

2.

Vehicles exempted from the requirement concerning a certificate of conformity may
be  registered,  sold  or  put  into  service  only  if  they  satisfy  the  relevant  technical
requirements of this Directive.

(cid:4) new

(cid:2) 3. As regards  small-series vehicles, the  number  of vehicles registered,  sold  or  entered
into service in the course of a single year shall not exceed the number of units shown
in Annex XII, Part A. (cid:3)

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

49

(cid:1) Article 26 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Registration, sale and entry into service of end-of-series vehicles (cid:3)

(cid:2) 1.

Subject  to  the  limits  specified  in  Annex XII,  Section B,  and  in  respect  only  of  a
limited period of time, the Member States may register and permit the sale or entry
into service of vehicles conforming to a type of vehicle whose EC type-approval is
no longer valid. (cid:3)

(cid:2) The  first  subparagraph  shall  apply  only  to  vehicles  within  the  territory  of  the
Community  which  were  covered  by  a  valid  EC  type-approval  at  the  time  of  their
production,  but  which  had  not  been  registered  or  put  into  service  before  that  EC
type-approval lost its validity. (cid:3)

(cid:2) 2.

The option under paragraph 1 shall be available, in the case of complete vehicles, for
a period of twelve months from the date on which validity of the EC type-approval
expired and, in the case of completed vehicles, for a period of eighteen months from
that date. (cid:3)

(cid:2) 3. A  manufacturer  who  wishes  to  benefit  from  the  opportunity  available  under
paragraph 1 shall submit a request to the competent authority of each Member State
concerned  by  the  entry  into  service  of  the  vehicles  in  question.  The  request  must
specify  any  technical  or  economic  reasons (cid:3)  (cid:5) preventing  those  vehicles  from
complying with the new technical requirements (cid:6) .

(cid:2) The  Member  States  concerned  shall  decide,  within  three  months  of  receiving
such  a  request,  whether  and  in  what  number  to  permit  the  registration  of  those
vehicles within their territory. (cid:3)

4.

Paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 shall apply mutatis mutandis to vehicles which were covered
by  a  national  type-approval  but  which  had  not  been  registered  or  put  into  service
before  that  approval  ceased  to  be  valid,  in  application  of  Article 40,  owing  to  the
compulsory enforcement of the EC type-approval procedure.

(cid:4) new

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

(cid:2) Sale and entry into service of components and separate technical units (cid:3)

(cid:1) Article 27 (cid:2)

2 (cid:2) 1 (cid:3).

Each  Member  State(cid:2) s (cid:3)  shall  permit  the  sale  or  entry  into  service  of
components  or  separate 
the
requirement(cid:2) s (cid:3)  of  the  relevant  separate  D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irectives  (cid:5) and/or  UN/ECE
Regulations (cid:6)  and  (cid:2) are  properly  marked  in  accordance  with  Article 18 (cid:3)  the
requirements  referred  to  in  Article  6  (3)  provided  that  this  shall  not  apply  to

technical  units  only 

they  comply  with 

if, 

50

components and separate technical units intended for use on vehicles which are fully
or partially exempt from or not covered by this Directive.

(cid:2) 2. Compliance  with  paragraph 1  shall  be  waived  in  cases  where  new  components  or
separate  technical  units  have  been  exempted  from  one  or  more  provisions  of  a
separate directive in application of Article 19 (cid:3) (cid:5) or are intended for mounting on
vehicles covered by exemptions under Articles 21, 22 or 23 (cid:6).

(cid:2) 3. Member  States  shall  waive  the  requirements  under  paragraph 1  in  the  case  of  new
components or separate technical units (cid:3) (cid:5) which are specifically constructed and
designed for new vehicles not covered by this Directive (cid:6).

(cid:1) CHAPTER XII (cid:2)

(cid:1) SAFEGUARD CLAUSES (cid:2)

(cid:1) Article 28 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units in compliance with this
Directive (cid:3)

3 (cid:2) 1 (cid:3).

If a Member State finds that (cid:2) new (cid:3) vehicles, (cid:2) systems, (cid:3) components
or  separate  technical  units  of  a  particular  type  (cid:2) ,  albeit  in  compliance  with  the
applicable  requirements  or  properly  marked,  present (cid:3)  are  a  serious  risk  to  road
safety  although  they  are  accompanied  by  a  valid  certificate  of  conformity  or  are
properly  marked,  (cid:5) or  seriously  harm  the  environment  or,  in  the  context  of  the
prevention  of  waste  from  vehicles,  seriously  harm  public  health, (cid:6)  then  that
(cid:2) Member (cid:3) State may, for  a  maximum period  of  six months,  refuse  to  register
such  vehicles  or  may  prohibit (cid:2) to  permit (cid:3)  the  sale  or  entry  into  service  in  its
territory  of  such  vehicles,  components  or  separate  technical  units.  It  (cid:2) In  such
cases,  the  Member  State  concerned (cid:3)  shall  forthwith  (cid:2) immediately (cid:3)  notify
(cid:5) the  manufacturer, (cid:6)  the  other  Member  States  and  the  Commission  thereof
(cid:2) accordingly (cid:3), stating the reasons on which its decision is based.

(cid:2) 2. (cid:3) If  the  Member  State  which  (cid:2) that (cid:3)  granted  (cid:2) the  EC (cid:3)  type-approval
disputes the risk to road safety (cid:5) , public health or the environment (cid:6) notified to it
(cid:2) in  accordance  with  paragraph  1, (cid:3)  the  Member  States  concerned  shall
endeavour  to  settle  the  dispute.  The  Commission  shall  be  kept  informed  and  shall,
where  necessary,  (cid:2) shall (cid:3)  hold  appropriate  consultations  for  the  purpose  of
(cid:2) with a view to (cid:3) reaching a settlement.

Article 8

Exemptions and alternative procedures

1. The requirements of Article 7 (1) do not apply to:

-  vehicles  intended  for  use  by  the  armed  services,  civil  defence,  fire  services  and  forces
responsible for maintaining public order,

51

- vehicles approved in accordance with paragraph 2.

2. Each Member State may, at the request of the manufacturer, exempt from one or more of
the provisions of one or more of the separate Directives:

(a) Vehicles produced in small series

In this case, the number of vehicles of a family of types per year registered, sold or entering
service in that Member State shall be limited to not more than the number of units shown in
Annex  XII.  Each  year  the  Member  States  shall  send  to  the  Commission  a  list  of  such
approvals.  The  Member  State  granting  such  an  approval  shall  send  a  copy  of  the  approval
certificate  and  its  attachments  to  the  approval  authorities  of  the  other  Member  States
designated  by  the  manufacturer,  stating  the  nature  of  exemptions  which  have  been  granted.
Within  three  months  these  Member  States  shall  decide  whether,  and  for  which  number  of
units, they accept the type-approval for vehicles to be registered within their territory. For the
purposes of approvals granted in accordance with this point (a), the requirements of Articles
3,  4,  5,  6,  10  and  11  shall  apply  only  in  so  far  as  they  are  deemed  to  be  relevant  by  the
approval  authority.  Where  an  exemption  is  granted  in  accordance  with  this  point  (a)  the
Member State may require a relevant alternative provision;

(b) End-of-series vehicles

1. Within the limits contained in Annex XII, section B and for a limited period Member States
may register and permit the sale or entry into service of new vehicles conforming to a type of
vehicle whose type-approval is no longer valid under Article 5 (5).

This provision shall apply only to vehicles which:

- were in the territory of the European Community, and

- were accompanied by a valid certificate of conformity which had been issued when the type-
approval of the vehicle in question was still valid, but which had  not been registered  or  put
into service before the said type-approval lost its validity.

This option shall be limited to a period of 12 months for complete vehicles and 18 months for
vehicles completed as from the date on which the type-approval lost its validity.

(cid:1) 98/14/EC  Art.  1(5)  pt.  a(ii)
(adapted)

2. For point 1 to be applied to one or more types of a given category, the manufacturer must
submit a request to the competent authority of each Member State concerned by the entry into
service  of  such  types  of  vehicle.  The  request  must  specify  the  technical  and/or  economic
reasons on which it is based.

Within  three  months  these  Member  States  shall  decide  whether  and  for  which  number  of
units, they accept the vehicle type concerned to be registered within their territory.

Each  Member  State  concerned  by  the  entry  into  service  of  such  types  of  vehicle  shall  be
responsible for ensuring that the manufacturer complies with the provisions of Annex XII.B.

52

Member States shall each year send the Commission a list of exemptions granted.

(cid:1) 98/14/EC  Art.  1(5)  pt.  b
(adapted)

(c) Vehicles, components or separate technical units incorporating technologies or concepts
which cannot, owing to their specific nature, comply with one or more of the requirements of
one or more of the separate Directives

In this case, the Member State may grant an approval restricted in validity to its own territory,
but  shall  within  one  month  of  so  doing,  send  a  copy  of  the  approval  certificate  and  its
attachments to the approval authorities of the other Member States and to the Commission. At
the  same  time,  it  shall  send  a  request  to  the  Commission  to  be  allowed  to  grant  a  type-
approval  in  accordance  with  this  Directive.  The  request  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  file
containing the following elements:

- the reason why the technologies or concepts in question prevent the vehicle, component or
separate technical unit from complying with the requirements of one or more of the relevant
separate Directives,

-  a  description  of  the  areas  of  safety  and  environmental  protection  concerned  and  the
measures taken,

-  a  description  of  the  tests  and  their  results  that  demonstrate  at  least  an  equivalent  level  of
safety and environmental protection as is provided by the requirements of one or more of the
relevant separate Directives,

- proposals for amendments to the relevant separate Directives or new separate Directive(s) as
applicable.

The  Commission  shall,  within  three  months  after  the  date  of  receipt  of  the  complete  file,
submit a draft decision to the Committee referred to in Article 13. The Commission shall, in
accordance  with  the  procedure  laid  down  in  Article  13,  decide  whether  or  not  to  allow  the
Member State to grant an approval in accordance with this Directive.

Only the request to grant an approval and the draft decision will be transmitted to the Member
States in their national language(s), but Member States may request all the elements of the file
in  the  original  language  as  a  prerequisite  to  a  decision  being  taken  in  accordance  with  the
procedure laid down Article 13.

If a decision is taken to approve the request, the Member State may issue a type-approval in
accordance  with  this  Directive.  In  such  cases,  the  decision  shall  also  establish  whether  to
place any restrictions (such as a time period) on its validity. In no case should the validity of
the approval be less than 36 months.

When the relevant separate Directive(s) have been adapted to technical progress such that the
vehicles, components or separate technical units for which approvals have been granted under
the provisions of this subparagraph (c), comply with the amending Directive(s), the Member
States shall convert such approvals to normal approvals making any necessary allowances for
the  time  needed,  e.g.  for  manufacturers  to  change  approval  markings  on  components.  This
will include deletion of any reference to restrictions or exemptions.

53

If the necessary steps to adapt  the separate  Directive(s)  have  not been taken,  the  validity of
approvals  granted  under  the  provisions  of  this  point  may  be  extended  upon  request  of  the
Member State which granted the approval by a further decision taken in accordance with the
procedure laid down in Article 13.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:7)1 98/14/EC Art. 1(6)
(cid:5) new

3.  Approval  certificates  issued  in  accordance  with  paragraph  2,  the  models  for  which  are
shown  in  Annex  VI,  may  not  carry  the  heading  'EEC  Vehicle  Type-Approval  Certificate',
except in the case mentioned in 2 (c) where the Commission has approved the report.

Article 9

Acceptance of equivalent approvals

1.  The  Council  may,  acting  by  a  qualified  majority  on  a  proposal  from  the  Commission,
acknowledge  the  equivalence  between  the  conditions  or  provisions  for  type-approval  of
systems, components and separate technical units established by the present Directive and the
procedures  established  by  international  regulations  or  regulations  of  third  countries,  in  the
framework  of  multilateral  or  bilateral  agreements  between  the  Community  and  third
countries.

2.  The  equivalence  of  the  international  regulations  listed  in  Part  II  of  Annex  IV  with  the
corresponding  separate  Directives  shall  be  recognized.  The  approval  authorities  of  the
Member States  shall accept  approvals  according  to  those  regulations  and,  where  applicable,
the pertaining approval marks, in lieu of the corresponding approvals and/or approvals marks
according  to  the  equivalent  separate  Directives.  The  listed  international  regulations  shall  be
published in the Official Journal of the European Communities.

Article 10

Conformity of production arrangements

1.  A  Member  State  granting  type-approval  shall  take  the  necessary  measures  in  accordance
with  Annex  X  in  relation  to  that  approval  to  verify,  if  need  be  in  cooperation  with  the
approval authorities of the other Member States, that adequate arrangements have been made
to  ensure  that  production  vehicles,  systems,  components  or  separate  technical  units,  as  the
case may be, conform to the approved type.

2. A Member State  which has  granted  a  type  approval  shall  take  the  necessary  measures  in
accordance with Annex X in relation to that approval to verify, if need be in cooperation with
the  approval  authorities  of  the  other  Member  States,  that  the  arrangements  referred  to  in
paragraph  1  continue  to  be  adequate  and  that  production  vehicles,  systems,  components  or
separate  technical  units,  as  the  case  may  be,  continue  to  conform  to  the  approved  type.
(cid:7)1 Verification to ensure that products conform to the approved type shall be limited to the
procedures  set  out  in  Sections  2  and  3  of  Annex  X  and  in  those  separate  Directives  that
contain specific requirements. (cid:8)

54

Article 11 (cid:1) 29 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units not in (cid:3) Nonconformity
with the approved type

1.

There  shall  be  failure  to  conform  to  the  approved  type  where  deviations  from  the
particulars in the type-approval certificate and/or the information package are found
to exist und where these deviations have not been authorized under Article 5  (3) or
(4),  by  the  Member  State  which  granted  the  type-approval.  A  vehicle  shall  not  be
considered  to  deviate  from  the  approved  type  where  tolerances  are  permitted  by
separate Directives and these tolerances are respected.

2.  If  a  Member  State  which  has  granted (cid:2) an  EC (cid:3)  type-approval  finds  that  (cid:2) new (cid:3)
vehicles, (cid:2) systems, (cid:3) components or separate technical units accompanied  by  a
certificate of conformity or bearing an approval mark do not conform to the type it
has  approved, it  shall  take  the  necessary  measures(cid:2) ,  including  the  withdrawal  of
type-approval, (cid:3) to ensure that production vehicles, (cid:2) systems, (cid:3) components or
separate  technical  units,  as  the  case  may  be,  again  conform  to (cid:2) are  brought  into
conformity  with (cid:3)  the  approved  type.  The  approval  authorities(cid:2) y (cid:3)  of  that
Member State shall advise those (cid:2) the approval authorities (cid:3) of the other Member
States of the measures taken which may,  where  necessary,  extend to  withdrawal of
type-approval.

(cid:2) 2.

For  the  purposes  of  paragraph  1,  deviations  from  the  particulars  in  the  EC
type-approval  certificate  or  the  information  package  shall  be  deemed  to  constitute
failure to conform to the approved type. (cid:3)

3.

4.

(cid:2) A  vehicle  shall  not  be  deemed  to  deviate  from  the  approved  type  where
tolerances  are  permitted  by  the  relevant  separate  directives (cid:3)  (cid:5) or  UN/ECE
Regulations (cid:6) (cid:2) and those tolerances are respected. (cid:3)

If  a  Member  State  demonstrates  that  (cid:2) new (cid:3)  vehicles,  components  or  separate
technical  units  accompanied  by  a  certificate  of  conformity  or  bearing  an  approval
mark  do  not  conform  to  the  approved  type(cid:2) , (cid:3)  it  may  request  (cid:2) ask (cid:3)  the
Member  State  which  granted  the  (cid:2) EC (cid:3)  type-approval  to  verify  that  vehicles,
(cid:2) systems, (cid:3)  components  or  separate  technical  units,  as  the  case  may  be,  in
production (cid:2) continue to (cid:3) conform to the approved type. Such (cid:2) On receipt of
such a request, the Member State concerned shall take the requisite (cid:3) action shall
be  taken  as  soon  as  possible  and  in  any  case  within  six  months  of  the  date  of  the
request.

The vehicle-approval authority shall request the Member State(s) which granted any
relevant (cid:2) the (cid:3) system, component, separate technical unit or incomplete vehicle
type-approval(s)  to  take  the  necessary  action  to  ensure  that  vehicles  in  production
again conform to (cid:2) are brought back into conformity with (cid:3) the approved type in
the following cases::

- (a) EC  vehicle  (cid:2) (cid:3)  type-approval,  where  the  non(cid:2) - (cid:3)conformity  of  a
the

vehicle  arises  (cid:2) is  attributable (cid:3)  exclusively 
from  (cid:2) to (cid:3) 
non (cid:2) - (cid:3)conformity of a system, component or separate technical unit;

55

- (b) multi-stage  type-approval(cid:2) , (cid:3)  where  the  non(cid:2) - (cid:3)conformity  of  a
completed vehicle  arises (cid:2) is attributable (cid:3)  exclusively  from (cid:2) to (cid:3)  the
non(cid:2) - (cid:3)conformity of a system, component or separate technical unit being
part of the incomplete vehicle, or of the incomplete vehicle itself.

(cid:2) On  receipt  of  such  a  request,  the  Member  State  concerned  shall  take  the
requisite (cid:3)  Such  action(cid:2) ,  if  necessary  in  conjunction  with  the  Member  State
making the request, (cid:3) shall be taken as soon as possible and in any case within six
months of the date of the request, if necessary in conjunction with the Member State
making  the  request.  Where  a  failure  to  conform  is  established,  the  approval
authorities(cid:2) y (cid:3)  of  the  Member  State  which  granted  the  system,  component  or
separate  technical  unit  (cid:2) EC (cid:3)  type-approval  or  the  approval  of  the  incomplete
vehicle shall take the measures set out in paragraph 2 (cid:2) 1 (cid:3) .

The  approval  authorities  of  the  Member  States  shall  inform  each  other  within  one
month (cid:5) 20 working days (cid:6) of any withdrawal of (cid:2) EC (cid:3) type-approval and of
the reasons for such a measure (cid:2) this (cid:3) .

If the Member State which (cid:2) that (cid:3) granted (cid:2) EC (cid:3) type-approval disputes the
failure  to  conform  notified  to  it(cid:2) , (cid:3)  the  Member  States  concerned  shall
endeavour  to  settle  the  dispute.  The  Commission  shall  be  kept  informed  and  shall,
where  necessary,  (cid:2) shall (cid:3)  hold  appropriate  consultations  for  the  purpose  of
(cid:2) with a view to (cid:3) reaching a settlement.

(cid:4) new

Article 30

Recall of vehicles

A  manufacturer  who  has  been  granted  an  EC  vehicle  type-approval  and  who,  in
application of the provisions of a separate directive or in application of Article 8 of
Council Directive 92/59/EEC 11, has to operate a recall campaign of vehicles already
placed on the market because one or more systems, components or separate technical
units  fitted  to  the  vehicle,  albeit  duly  approved  in  accordance  with  this  Directive,
presents a serious risk to road safety, public health or environmental protection, shall
immediately inform the approval authority that granted the vehicle approval.

The  manufacturer  shall  propose  to  the  approval  authority  a  set  of  appropriate
remedies to neutralise the risk referred to in paragraph 1. The competent authorities
shall  ensure  that  the  measures  are  effectively  implemented  in  their  respective
territories.

If the measures are considered to be insufficient by the authorities concerned or have
not been implemented quickly enough, the approval authority shall withdraw the EC
vehicle  type-approval.  In  such  cases,  it  shall  notify  the  manufacturer,  the  approval

OJ L 228, 11.8.1992, p. 24.

56

5.

6.

1.

2.

3.

11

                                                
authorities  of  the  other  Member  States  and  the  Commission  by  registered  letter
within 20 working days.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

Article 12 (cid:1) 31 (cid:2)

Notification of decisions and remedies available

All decisions taken pursuant to the provisions adopted in implementation of this Directive and
(cid:2) all  decisions (cid:3)  refusing  or  withdrawing  (cid:2) EC (cid:3) 
type-approval,  or  refusing
registration  or  prohibiting  sale(cid:2) s (cid:3),  shall  state  in  detail  the  reasons  on  which  they  are
based.

Any such decisions shall be  notified  to the party concerned  who shall, at the  same  time, be
informed of the remedies available to him under the laws in force in the Member States and of
the time limits allowed for the exercise of such remedies.

(cid:1) CHAPTER XIII (cid:2)

(cid:1) EQUIVALENT REGULATIONS (cid:2)

(cid:1) Article 32 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Equivalence with UN/ECE regulations (cid:3)

(cid:2) 1.

The  UN/ECE  Regulations  listed  in  Part II  of  Annex IV  are  recognised  as  being
equivalent  to  the  corresponding  separate  directives (cid:3)  (cid:5) if  they  share  the  same
scope (cid:6).

(cid:2) The approval authorities of the Member States shall accept approvals granted in
accordance  with  those  regulations  and,  where  applicable,  the  pertaining  approval
marks,  in  lieu  of  the  corresponding  approvals  and  approval  marks  granted  in
accordance with the equivalent separate directive. (cid:3)

(cid:2) 2.

The UN/ECE regulations shall be published in the Official Journal of the European
Union (cid:3) .

3.

As regards the granting of EC type-approval, the UN/ECE Regulations to which the
Community  has  acceded  and  which  are  listed  in  Annex IV,  Parts II  and  III,  to  this
Directive  shall  apply  to  the  categories  of  vehicles  listed  in  the  relevant  respective
columns.

(cid:4) new

57

The Commission shall, in accordance with the procedure referred to in Article 37(2),
adopt  the  necessary  amendments  to  Annex IV,  Parts II  and  III,  in  order  to  include
new regulations and their amendments.

The amendments shall also specify the categories of vehicle to which they apply.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

(cid:1) Article 33 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Equivalence with other regulations (cid:3)

(cid:2) The  Council  may,  acting  by  qualified  majority  on  a  proposal  from  the  Commission,
recognise  the  equivalence  between  the  conditions  or  provisions  for  EC  type-approval  of
systems,  components  and  separate  technical  units  established  by  this  Directive  and  the
procedures  established  by  international  regulations  or  regulations  of  third  countries,  in  the
framework  of  multilateral  or  bilateral  agreements  between  the  Community  and  third
countries. (cid:3)

(cid:4) new

CHAPTER XIV

PROVISION OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION

Article 34

Information intended for users

1.

2.

The manufacturer may not supply any technical information related to the particulars
provided  for  in  this  Directive  or  in  the  separate  directives  or  UN/ECE  Regulations
listed  in  Annex IV  which  diverges  from  the  particulars  approved  by  the  Member
States.

Where a separate directive makes specific provisions for so doing, the manufacturer
shall  make  available  to  users  all  relevant  information  and  necessary  instructions
describing  any special conditions  or restrictions attaching to the use of  a  vehicle,  a
component or a separate technical unit.

That  information  shall  be  supplied  in  the  official  languages  of  the  Community.  It
shall  be  provided,  in  agreement  with  the  approval  authority,  in  an  appropriate
supporting document, such as the owner's manual or the maintenance book.

58

Article 35

Information intended for manufacturers of components

1.

The vehicle manufacturer shall make available to  the manufacturers of components
or  separate  technical  units  all  those  particulars  including,  as  the  case  may  be,
drawings specifically listed in the annex or appendix to a separate directive that are
necessary for EC type-approval of components or separate technical units.

The vehicle manufacturer may impose a binding agreement on the manufacturers of
components  or  separate  technical  units  to  protect  the  confidentiality  of  any
information that is not in the public domain or that is covered by intellectual property
rights.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

(cid:2) 2.

The  manufacturer  of  components  or  separate  technical  units,  in  his  capacity  as  the
holder  of  an  EC  type-approval  certificate  which,  in  accordance  with  Article 10(4),
includes  restrictions  on  use (cid:3)  (cid:5) or  special  mounting  conditions  or  both, (cid:6)
(cid:2) shall provide all the detailed information thereon to the vehicle manufacturer. (cid:3)

(cid:4) new

Where  a  separate  directive  makes  provision  for  so  doing,  the  manufacturer  of
components or separate technical units shall provide, together with the  components
or  separate  technical  units  produced,  instructions  regarding  restrictions  on  use  or
special mounting conditions or both.

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

Article 13

Adaptation of the Annexes

59

(cid:1) CHAPTER XV (cid:2)

(cid:1) IMPLEMENTATION MEASURES AND AMENDMENTS (cid:2)

(cid:1) Article 36 (cid:2)

(cid:2) Implementation  measures  and  amendments  to  this  Directive  or  the  separate
directives (cid:3)

1.

The  measures  necessary  for  the  implementation  of  each  separate  directive  shall  be
adopted  in  accordance  with  the  procedure  referred  to  in  Article 37(2)  of  this
Directive and in compliance with the rules laid down in each directive concerned.

(cid:4) new

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

1.  A  Committee  for  Adaptation  to  Technical  Progress  hereinafter  called  'the  Committee',  is
hereby set up; it shall consist of representatives of the Member States with a representative of
the Commission as Chairman.

2.

All the amendments necessary for adapting:- (cid:2) to (cid:3) the Annexes to this Directive,
or-  (cid:2) to (cid:3)  the  provisions  of  the  separate  Directives,  save  as  otherwise  provided
therein, (cid:2) listed in Annex IV, Part I, which are necessary to adapt them to the (cid:3)
(cid:5) development  of  scientific  and  technical  knowledge (cid:6)shall  be  adopted  in
accordance  with  the  procedure  laid  down  (cid:2) referred  to (cid:3)  in  paragraph  3
(cid:2) Article  37(2) (cid:3).  This  procedure  shall  also  apply  to  the  introduction  of
provisions  on  the  type-approval  of  separate  technical  units  into  the  separate
Directives.

3.  The  representative  of  the  Commission  shall  submit  to  the  Committee  a  draft  of  the
measures to be taken. The Committee shall deliver its opinion on the draft within a time limit
which the Chairman may lay down according to the urgency of the matter. The opinion shall
be delivered by the majority laid down in Article 148 (2) of the Treaty in the case of decisions
which the Council is required to adopt on a proposal from the Commission. The votes of the
representatives of the Member States within the Regulation shall be weighted in the manner
set out in that Article. The Chairman shall not vote.

The  Commission  shall  adopt  the  measures  envisaged  if  they  are  in  accordance  with  the
opinion of the Committee.

If the measures envisaged are not in accordance with the opinion of the Committee or if no
opinion is delivered, the Commission shall, without delay, submit to the Council a  proposal
relating to the measures to be taken. The Council shall act by a qualified majority.

If, within three months of the  proposal  being submitted  to it,  the Council has not acted, the
proposed measures shall be adopted by the Commission.

60

3.

4.

1.

2.

(cid:4) new (adapted)

When,  in  application  of  Decision  97/836/EC,  new  UN/ECE  Regulations  or
amendments to existing UN/ECE Regulations to which the Community has acceded
are  adopted, the Commission shall, in accordance with the  procedure referred  to  in
Article 37(2), amend the annexes to this Directive accordingly.

Each  new  separate  Directive  shall  introduce  the  appropriate  amendments  to  the
annexes to this Directive.

Article 37

Committee

The  Commission  shall  be  assisted  by  a  committee  referred  to  as  the  ‘Technical
Committee - Motor Vehicles’(TCMV).

reference 

and  7  of
Where 
Decision 1999/468/EC shall  apply,  having  regard  to  the  provisions  of  Article 8
thereof.

this  paragraph,  Articles 5 

is  made 

to 

The  period  referred  to  in  Article 5(6)  of  Decision  1999/468/EC  shall  be  three
months.

3.

The Committee shall adopt its rules of procedure.

5. Should the Commission adopt amendments to a separate Directive, it shall on the basis of
the  same  amendments  adopt  appropriate  amendments  to  the  relevant  Annexes  to  this
Directive.

(cid:1) 98/14/EC Art. 1(7) (adapted)

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

(cid:1) CHAPTER XVI (cid:2)

(cid:1) PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION (cid:2)

Article 14 (cid:1) 38 (cid:2)

Notification of approval authorities(cid:2) , (cid:3) and technical services (cid:2) and bodies (cid:3)

1.

The Member States shall notify to the Commission and to the other Member States
the names and addresses of:

61

- (cid:2) (a) (cid:3) the  type-approval  authorities  and,  if  applicable,  the  disciplines  for

which the(cid:2) y (cid:3) authorities are responsible, and(cid:2) ; (cid:3)

- (cid:2) (b) (cid:3) the technical services which they have appointed, specifying for which
(cid:2) the (cid:3)  test  procedures  (cid:2) for  which (cid:3)  each  of  these  services  has  been
appointed  (cid:2) is  responsible; (cid:3)  .  The  notified  services  must  satisfy  the
harmonized  standards  on  the  operation  of  testing  laboratories  (EN  45001)
subject to the following provisos:

(c)

the  bodies  appointed  to  assess  and  monitor  on  a  regular  basis  the
manufacturer's procedures for controlling conformity of production.

(cid:4) new

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)
(cid:5) new

(i) a (cid:2) 2.

A (cid:3)  manufacturer  (cid:5) or  a  subcontracting  party  acting  on  his  behalf (cid:6)
(cid:2) may (cid:3)  cannot  be  accredited  (cid:2) appointed (cid:3)  as  a  technical  service  except
the  (cid:2) a (cid:3)  separate  D(cid:2) d (cid:3)irectives  (cid:5) or  equivalent  UN/ECE
where 
Regulation (cid:6) make(cid:2) s (cid:3) express provision; (cid:2) to that effect. (cid:3)

(ii) for t(cid:2) 3. T (cid:3)he  purposes  of  this  Directive  it  is  not  considered  exceptional  for  a
technical  service(cid:2) s (cid:3)  to  (cid:2) may (cid:3)  use  outside  equipment,  (cid:2) including  the
manufacturer's test facilities, (cid:3) subject to the agreement of the approval authority.

2 (cid:2) 4 (cid:3).

A notified The technical service(cid:2) s and bodies referred to in paragraph 1 (cid:3)
shall  be  presumed  to  satisfy  (cid:2) comply  with (cid:3)  the  harmonized  (cid:2) following (cid:3)
standard(cid:2) s with respect to the activities  described  in  paragraph  1: (cid:3)  but,  where
appropriate,  the  Commission  may  request  Member  States  to  provide  supporting
evidence.

(cid:4) new

(a)

EN  ISO  17025 : 2000  on  general  requirements  for  the  competence  of  testing
and calibration laboratories;

(b) EN  45004 : 1995  or  ISO/IEC  17020 : 1998  on  the  general  criteria  for  the
operation of various types of bodies performing inspection as regards their test
witnessing activities, tests and checks related to the conformity of production;

(c)

EN  45012 : 1989  or  ISO/IEC  Guide  62 : 1996  on  the  general  criteria  for
certification  bodies  operating  quality  system  certification  as  regards  the
management systems implemented by the manufacturer.

62

(cid:2) 5. (cid:3) Third  country  services  may  only  be  notified  as  an  appointed  technical
service(cid:2) s  only (cid:3)  in  the  framework  of  a  bilateral  or  multilateral  agreement
between the Community and the third country (cid:2) in question (cid:3).

(cid:1) 92/53/EEC Art. 1(1) (adapted)

(cid:4) new

CHAPTER XVII

FINAL PROVISIONS

Article 39

Transitional provisions

1.

2.

3.

4.

Pending the necessary amendments to this Directive in order to include vehicles not
yet  covered  by  this  Directive  or  to  complete  the  administrative  and  technical
provisions  regarding  type-approval  of  vehicles  other  than  M1,  produced  in  small
series, and to lay down harmonised administrative and technical provisions regarding
the  individual  approval  procedure,  and  pending  expiry  of  the  transitional  periods
provided for in Article 40, Member States shall continue to grant national approvals
for  those  vehicles,  provided  that  such  approvals  are  based  on  the  harmonised
technical requirements laid down in this Directive.

On  application  by  the  manufacturer  or,  in  the  case  of  individual  approval,  by  the
owner  of  the  vehicle  and  on  submission  of  the  information  required,  the  Member
State  concerned  shall  complete  and  issue  the  type-approval  certificate  or  the
individual  approval  certificate  as  appropriate.  The  certificate  shall  be  issued  to  the
applicant.

With  respect  to  vehicles  of  the  same  type,  other  Member  States  shall  accept  a
certified true copy as proof that the requisite tests have been carried out.

Where a particular vehicle covered by an individual approval has to be registered in
another Member State, that Member State may require, from the approval authority
that  has  issued  the  individual  approval,  any  additional  information  stating  in  detail
the nature of the technical requirements satisfied by that particular vehicle.

Pending the harmonisation of registration and taxation systems of the Member States
in  relation  to  vehicles  covered  by  this  Directive,  Member  States  may  use  national
codes  in  order  to  facilitate  registration  and  taxation  in  their  territory.  For  this
purpose,  Member  States  may  subdivide  the  versions  shown  in  Part II  of  Annex III,
provided  that  the  particulars  used  for  the  subdivision  are  expressly  stated  in  the
information package or can be derived from it by a simple calculation.

63

Article 40

Application dates for the EC type-approval

As regards EC type-approval, Member States shall grant EC approval to new types
of vehicle from the dates specified in Annex XVI.

On application by the manufacturer, Member States may  grant EC approval to new
types of vehicle from the date specified in the second subparagraph of Article 42(1).

Until the dates specified in the fourth column of Annex XVI, Article 25(1) shall not
apply  to  new  vehicles  for  which  a  national  approval  has  been  granted  before  the
dates specified in the third column thereof or for which there was no approval.

As  regards  motor  vehicles,  paragraphs 1,  2  and  3  shall  apply  only  to  vehicles
equipped with an internal combustion engine. For the purposes of those provisions,
hybrid motor vehicles shall be  deemed to be  equipped with  an internal  combustion
engine.

This  Directive  shall  not  invalidate  any  EC  type-approval  granted  to  vehicles  of
category  M1  before  the  date  specified  in  the  second  subparagraph  of  Article 42(1),
nor prevent the extension of such approvals.

As  regards  the  EC  approval  of  new  types  of  systems,  components  or  separate
technical units, Member States  shall apply this Directive  from  the  date  specified in
the second subparagraph of Article 42(1).

This  Directive  shall  not  invalidate  any  EC  type-approval  granted  for  systems,
components  or  separate  technical  units  before  the  date  specified  in  the  second
subparagraph of Article 42(1), nor prevent the extension of such approvals.

Article 41

Assessment

No  later  than  31  March  2007,  the  Member  States  shall  inform  the  Commission
concerning the application of the type-approval procedures laid down in the present
Directive  and,  in  particular,  of  the  multi-stage  process.  Where  appropriate,  the
Commission  shall  propose  the  amendments  deemed  necessary  to  improve  the
type-approval process.

If  appropriate,  the  Commission  may  propose  the  postponement  of  the  application
dates referred to in Article 40.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

1.

2.

64

(cid:1) 

Article 42

Transposition

1.

Member States shall adopt and publish, by [……12 months after its entry into force]
at the latest, the laws, regulations and administrative provisions necessary to comply
with this Directive. They shall forthwith communicate to the Commission the text of
those provisions and a correlation table between those provisions and the provisions
of this Directive.

They shall apply those provisions from [……12 months plus one day after its entry
into force].

When  Member  States  adopt  those  provisions,  they  shall  contain  a  reference  to  this
Directive  or  be  accompanied  by  such  a  reference  on  the  occasion  of  their  official
publication.  They  shall  also  include  a  statement  that  references  in  existing  laws,
regulations and administrative provisions to the directive repealed  by this  Directive
shall be construed as references to this Directive. Member States shall determine how
such reference is to be made and how that statement is to be formulated.

2.

Member States shall communicate to the Commission the text of the main provisions
of national law which they adopt in the field covered by this Directive.

Article 43

Repeal

Directive 70/156/EEC, as amended by the acts listed in Annex XVII, Part A, is repealed with
effect from  [the  date set out  in the  second subparagraph  of Article 42(1) of  this  Directive],
without  prejudice  to  the  obligations  of  the  Member  States  relating  to  the  time-limits  for
transposition into national law and application of the Directives set out in Annex XVII Part B.

References  to  the  repealed  Directive  shall  be  construed  as  references  to  this  Directive  and
shall be read in accordance with the correlation table in Annex XVIII.

Article 44

Entry into force

This Directive shall enter into force on the twentieth day following that of its publication in
the Official Journal of the European Union.

Article 45

Addressees

65

This Directive is addressed to the Member States.

Done at Brussels, [...]

For the European Parliament
The President
[...]

For the Council
The President
[...]

66

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC
(cid:5) new

LIST OF ANNEXES

Annex I

Complete list of information for the purposes of vehicle EC type-approval

Annex II

Definition of vehicle categories and vehicle types

Annex III

Information document for the purpose of vehicle EC type-approval

Annex IV

List of requirements for the purposes of vehicle EC type-approval

(cid:5) Appendix
1 : (cid:6)

(cid:5) List  of  requirements  for  EC  type-approval  of  vehicles
belonging to category M1, produced in small series (cid:6)

Annex V

Procedures to be followed during vehicle EC type-approval

Annex VI

EC type-approval certificate

(cid:5) Appendix
1 : (cid:6)

(cid:5) List of the separate Directives  and UN/ECE  Regulations to
which the type of vehicle complies (cid:6)

Annex VII

EC type-approval certificate numbering system

(cid:5) Appendix
1 : (cid:6)

(cid:5) EC  component  and  separate  technical  unit  type-approval
mark (cid:6)

Annex VIII

Test results

Annex IX

EC Certificate of conformity

Annex X

Conformity of production procedures

Annex XI

Nature of and provisions for special purpose vehicles

(cid:5) Appendix 1 : (cid:6)

(cid:5) Appendix 2 : (cid:6)

(cid:5) Appendix 3 : (cid:6)

(cid:5) Motor-caravans, ambulances and
hearses (cid:6)

(cid:5) Armoured vehicles (cid:6)

(cid:5) Other special purpose vehicles
(including trailer caravans) (cid:6)

(cid:5) Appendix 4 : (cid:6)

(cid:5) Mobile cranes (cid:6)

Annex XII

Small series and end-of-series limits

67

Annex XIII

List of EC type-approvals issued pursuant to separate Directives

Annex XIV Procedures to be followed during multistage EC type-approval

(cid:5) Appendix
1 : (cid:6)

(cid:5) Model of the manufacturer’s additional plate (cid:6)

Annex XV

Certificate  of  origin  of 
base/incomplete vehicle of category other than M1.

the  vehicle  -  Manufacturer's  declaration  of

(cid:5) Annex XVITimetable for the enforcement of this directive in respect of type-approval (cid:6)

(cid:5) Annex XVII

Time-limits  for  the  transposition  of  the  repealed  Directives  into

national laws (cid:6)

(cid:5) Annex XVIII

Correlation table (cid:6)

68

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC
(cid:5) new

ANNEX I (a)

COMPLETE LIST OF INFORMATION
FOR THE PURPOSES OF VEHICLE EC TYPE-APPROVAL

All information  documents in  this Directive and  in  separate  Directives  must  consist  only  of
extracts from, and adhere to the item numbering system of, this total list.

The following  information,  if  applicable,  must  be supplied in  triplicate  and  include  a list  of
contents.  Any  drawings  must  be  supplied  in  appropriate  scale  and  in  sufficient  detail  on
size A4 or on a folder of A4 format. Photographs, if any, must show sufficient detail.

If  the  systems,  components  or  separate  technical  units  have  electronic  controls,  information
concerning their performance must be supplied.

(For explanatory notes, please refer to last page of this Annex)

0.

0.1.

0.2.

GENERAL

Make (trade name of manufacturer): ....................................................................

Type: .....................................................................................................................

0.2.0.1.

Chassis:.................................................................................................................

0.2.0.2.

Bodywork/complete vehicle: ................................................................................

0.2.1.

0.3.

Commercial name(s) (if available): ......................................................................

Means 
vehicle
type, 
(cid:5) /component/separate technical unit (b) (1): (cid:6) ..................................................

identification 

if  marked 

the 

on 

of 

of 

0.3.0.1.

Chassis:.................................................................................................................

0.3.0.2.

Bodywork/complete vehicle: ................................................................................

0.3.1.

Location of that marking: .....................................................................................

0.3.1.1.

Chassis:.................................................................................................................

0.3.1.2.

Bodywork/complete vehicle: ................................................................................

0.4.

0.4.1.

Category of vehicle (c):.........................................................................................

Classification(s)  according  to  the  dangerous  goods  which  the  vehicle  is
intended to transport: ............................................................................................

0.5.

Name and address of manufacturer: .....................................................................

69

0.6.

0.6.1.

0.6.2.

0.7.

0.8.

1.

1.1.

1.2.

1.3.

1.3.1.

1.3.2.

1.3.3.

1.4.

1.5.

1.6.

1.7.

1.8.

1.8.1.

1.9.

2.

2.1.

2.1.1.

2.1.1.1.

2.1.1.2.

Location and method of attachment of statutory plates and location of vehicle
identification number

On the chassis: ......................................................................................................

On the bodywork: .................................................................................................

In the case of components and separate technical units, location and method of
affixing of the EC approval mark: ........................................................................

(cid:5) Name(s) and (cid:6) address(es) of assembly plant(s): ...........................................

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VEHICLE

Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle: ...................................

Dimensional drawing of the whole vehicle: .........................................................

Number of axles and wheels:................................................................................

Number and position of axles with double wheels:..............................................

Number and position of steered axles: .................................................................

Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): ............................................

Chassis (if any) (overall drawing): .......................................................................

Material used for the side-members (d): ...............................................................

Position and arrangement of the engine: ..............................................................

Driving cab (forward control or bonneted) (z):.....................................................

Hand of drive: left/right (1).

Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/left (1) hand traffic.

Specify  if  the  motor  vehicle  is  intended  to  tow  semi-trailers  or  other  trailers
and,  if  the  trailer  is  a  semi-,  drawbar  or  centre-axle  trailer,  specify  vehicles
specially designed for the controlled-temperature carriage of goods:..................

MASSES  AND  DIMENSIONS (e)  (in  kg  and  mm)  (Refer  to  drawing  where
applicable)

Wheel base(s) (fully loaded) (f): ...........................................................................

In the case of semi-trailers

Distance  between the  axis of the fifth wheel kingpin  and the rearmost end  of
the semi-trailer:.....................................................................................................

Maximum distance between the axis of the fifth wheel kingpin and  any point
on the front of the semi-trailer:.............................................................................

70

2.1.1.3.

Semi-trailer  special  wheelbase  (as  defined  in  Section 7.6.1.2  of  Annex I  to
Directive 97/27/EC):.............................................................................................

2.2.

2.2.1.

2.2.2.

2.3.

2.3.1.

2.3.2.

2.3.3.

2.3.4.

2.4.

2.4.1.

In the case of semi-trailer towing vehicles

Fifth  wheel  lead  (maximum and  minimum;  indicate  the  permissible  values  in
the case of an incomplete vehicle) (g):..................................................................

Maximum height of the fifth wheel (standardised) (h): ........................................

Axle track(s) and width(s)

Track of each steered axle (i):...............................................................................

Track of all other axles (i):....................................................................................

Width of the widest rear axle:...............................................................................

Width  of  the  foremost  axle  (measured  at  the  outermost  part  of  the  tyres
excluding the bulging of the tyres close to the ground): ......................................

Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)

For chassis without bodywork

2.4.1.1.

Length (j): .............................................................................................................

2.4.1.1.1.

Maximum permissible length: ..............................................................................

2.4.1.1.2.

Minimum permissible length:...............................................................................

2.4.1.2.

Width (k): ..............................................................................................................

2.4.1.2.1.

Maximum permissible width:...............................................................................

2.4.1.2.2.

Minimum permissible width:................................................................................

2.4.1.3.

Height  (in  running  order) (l)  (for  suspensions  adjustable  for  height,  indicate
normal running position): .....................................................................................

2.4.1.4.

Front overhang (m):...............................................................................................

2.4.1.4.1.

Approach angle (na): ...... degrees.

2.4.1.5.

Rear overhang (n):.................................................................................................

2.4.1.5.1.

Departure angle (nb): ...... degrees.

2.4.1.5.2.

Minimum and maximum permissible overhang of the coupling point (nd): .........

2.4.1.6.

Ground clearance (as defined in point 4.5 of Section A of Annex II)

2.4.1.6.1.

Between the axles: ................................................................................................

71

2.4.1.6.2.

Under the front axle(s):.........................................................................................

2.4.1.6.3.

Under the rear axle(s): ..........................................................................................

2.4.1.7.

2.4.1.8.

Ramp angle (nc): ...… degrees.

Extreme  permissible  positions  of  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  body  and/or
interior fittings and/or equipment and/or payload: ...............................................

2.4.2.

For chassis with bodywork

2.4.2.1.

Length (j): .............................................................................................................

2.4.2.1.1.

Length of the loading area: ...................................................................................

2.4.2.2.

Width (k): ..............................................................................................................

2.4.2.2.1.

Thickness  of  the  walls  (in  the  case  of  vehicles  designed  for  controlled-
temperature carriage of goods): ............................................................................

2.4.2.3.

Height  (in  running  order) (l)  (for  suspensions  adjustable  for  height,  indicate
normal running position): .....................................................................................

2.4.2.4.

Front overhang (m):...............................................................................................

2.4.2.4.1.

Approach angle (na): ...… degrees.

2.4.2.5.

Rear overhang (n):.................................................................................................

2.4.2.5.1.

Departure angle (nb): ...… degrees.

2.4.2.5.2.

Minimum and maximum permissible overhang of the coupling point (nd): .........

2.4.2.6.

Ground clearance (as defined in point 4.5 of Section A of Annex II)

2.4.2.6.1.

Between the axles: ................................................................................................

2.4.2.6.2.

Under the front axle(s):.........................................................................................

2.4.2.6.3.

Under the rear axle(s): ..........................................................................................

2.4.2.7.

2.4.2.8.

2.4.2.9.

Ramp angle (nc): ...... degrees.

Extreme  permissible  positions  of  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  payload  (in  the
case of non-uniform load):....................................................................................

Position  of  centre  of  gravity  of  the  vehicle  (M2  and  M3)  at  its  technically
permissible  maximum  laden  mass  in  the  longitudinal,  transverse  and  vertical
directions: .............................................................................................................

2.4.3.

For bodywork approved without chassis (vehicles M2 and M3)

2.4.3.1.

Length (j): .............................................................................................................

72

2.4.3.2.

2.4.3.3.

2.5.

2.5.1.

2.6.

2.6.1.

2.7.

2.7.1.

2.8.

2.8.1.

2.9.

2.10.

2.11.

Width (k): ..............................................................................................................

Nominal  height  (in  running  order) (l)  on  intended  chassis  type(s)  (for
suspensions adjustable for height, indicate normal running position): ................

Mass of the bare chassis (without cab, coolant, oils, fuel, spare wheel, tools and
driver): ..................................................................................................................

Distribution of this mass among the axles:...........................................................

Mass of the  vehicle  with  bodywork  and,  in  the  case  of  a  towing  vehicle  of  a
category other than M1, with coupling device, if fitted by the manufacturer, in
running  order,  or  mass  of  the  chassis  or  chassis  with  cab,  without  bodywork
and/or  coupling  device  if  the  manufacturer  does  not  fit  the  bodywork  and/or
coupling device (including liquids, tools, spare wheel, if fitted, and driver and,
for buses and coaches, a crew member if there is a crew seat in the vehicle) (o)
(maximum and minimum for each variant):.........................................................

Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or
centre-axle  trailer,  load  on  the  coupling  point  (maximum  and  minimum  for
each variant): ........................................................................................................

Minimum mass of the completed vehicle as stated by the manufacturer, in the
case of an incomplete vehicle:..............................................................................

Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or
centre-axle trailer, load on the coupling point:.....................................................

Technically  permissible  maximum  laden  mass  stated  by  the  manufacturer (y)
(*): ........................................................................................................................

Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or
centre-axle trailer, load on the coupling point (*): ...............................................

Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle:........................................

Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle group: .............................

Technically permissible maximum towable mass  of the motor  vehicle in  case
of

2.11.1.

Drawbar trailer:.....................................................................................................

2.11.2.

Semi-trailer: ..........................................................................................................

2.11.3.

Centre-axle trailer: ................................................................................................

2.11.3.1.

Maximum ratio of the coupling overhang (p) to the wheel base: .........................

2.11.3.2.

Maximum V-value: …… kN.

2.11.4.

Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination (*):........................

73

2.11.5.

Vehicle is/is not (1) suitable for towing loads (item 1.2 of Annex II to Directive
77/389/EEC).

2.11.6.

Maximum mass of unbraked trailer:.....................................................................

2.12.

Technically  permissible  maximum  static  vertical  load/mass  on  the  vehicle's
coupling point

2.12.1.

Of the motor vehicle: ............................................................................................

2.12.2.

Of the semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer: ..............................................................

2.12.3.

2.13.

2.14.

2.14.1.

2.15.

2.16.

2.16.1.

2.16.2.

2.16.3.

2.16.4.

2.16.5.

3.

3.1.

3.1.1.

Maximum  permissible  mass  of  the  coupling  device  (if  not  fitted  by  the
manufacturer):.......................................................................................................

Swept path: ...........................................................................................................

Engine power/maximum mass ratio: ...... kW/kg.

Engine power/technically permissible maximum laden mass of the combination
ratio  (as  defined  in  Section 7.10  of  Annex I  to  Directive  97/27/EC):
...... kW/kg.

Hill-starting ability (solo vehicle) (+++): ...... %.

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses (optional: where
these  values  are  given,  they  shall  be  verified  in  accordance  with  the
requirements of Annex IV to Directive 97/27/EC): .............................................

Intended  registration/in  service  maximum  permissible  laden  mass  (several
entries possible for each technical configuration (#)):.........................................

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle  and,
in the case of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer, intended load on the coupling
point  stated  by  the  manufacturer  if  lower  than  the  technically  permissible
maximum  mass  on  the  coupling  point  (several  entries  possible  for  each
technical configuration (#)):.................................................................................

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle group
(several entries possible for each technical configuration (#)):...........................

Intended  registration/in  service  maximum  permissible  towable  mass  (several
entries possible for each technical configuration (#)):.........................................

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass of the combination
(several entries possible for each technical configuration (#)):...........................

POWER  PLANT (q)  (In  the  case  of  a  vehicle  that  can  run  either  on  petrol,
diesel, etc., or also in combination with another fuel, items shall be repeated (+)

Manufacturer: .......................................................................................................

Manufacturer's engine code as marked on the engine: .........................................

74

3.2.

3.2.1.

3.2.1.1.

Internal combustion engine

Specific engine information

Working  principle:  positive  ignition/compression  ignition,  four  stroke/two
stroke (1)

3.2.1.2.

Number and arrangement of cylinders: ................................................................

3.2.1.2.1.

Bore (r): ...... mm

3.2.1.2.2.

Stroke (r): ...... mm

3.2.1.2.3.

Firing order: ..........................................................................................................

3.2.1.3.

3.2.1.4.

3.2.1.5.

Engine capacity (s): ...... cm³

Volumetric compression ratio (2): ........................................................................

Drawings  of  combustion  chamber,  piston  crown  and,  in  the  case  of  positive
ignition engines, piston rings:...............................................................................

3.2.1.6.

Normal engine idling speed (2): ...... min-1

3.2.1.6.1.

High engine idling speed (2): ...... min-1

3.2.1.7.

3.2.1.8.

3.2.1.9.

Carbon  monoxide  content  by  volume  in  the  exhaust  gas  with  the  engine
idling (2): ...... % as stated by the manufacturer (positive ignition engines only)

Maximum net power (t): ...... kW at ...... min-1 (manufacturer's declared value)

Maximum permitted engine speed as prescribed by the manufacturer: ... min-1

3.2.1.10.

Maximum net torque (t): ......Nm at ......min-1 (manufacturer's declared value)

3.2.2.

Fuel: Diesel oil / Petrol / LPG / NG / Ethanol………… (1)

3.2.2.1.

RON, leaded: ........................................................................................................

3.2.2.2.

RON, unleaded: ....................................................................................................

3.2.2.3.

Fuel tank inlet: restricted orifice / label (1)

3.2.3.

Fuel tank(s)

3.2.3.1.

Service fuel tank(s)

3.2.3.1.1.

Number, capacity, material:..................................................................................

3.2.3.1.2.

Drawing  and  technical  description  of  the  tank(s)  with  all  connections  and  all
lines of the breathing and venting system, locks, valves, fastening devices: .......

3.2.3.1.3.

Drawing clearly showing the position of the tank(s) in the vehicle: ....................

75

3.2.3.2.

Reserve fuel tank(s)

3.2.3.2.1.

Number, capacity, material:..................................................................................

3.2.3.2.2.

Drawing  and  technical  description  of  the  tank(s)  with  all  connections  and  all
lines of the breathing and venting system, locks, valves, fastening devices: .......

3.2.3.2.3.

Drawing clearly showing the position of the tank(s) in the vehicle: ....................

3.2.4.

Fuel feed

3.2.4.1.

By carburettor(s): yes/no (1)

3.2.4.1.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.4.1.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.4.1.3.

Number fitted:.......................................................................................................

3.2.4.1.4.

Adjustments (2)

3.2.4.1.4.1.

Jets: ...................................................................

3.2.4.1.4.2. Venturis: ...........................................................

3.2.4.1.4.3.

Float-chamber level: .........................................

3.2.4.1.4.4. Mass of float: ....................................................

3.2.4.1.4.5.

Float needle: .....................................................

3.2.4.1.5.

Cold start system: manual/automatic (1)

Or the curve of fuel
delivery plotted against
the air flow and settings
required to keep to the
curve

3.2.4.1.5.1. Operating principle(s):..........................................................................................

3.2.4.1.5.2. Operating limits/settings (1) (2).............................................................................

3.2.4.2.

By fuel injection (compression ignition only): yes/no (1)

3.2.4.2.1.

System description:...............................................................................................

3.2.4.2.2.

Working principle: direct injection/pre-chamber/swirl chamber (1)

3.2.4.2.3.

Injection pump

3.2.4.2.3.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.3.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.3.3. Maximum  fuel  delivery (1) (2):  ......  mm3/stroke  or  cycle  at  a  pump  speed
of:..…min-1 or, alternatively, a characteristic diagram:........................................

3.2.4.2.3.4.

Injection timing (2): ..............................................................................................

3.2.4.2.3.5.

Injection advance curve (2): ..................................................................................

76

3.2.4.2.3.6.

Calibration procedure: test bench/engine (1)

3.2.4.2.4.

Governor

3.2.4.2.4.1.

Type: .....................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.4.2.

Cut-off point

3.2.4.2.4.2.1. Cut-off point under load:...... min-1

3.2.4.2.4.2.2. Cut-off point without load: ...... min-1

3.2.4.2.5.

Injection piping

3.2.4.2.5.1.

Length: ...... mm

3.2.4.2.5.2.

Internal diameter: ...... mm

3.2.4.2.6.

Injector(s)

3.2.4.2.6.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.6.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.6.3. Opening pressure (2): ...... kPa or characteristic diagram (2): ...............................

3.2.4.2.7.

Cold start system

3.2.4.2.7.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.7.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.7.3. Description: ..........................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.8.

Auxiliary starting aid

3.2.4.2.8.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.8.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.8.3.

System description:...............................................................................................

3.2.4.2.9.

Electronic control unit

3.2.4.2.9.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.4.2.9.2. Description of the system: ....................................................................................

3.2.4.3.

By fuel injection (positive ignition only): yes/no (1)

3.2.4.3.1.

Working principle: intake manifold (single- / multi-point (1)) / direct injection /
other (specify) (1)..................................................................................................

3.2.4.3.2.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

77

3.2.4.3.3.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.4.3.4.

System description

3.2.4.3.4.1.

Type or number of the control unit: .................

3.2.4.3.4.2.

Type of fuel regulator:......................................

3.2.4.3.4.3.

Type of air-flow sensor: ...................................

3.2.4.3.4.4.

Type of fuel distributor:....................................

3.2.4.3.4.5.

Type of pressure regulator:...............................

3.2.4.3.4.6.

Type of micro switch:.......................................

3.2.4.3.4.7.

Type of idling adjustment screw: .....................

3.2.4.3.4.8.

Type of throttle housing: ..................................

3.2.4.3.4.9.

Type of water temperature sensor: ...................

3.2.4.3.4.10. Type of air temperature sensor: ........................

3.2.4.3.4.11. Type of air temperature switch:........................

In the case of systems
other than continuous
injection give equivalent
details.

3.2.4.3.5.

Injectors: opening pressure (2): ...... kPa or characteristic diagram: .....................

3.2.4.3.6.

Injection timing: ...................................................................................................

3.2.4.3.7.

Cold start system

3.2.4.3.7.1. Operating principle(s):..........................................................................................

3.2.4.3.7.2. Operating limits/settings (1) (2):............................................................................

3.2.4.4.

Feed pump

3.2.4.4.1.

Pressure (2):................ kPa or characteristic diagram (2):.....................................

3.2.5.

Electrical system

3.2.5.1.

Rated voltage: ...... V, positive/negative ground (1)

3.2.5.2.

Generator

3.2.5.2.1.

Type: .....................................................................................................................

3.2.5.2.2.

Nominal output: ...... VA

3.2.6.

Ignition

3.2.6.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

78

3.2.6.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.6.3.

Working principle:................................................................................................

3.2.6.4.

3.2.6.5.

3.2.6.6.

3.2.6.7.

3.2.7.

Ignition advance curve (2):....................................................................................

Static ignition timing (2): ...... degrees before TDC

Contact-point gap (2): ...... mm

Dwell-angle (2): ...... degrees

Cooling system: liquid/air (1)

3.2.7.1.

Nominal setting of the engine temperature control mechanism ...........................

3.2.7.2.

Liquid

3.2.7.2.1.

Nature of liquid:....................................................................................................

3.2.7.2.2.

Circulating pump(s): yes/no (1)

3.2.7.2.3.

Characteristics: .................................................................................................. or

3.2.7.2.3.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.7.2.3.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.7.2.4.

Drive ratio(s):........................................................................................................

3.2.7.2.5.

Description of the fan and its drive mechanism: ..................................................

3.2.7.3.

Air

3.2.7.3.1.

Blower: yes/no (1)

3.2.7.3.2.

Characteristics: .................................................................................................. or

3.2.7.3.2.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.7.3.2.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.7.3.3.

Drive ratio(s):........................................................................................................

3.2.8.

Intake system

3.2.8.1.

Pressure charger: yes/no (1)

3.2.8.1.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.8.1.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.8.1.3.

Description of the system (e. g. maximum charge pressure: ...... kPa; wastegate
if applicable): ........................................................................................................

79

3.2.8.2.

Intercooler: yes/no (1)

3.2.8.3.

Intake depression at rated engine speed and at 100 % load

minimum allowable:.......... kPa

maximum allowable: ..........kPa

3.2.8.4.

Description and drawings of inlet pipes and their accessories (plenum chamber,
heating device, additional air intakes, etc.): .........................................................

3.2.8.4.1.

Intake manifold description (include drawings and/or photos): ...........................

3.2.8.4.2.

Air filter, drawings: ........................................................................................... or

3.2.8.4.2.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.8.4.2.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.8.4.3.

Intake silencer, drawings: .................................................................................. or

3.2.8.4.3.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.8.4.3.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.9.

Exhaust system

3.2.9.1.

Description and/or drawing of the exhaust manifold: ..........................................

3.2.9.2.

Description and/or drawing of the exhaust system:..............................................

3.2.9.3.

3.2.9.4.

Maximum allowable exhaust back pressure at rated engine speed and at 100 %
load: ...... kPa

Exhaust  silencer(s):  For  front,  centre,  rear  silencer:  construction,  type,
marking;  where  relevant  for  exterior  noise:  reducing  measures  in  the  engine
compartment and on the engine:...........................................................................

3.2.9.5.

Location of the exhaust outlet: .............................................................................

3.2.9.6.

Exhaust silencer containing fibrous materials: .....................................................

3.2.10.

Minimum cross-sectional areas of inlet and outlet ports:.....................................

3.2.11.

Valve timing or equivalent data

3.2.11.1.

Maximum  lift  of  valves,  angles  of  opening  and  closing,  or  timing  details  of
alternative distribution systems, in relation to dead centres:................................

3.2.11.2.

Reference and/or setting ranges (1):......................................................................

3.2.12.

Measures taken against air pollution

3.2.12.1.

Device for recycling crankcase gases (description and drawings): ......................

80

3.2.12.2.

Additional  anti-pollution  devices  (if  any,  and  if  not  covered  by  another
heading)

3.2.12.2.1.

Catalytic converter: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.1.1. Number of catalytic converters and elements:......................................................

3.2.12.2.1.2. Dimensions, shape and volume of the catalytic converter(s): ..............................

3.2.12.2.1.3. Type of catalytic action: .......................................................................................

3.2.12.2.1.4. Total charge of precious metals:...........................................................................

3.2.12.2.1.5. Relative concentration: .........................................................................................

3.2.12.2.1.6. Substrate (structure and material):........................................................................

3.2.12.2.1.7. Cell density: ..........................................................................................................

3.2.12.2.1.8. Type of casing for the catalytic converter(s): .......................................................

3.2.12.2.1.9. Location  of  the  catalytic  converter(s)  (place  and  reference  distance  in  the
exhaust line):.........................................................................................................

3.2.12.2.1.10. Heat shield: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.2.

Oxygen sensor: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.2.1. Type: .....................................................................................................................

3.2.12.2.2.2. Location: ...............................................................................................................

3.2.12.2.2.3. Control range: .......................................................................................................

3.2.12.2.3.

Air injection: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.3.1. Type (pulse air, air pump, etc.):............................................................................

3.2.12.2.4.

Exhaust gas recirculation: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.4.1. Characteristics (flow rate, etc.):............................................................................

3.2.12.2.5.

Evaporative emissions control system: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.5.1. Detailed description of the devices and their state of tune: ..................................

3.2.12.2.5.2. Drawing of the evaporative control system:.........................................................

3.2.12.2.5.3. Drawing of the carbon canister:............................................................................

3.2.12.2.5.4. Mass of dry charcoal: ...... grams

3.2.12.2.5.5. Schematic drawing of the fuel tank with indication of capacity and material: ....

3.2.12.2.5.6. Drawing of the heat shield between tank and exhaust system: ............................

81

3.2.12.2.6.

Particulate trap: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.6.1. Dimensions, shape and capacity of the particulate trap:.......................................

3.2.12.2.6.2. Type and design of the particulate trap: ...............................................................

3.2.12.2.6.3. Location (reference distance in the exhaust line): ................................................

3.2.12.2.6.4. Method or system of regeneration, description and/or drawing:..........................

3.2.12.2.7.

On-board-diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.7.1. Written description and/or drawing of the MI:.....................................................

3.2.12.2.7.2. List and purpose of all components monitored by the OBD system: ...................

3.2.12.2.7.3. Written description (general working principles) for

3.2.12.2.7.3.1 Positive-ignition engines (1)

3.2.12.2.7.3.1.1.

Catalyst monitoring (1):...............................................................................

3.2.12.2.7.3.1.2. Misfire detection (1): ...................................................................................

3.2.12.2.7.3.1.3.

Oxygen sensor monitoring (1): ....................................................................

3.2.12.2.7.3.1.4.

Other components monitored by the OBD system (1): ...............................

3.2.12.2.7.3.2. Compression-ignition engines (1)

3.2.12.2.7.3.2.1.

Catalyst monitoring (1):...............................................................................

3.2.12.2.7.3.2.2.

Particulate trap monitoring (1):....................................................................

3.2.12.2.7.3.2.3.

Electronic fuelling system monitoring (1): ..................................................

3.2.12.2.7.3.2.4.

Other components monitored by the OBD system (1): ...............................

3.2.12.2.7.4. Criteria  for  MI  activation  (fixed  number  of  driving  cycles  or  statistical
method):................................................................................................................

3.2.12.2.7.5. List of all OBD output codes and formats used (with explanation of each): .......

3.2.12.2.8.

Other systems (description and operation): ..........................................................

3.2.13.

3.2.14.

Location  of  the  absorption  coefficient  symbol  (compression  ignition  engines
only):.....................................................................................................................

Details of any devices designed to influence fuel economy  (if  not covered by
other items): ..........................................................................................................

82

3.2.15.

LPG fuelling system: yes/no (1)

3.2.15.1.

EC  type-approval  number  according  to  Directive  70/221/EEC  (when  the
Directive will be amended to cover tanks for gaseous fuels.): .............................

3.2.15.2.

Electronic engine management control unit for LPG fuelling

3.2.15.2.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.15.2.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.15.2.3.

Emission-related adjustment possibilities: ...........................................................

3.2.15.3.

Further documentation

3.2.15.3.1.

Description  of  the  safeguarding  of  the  catalyst  at  switch-over  from  petrol  to
LPG or back:.........................................................................................................

3.2.15.3.2.

System  lay-out  (electrical  connections,  vacuum  connections  compensation
hoses, etc.): ...........................................................................................................

3.2.15.3.3.

Drawing of the symbol: ........................................................................................

3.2.16.

NG fuelling system: yes/no (1)

3.2.16.1.

EC  type-approval  number  according  to  Directive  70/221/EEC  (when  the
Directive will be amended to cover tanks for gaseous fuels): ..............................

3.2.16.2.

Electronic engine management control unit for NG fuelling

3.2.16.2.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.2.16.2.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.2.16.2.3.

Emission-related adjustment possibilities: ...........................................................

3.2.16.3.

Further documentation

3.2.16.3.1.

Description  of  the  safeguarding  of  the  catalyst  at  switch-over  from  petrol  to
NG or back: ..........................................................................................................

3.2.16.3.2.

System  lay-out  (electrical  connections,  vacuum  connections  compensation
hoses, etc.): ...........................................................................................................

3.2.16.3.3.

Drawing of the symbol: ........................................................................................

3.3.

3.3.1.

Electric motor

Type (winding, excitation): ..................................................................................

3.3.1.1.

Maximum hourly output: ...... kW

3.3.1.2.

Operating voltage: ...... V

83

3.3.2.

Battery

3.3.2.1.

Number of cells: ...................................................................................................

3.3.2.2.

Mass: ...... kg

3.3.2.3.

Capacity: ...... Ah (Amp-hours)

3.3.2.4.

Position: ................................................................................................................

3.4.

3.5.

3.5.1.

Other  engines  or  motors  or  combinations  thereof  (particulars  regarding  the
parts of such engines or motors):..........................................................................

CO2 emissions/fuel consumption (u) (manufacturer's declared value)

CO2 mass emissions

3.5.1.1.

CO2 mass emissions (urban conditions): ……….. g/km

3.5.1.2.

CO2 mass emissions (extra-urban conditions): ……….. g/km

3.5.1.3.

CO2 mass emissions (combined): ……….. g/km

3.5.2.

Fuel consumption

3.5.2.1.

3.5.2.2.

3.5.2.3.

3.6.

3.6.1.

Fuel consumption (urban conditions): ...... l/100 km / m3/100 km (1)

Fuel consumption (extra-urban conditions): ...... l/100 km / m3/100 km (1)

Fuel consumption (combined): ...... l/100 km / m3/100 km (1)

Temperatures permitted by the manufacturer

Cooling system

3.6.1.1.

Liquid cooling

Maximum temperature at outlet: ...... K

3.6.1.2.

Air cooling

3.6.1.2.1.

Reference point:....................................................................................................

3.6.1.2.2.

Maximum temperature at reference point: ...... K

3.6.2.

3.6.3.

Maximum outlet temperature of the inlet intercooler: ...... K

Maximum exhaust  temperature  at  the  point  in  the  exhaust  pipe(s)  adjacent  to
the outer flange(s) of the exhaust manifold: ...... K

3.6.4.

Fuel temperature

minimum: ...... K

maximum: ...... K

84

3.6.5.

Lubricant temperature

minimum: .... K

maximum: ......K

3.7.

Engine-driven equipment

Maximum  permissible  power  absorbed  by  the  engine-driven  equipment  as
specified  in  and  under  the  operating  conditions  of  Directive  80/1269/EEC,
Annex I, item 5.1.1, at each engine speed as defined in item 4.1 in Annex III to
Directive 88/77/EEC

3.7.1.

3.7.2.

3.7.3.

3.8.

3.8.1.

Idling: ...... kW

Intermediate: ...... kW

Rated: ...... kW

Lubrication system

Description of the system

3.8.1.1.

Position of lubricant reservoir: .............................................................................

3.8.1.2.

Feed system (by pump/injection into intake/mixing with fuel, etc.) (1)

3.8.2.

Lubricating pump

3.8.2.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.8.2.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.8.3.

Mixture with fuel

3.8.3.1.

Percentage:............................................................................................................

3.8.4.

Oil cooler: yes/no (1)

3.8.4.1.

Drawing(s): ........................................................................................................ or

3.8.4.1.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.8.4.1.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.

3.9.1.

3.9.2.

GAS  FUELLED  ENGINES  (In  the  case  of  systems  laid-out  in  a  different
manner, supply equivalent information).

Fuel: LPG/NG-H/NG-L/NG-HL (1)

Pressure regulator(s) or vaporiser/pressure regulator(s) (1)

3.9.2.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

85

3.9.2.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.2.3.

Number of pressure reduction stages:...................................................................

3.9.2.4.

Pressure in final stage

minimum: …..kPa

maximum: ….kPa

3.9.2.5.

Number of main adjustment points: .................................................................... .

3.9.2.6.

Number of idle adjustment points: .......................................................................

3.9.2.7.

EC type-approval number according to …./…/EC: .............................................

3.9.3.

Fuelling  system:  mixing  unit  /  gas  injection  /  liquid  injection  /  direct
injection (1)

3.9.3.1.

Mixture strength regulation: .................................................................................

3.9.3.2.

System description and/or diagram and drawings:...............................................

3.9.3.3.

EC type-approval number according to …./…/EC: .............................................

3.9.4.

Mixing unit

3.9.4.1.

Number: ................................................................................................................

3.9.4.2.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.9.4.3.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.4.4.

Location: ...............................................................................................................

3.9.4.5.

Adjustment possibilities: ......................................................................................

3.9.4.6.

EC type-approval number according to …./…/EC: .............................................

3.9.5.

Inlet manifold injection

3.9.5.1.

3.9.5.2.

Injection: single point/multipoint (1)

Injection: continuous/simultaneously timed/sequentially timed (1)

3.9.5.3.

Injection equipment

3.9.5.3.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.9.5.3.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.5.3.3.

Adjustment possibilities: ......................................................................................

3.9.5.3.4.

EC type-approval number according to …./…/EC: .............................................

86

3.9.5.4.

Supply pump (if applicable)

3.9.5.4.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.9.5.4.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.5.4.3.

EC type-approval number according to …./…/EC: .............................................

3.9.5.5.

Injector(s)

3.9.5.5.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.9.5.5.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.5.5.3.

EC type-approval number according to …./…/EC: .............................................

3.9.6.

Direct injection

3.9.6.1.

Injection pump/pressure regulator (1)

3.9.6.1.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.9.6.1.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.6.1.3.

Injection timing: ...................................................................................................

3.9.6.1.4.

EC type-approval number according to …./…/EC: .............................................

3.9.6.2.

Injector(s)

3.9.6.2.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.9.6.2.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.6.2.3.

Opening pressure or characteristic diagram (2): ...................................................

3.9.6.2.4.

EC type-approval number according to …./…/EC: .............................................

3.9.7.

Electronic control unit (ECU)

3.9.7.1.

Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.9.7.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.7.3.

Adjustment possibilities: ......................................................................................

3.9.8.

NG fuel-specific equipment

3.9.8.1.

Variant 1  (only  in  the  case  of  approvals  of  engines  for  several  specific  fuel
compositions)

3.9.8.1.1.

Fuel composition:

methane (CH4): basis: ….... %mole min……. %mole max……. %mole

87

ethane (C2H6): basis: ….... %mole min. ….... %mole max. ….... %mole

propane (C3H8): basis: ….... %mole min. %mole max. ….... %mole

butane (C4H10): basis: ….... %mole min. %mole max. ….... %mole

C5/C5+: basis: ….... %mole min. ….... %mole max. ….... %mole

oxygen (O2): basis: ….... %mole min. ….... %mole max. ….... %mole

inert (N2, He, etc.): basis: ….... %mole min. ….... %mole max. ….... %mole

3.9.8.1.2.

Injector(s)

3.9.8.1.2.1. Make(s):................................................................................................................

3.9.8.1.2.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

3.9.8.1.3.

Others (if applicable): .......................................................................................... .

3.9.8.1.4.

Fuel temperature

minimum: ……………………..K

maximum: ……………………..K

at pressure regulator final stage for gas fuelled engines.

3.9.8.1.5.

Fuel pressure

minimum: ……………………..kPa

maximum: ……………………..kPa

at pressure regulator final stage, NG fuelled gas engines only.

3.9.8.2.

Variant 2 (only in the case of approvals for several specific fuel compositions)

4.

4.1.

4.2.

4.2.1.

4.3.

4.3.1.

4.4.

4.4.1.

4.5.

TRANSMISSION (v)

Drawing of the transmission:................................................................................

Type (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, etc.):.........................................................

A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): ...................

Moment of inertia of engine flywheel: .................................................................

Additional moment of inertia with no gear engaged: ...........................................

Clutch (type): ........................................................................................................

Maximum torque conversion:...............................................................................

Gearbox

88

4.5.1.

4.5.2.

4.5.3.

4.6.

4.7.

4.8.

4.8.1.

4.8.2.

4.8.3.

4.8.4.

Type (manual/automatic/CVT (continuously variable transmission)) (1)

Location relative to the engine: ............................................................................

Method of control: ................................................................................................

Internal gearbox
ratios (ratios of
engine to gearbox
output shaft
revolutions)

Final drive ratio(s)
(ratio of gearbox
output shaft to
driven wheel
revolutions)

Total gear ratios

Gear ratios

Gear

Maximum for CVT (1)
1
2
3
...

Minimum for CVT (1)

Reverse

(1) Continuously variable transmission

Maximum vehicle speed (in km/h) (w): ................................................................

Speedometer (in the case of tachograph give approval mark only)

Method of operation and description of drive mechanism: ..................................

Instrument constant: .............................................................................................

Tolerance of the measuring mechanism (pursuant to item 2.1.3 of Annex II to
Directive 75/443/EEC): ........................................................................................

to
Overall 
Directive 75/443/EEC) or equivalent data:...........................................................

item 2.1.2  of  Annex II 

transmission 

(pursuant 

ratio 

to 

4.8.5.

Diagram of the speedometer scale or other forms of display: ..............................

4.9.

5.

5.1.

5.2.

5.3.

5.4.

5.5.

Differential lock: yes/no/optional (1)

AXLES

Description of each axle: ......................................................................................

Make: ....................................................................................................................

Type: .....................................................................................................................

Position of retractable axle(s): ..............................................................................

Position of loadable axle(s): .................................................................................

89

6.

6.1.

6.2.

6.2.1.

6.2.2.

6.2.3.

SUSPENSION

Drawing of the suspension arrangements:............................................................

Type and design of the suspension of each axle or group of axles or wheel:.......

Level adjustment: yes/no/optional (1)

A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): ...................

Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no (1)

6.2.3.1.

Suspension of driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (1)

6.2.3.2.

Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: ...........................

6.3.

6.4.

6.5.

6.6.

6.6.1.

Characteristics of the springing parts of the suspension (design, characteristics
of the materials and dimensions): .........................................................................

Stabilisers: yes/no/optional (1)

Shock absorbers: yes/no/optional (1)

Tyres and wheels

Tyre/wheel combination(s) (for tyres indicate size designation, minimum load-
capacity  index,  minimum  speed  category  symbol;  for  tyres  of  category  Z
intended  to  be  fitted  on  vehicles  whose  maximum  speed  exceeds  300 km/h
equivalent  information  shall  be  provided;  for  wheels  indicate  rim  size(s)  and
off-set(s))

6.6.1.1.

Axles

6.6.1.1.1.

Axle 1: ..................................................................................................................

6.6.1.1.2.

Axle 2: ..................................................................................................................

etc.

6.6.1.2.

Spare wheel, if any: ..............................................................................................

6.6.2.

Upper and lower limits of rolling radii

6.6.2.1.

Axle 1: ..................................................................................................................

6.6.2.2.

Axle 2: ..................................................................................................................

etc.

6.6.3.

6.6.4.

Tyre pressure(s) as recommended by the vehicle manufacturer: ...... kPa

Chain/tyre/wheel combination on the front and/or rear axle that is suitable for
the type of vehicle, as recommended by the manufacturer: .................................

90

6.6.5.

Brief description of temporary use spare unit (if any):.........................................

7.

7.1.

7.2.

7.2.1.

7.2.2.

STEERING

Schematic diagram of steered axle(s) showing steering geometry:......................

Transmission and control

Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, if applicable): ............

Linkage  to  wheels  (including  other  than  mechanical  means;  specify  for  front
and rear, if applicable): .........................................................................................

7.2.2.1.

A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): ...................

7.2.3.

Method of assistance (if any):...............................................................................

7.2.3.1.

Method and diagram of operation, make(s) and type(s):......................................

7.2.4.

7.2.5.

7.2.6.

7.3.

7.3.1.

7.3.2.

Diagram  of  the  steering  equipment  as  a  whole,  showing  the  position  on  the
vehicle of the various devices influencing its steering behaviour: .......................

Schematic diagram(s) of the steering control(s):..................................................

Range and method of adjustment (if any), of the steering control: ......................

Maximum steering angle of the wheels

To the right: ...... degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or equivalent
data): .....................................................................................................................

To the left: ...... degrees; number of turns of the steering wheel (or equivalent
data): .....................................................................................................................

8.

BRAKES

8.1.

8.2.

The following particulars, including means of identification, where applicable,
are to be given:

Type  and  characteristics  of  the  brakes  (as  defined  in  Annex I,  item 1.6  to
Directive  71/320/EEC)  with  a  drawing  (e.g.  drums  or  discs,  wheels  braked,
connection  to  braked  wheels,  make  and  type  of  shoe/pad  assemblies  and/or
linings, effective braking areas, radius of drums, shoes or discs, mass of drums,
adjustment devices, relevant parts of the axle(s) and suspension): ......................

Operating  diagram,  description  and/or  drawing  of  the  following  braking
systems  (as  defined  in  Annex I,  item 1.2  to  Directive  71/320/EEC)  with,  for
example,  transmission  and  control  (construction,  adjustment,  lever  ratios,
accessibility  of  control  and  its  position,  ratchet  controls  in  the  case  of
mechanical  transmission,  characteristics  of  the  main  parts  of  the  linkage,
cylinders and control pistons, brake cylinders or equivalent components in the
case of electrical braking systems)

8.2.1.

Service braking system:........................................................................................

91

8.2.2.

8.2.3.

8.2.4.

8.2.5.

8.3.

8.4.

8.5.

8.5.1.

8.6.

8.7.

8.7.1.

8.7.2.

8.8.

8.9.

8.10.

Secondary braking system: ...................................................................................

Parking braking system: .......................................................................................

Any additional braking system: ............................................................................

Break-away braking system:.................................................................................

Control and transmission of trailer braking systems in vehicles designed to tow
a trailer:.................................................................................................................

Vehicle  is  equipped  to  tow  a  trailer  with  electric/pneumatic/hydraulic (1)
service brakes: yes/no (1)

Anti-lock braking system: yes/no/optional (1)

For vehicles with anti-lock systems, description of system operation (including
any  electronic  parts),  electric  block  diagram,  hydraulic  or  pneumatic  circuit
plan: ......................................................................................................................

Calculation and curves according to the Appendix to item 1.1.4.2 of Annex II
to Directive 71/320/EEC (or the Appendix to Annex XI, if applicable):.............

Description  and/or  drawing  of  the  energy  supply  (also  to  be  specified  for
power-assisted braking systems): .........................................................................

In  the  case  of  compressed-air  braking  systems,  working  pressure  p2  in  the
pressure reservoir(s): ............................................................................................

In  the  case  of  vacuum  braking  systems,  the  initial  energy  level  in  the
reservoir(s):...........................................................................................................

Calculation of the braking system: Determination of the ratio between the total
braking forces at the circumference of the wheels and the force applied to the
braking control:.....................................................................................................

Brief  description  of  the  braking  systems  (according  to  item 1.6  of  the
Addendum to Appendix 1 of Annex IX to Directive 71/320/EEC): ....................

If claiming exemptions from the Type I and/or  Type II  or Type III  tests, state
the  number  of  the  report  in  accordance  with  Appendix 2  of  Annex VII  to
Directive 71/320/EEC: .........................................................................................

8.11.

Particulars of the type(s) of endurance braking system(s): ..................................

9.

9.1.

9.2.

9.3.

BODYWORK

Type of bodywork: ...............................................................................................

Materials used and methods of construction: .......................................................

Occupant doors, latches and hinges

9.3.1.

Door configuration and number of doors: ............................................................

92

9.3.1.1.

Dimensions, direction and maximum angle of opening: ......................................

9.3.2.

9.3.3.

9.3.4.

9.4.

9.4.1.

9.4.2.

9.5.

9.5.1.

Drawing of latches and hinges and of their position in the doors: .......................

Technical description of latches and hinges: ........................................................

Details (including dimensions) of entrances, steps and necessary handles where
applicable:.............................................................................................................

Field of vision (Directive 77/649/EEC)

Particulars of the primary reference marks in sufficient detail to enable them to
be readily identified and the position of each in relation to the others and to the
R-point to be verified:...........................................................................................

Drawing(s)  or  photograph(s)  showing  the  location  of  component  parts  within
the 180° forward field of vision:...........................................................................

Windscreen and other windows

Windscreen

9.5.1.1.

Materials used:......................................................................................................

9.5.1.2.

Method of mounting: ............................................................................................

9.5.1.3.

Angle of inclination: .............................................................................................

9.5.1.4.

EC type-approval number(s): ...............................................................................

(cid:5) 9.5.1.5. Windscreen accessories and the position in which they are fitted together with
a brief description of any electrical/electronic components involved : .............(cid:6)

9.5.2.

Other windows

9.5.2.1.

Materials used:......................................................................................................

9.5.2.2.

EC type-approval number(s): ...............................................................................

9.5.2.3.

A  brief  description  of  the  electrical/electronic  components  (if  any)  of  the
window lifting mechanism: ..................................................................................

9.5.3.

Opening roof glazing

9.5.3.1.

Materials used:......................................................................................................

9.5.3.2.

EC type-approval number(s): ...............................................................................

9.5.4.

Other glass panes

9.5.4.1.

Materials used:......................................................................................................

9.5.4.2.

EC type-approval number(s): ...............................................................................

93

9.6.

9.6.1.

9.7.

9.7.1.

9.8.

9.8.1.

9.8.2.

9.9.

9.9.1.

9.9.2.

9.9.3.

9.9.4.

9.9.5.

9.9.6.

9.9.7.

Windscreen wiper(s)

Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings):..................

Windscreen washer

Detailed  technical  description  (including  photographs  or  drawings)  or,  if
approved as separate technical unit, EC type-approval number:..........................

Defrosting and demisting

Detailed technical description (including photographs or drawings):..................

Maximum electrical consumption: ...... kW

Rear-view mirrors (state for each mirror)

Make: ....................................................................................................................

EC type-approval mark:........................................................................................

Variant: .................................................................................................................

Drawing(s) showing the position relative to the vehicle structure: ......................

Details of the method of attachment including that part of the vehicle structure
to which it is attached: ..........................................................................................

Optional equipment which may affect the rearward field of vision: ....................

A  brief  description  of  the  electronic  components  (if  any)  of  the  adjustment
system: ..................................................................................................................

9.10.

Interior fittings

9.10.1.

Interior protection for occupants (Directive 74/60/EEC)

9.10.1.1.

9.10.1.2.

9.10.1.3.

Layout drawing or photographs  showing  the  position  of  the  attached  sections
or views: ...............................................................................................................

Photograph or drawing showing the reference line including the exempted area
(Annex I, item 2.3.1 to Directive 74/60/EEC):.....................................................

Photographs,  drawings  and/or  an  exploded  view  of  the  interior  fittings,
showing the parts in the passenger  compartment  and the  materials used  (with
the exception of interior rear view mirrors), arrangement of controls, roof and
opening  roof,  backrest,  seats  and  the  rear  part  of  seats  (Annex I,  item 3.2  to
Directive 74/60/EEC): ..........................................................................................

9.10.2.

Arrangement and identification of controls, tell-tales and indicators

9.10.2.1.

Photographs and/or drawings of the arrangement of symbols and controls, tell-
tales and indicators: ..............................................................................................

94

9.10.2.2.

Photographs  and/or  drawings  of  the  identification  of  controls,  tell-tales  and
indicators  and of the vehicle parts mentioned in Directive 78/316/EEC  where
relevant: ................................................................................................................

9.10.2.3.

Summary table ......................................................................................................

The  vehicle  is  equipped  with  the  following  controls,  indicators  and  tell-tales
pursuant to Annexes II and III to Directive 78/316/EEC:

95

Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification is mandatory, and
symbols to be used for that purpose

Symbol
No

Device

Control/indicator
available (1)

Identified by
symbol (1)

Where
(2)

Tell-tale
available

Identified
by symbol
(1)

Where
(2)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Master light

OK (10)

Dipped-beam
headlamps

Main-beam head
lamps

Position (side)
lamps

Front fog lamps

Rear fog lamp

Headlamp levelling
device

Parking lamps

Direction indicators

10

Hazard warning

11 Windscreen wiper

12 Windscreen washer

13 Windscreen wiper
and washer

14

Headlamp cleaning
device

15 Windscreen

demisting and
defrosting

Rear window
demisting and
defrosting

Ventilating fan

Diesel pre-heat

Choke

Brake failure

Fuel level

16

17

18

19

20

21

96

Symbol
No

Device

Control/indicator
available (1)

Identified by
symbol (1)

Where
(2)

Tell-tale
available

Identified
by symbol
(1)

Where
(2)

22

23

Battery charging
condition

Engine coolant
temperature

(1) x = yes

- = no or not separately available
o = optional.

(2) d = directly on control, indicator or tell-tale

c = in close vicinity.

97

Controls, tell-tales and indicators for which, when fitted, identification is optional, and
symbols which must be used if they are to be identified

Symbol
No

Device

Control/indicator
available (1)

Identified by
symbol (1)

Where
(2)

Tell-tale
available

Identified
by symbol
(1)

Where
(2)

Parking brake

Rear window wiper

Rear window
washer

Rear window wiper
and washer

Intermittent
windscreen wiper

Audible warning
device (horn)

Front hood (bonnet)

Rear hood (boot)

Seat belt

Engine oil pressure

Unleaded petrol

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

…

…

…

(1) x = yes

- = no or not separately available
o = optional.

(2) d = directly on control, indicator or tell-tale

c = in close vicinity.

98

9.10.3.

Seats

9.10.3.1.

Number: ................................................................................................................

9.10.3.2.

Position and arrangement: ....................................................................................

9.10.3.2.1.

Number of seating positions: ................................................................................

9.10.3.2.2.

Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: ...........................

9.10.3.3.

Mass:.....................................................................................................................

9.10.3.4.

Characteristics: for seats not EC type-approved as components, description and
drawings of

9.10.3.4.1.

the seats and their anchorages: .............................................................................

9.10.3.4.2.

the adjustment system:..........................................................................................

9.10.3.4.3.

the displacement and locking systems:.................................................................

9.10.3.4.4.

the seat belt anchorages (if incorporated in the seat structure):............................

9.10.3.4.5.

the parts of the vehicle used as anchorages: .........................................................

9.10.3.5.

Co-ordinates or drawing of the R-point (x)

9.10.3.5.1.

Driver's seat: .........................................................................................................

9.10.3.5.2.

All other seating positions: ...................................................................................

9.10.3.6.

Design torso angle

9.10.3.6.1.

Driver's seat: .........................................................................................................

9.10.3.6.2.

All other seating positions: ...................................................................................

9.10.3.7.

Range of seat adjustment

9.10.3.7.1.

Driver's seat: .........................................................................................................

9.10.3.7.2.

All other seating positions: ...................................................................................

9.10.4.

Head restraints

9.10.4.1.

Type(s) of head restraints: integrated/detachable/separate (1)

9.10.4.2.

EC type-approval number(s), if available:............................................................

9.10.4.3.

For head restraints not yet approved

9.10.4.3.1.

A detailed description of the head restraint, specifying in particular the nature
of  the  padding  material  or  materials  and,  where  applicable,  the  position  and

99

specifications of the braces and anchorage pieces for the type of seat for which
approval is sought:................................................................................................

9.10.4.3.2.

In the case of a "separate" head restraint

9.10.4.3.2.1. A  detailed  description  of  the  structural  zone  to  which  the  head  restraint  is
intended to be fixed: .............................................................................................

9.10.4.3.2.2. Dimensional drawings of the characteristic parts of the structure and the head
restraint: ................................................................................................................

9.10.5.

Heating systems for the passenger compartment

9.10.5.1.

9.10.5.2.

A brief description of the vehicle type with regard to the heating system if the
heating system uses the heat of the engine cooling fluid: ....................................

A  detailed  description  of  the  vehicle  type  with  regard  to  the  heating  if  the
cooling air or the exhaust gases of the engine are used as heat source, including

9.10.5.2.1.

layout drawing of the heating system showing its position in the vehicle: ..........

9.10.5.2.2.

9.10.5.2.3.

9.10.5.2.4.

layout  drawing  of  the  heat  exchanger  for  heating  systems  using  the  exhaust
gases  for  heating,  or  of  the  parts  where  the  heat  exchange  takes  place  (for
heating systems using the engine cooling air for heating):...................................

sectional drawing of the heat exchanger or the parts respectively where the heat
exchange  takes  place  indicating  the  thickness  of  the  wall,  used  materials  and
characteristics of the surface:................................................................................

Specifications  shall be  given  for  further  important  components  of  the  heating
system  such  as,  for  example,  the  heater  fan,  with  regard  to  their  method  of
construction and technical data:............................................................................

9.10.5.3.

Maximum electrical consumption: ...... kW

9.10.6.

9.10.6.1.

9.10.6.2.

Components influencing the behaviour of the steering mechanism in the event
of an impact (Directive 74/297/EEC)

A  detailed  description,  including  photograph(s)  and/or  drawing(s),  of  the
vehicle  type  with  respect  to  the  structure,  the  dimensions,  the  lines  and  the
constituent materials of that part of the vehicle forward of the steering control,
including those components designed to contribute to the absorption of energy
in the event of an impact against the steering control: .........................................

Photograph(s)  and/or  drawing(s)  of  vehicle  components  other  than  those
described in 9.10.6.1 as identified  by the manufacturer  in agreement  with  the
technical service, as contributing to the behaviour of the steering mechanism in
case of impact: ......................................................................................................

100

9.10.7.

Burning  behaviour  of  materials  used  in  the  interior  construction  of  certain
categories of motor vehicles (Directive 95/28/EEC)

9.10.7.1.

Material(s) used for the interior lining of the roof

9.10.7.1.1.

Component EC type-approval number(s), if available:........................................

9.10.7.1.2.

For materials not approved

9.10.7.1.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: …… / ……

9.10.7.1.2.2. Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): ............................................

9.10.7.1.2.3. Type of coating (1):...............................................................................................

9.10.7.1.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ...... / ...... mm

9.10.7.2.

Material(s) used for the rear and side walls

9.10.7.2.1.

Component type-approval number(s), if available: ..............................................

9.10.7.2.2.

For materials not approved

9.10.7.2.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ...... / ......

9.10.7.2.2.2. Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): ............................................

9.10.7.2.2.3. Type of coating (1):...............................................................................................

9.10.7.2.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: …… / …… mm

9.10.7.3.

Material(s) used for the floor

9.10.7.3.1.

Component EC type-approval number(s), if available:........................................

9.10.7.3.2.

For materials not approved

9.10.7.3.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: …… / ……

9.10.7.3.2.2. Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): ............................................

9.10.7.3.2.3. Type of coating (1):...............................................................................................

9.10.7.3.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: …… / …… mm

9.10.7.4.

Material(s) used for the upholstery of the seats

9.10.7.4.1.

Component EC type-approval number(s), if available:........................................

9.10.7.4.2.

For materials not approved

9.10.7.4.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ...... / ......

9.10.7.4.2.2. Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): ............................................

101

9.10.7.4.2.3. Type of coating (1):...............................................................................................

9.10.7.4.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ...... / ...... mm

9.10.7.5.

Material(s) used for the heating and ventilation pipes

9.10.7.5.1.

Component EC type-approval number(s), if available:........................................

9.10.7.5.2.

For materials not approved

9.10.7.5.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ……/.…..

9.10.7.5.2.2. Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): ............................................

9.10.7.5.2.3. Type of coating (1):...............................................................................................

9.10.7.5.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ...... / .......mm

9.10.7.6.

Material(s) used for luggage racks

9.10.7.6.1.

Component EC type-approval number(s), if available:........................................

9.10.7.6.2.

For materials not approved

9.10.7.6.2.1. Base material(s)/designation: ...... / ......

9.10.7.6.2.2. Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): ............................................

9.10.7.6.2.3. Type of coating (1):...............................................................................................

9.10.7.6.2.4. Maximum/minimum thickness: ...... / ...... mm

9.10.7.7.

Material(s) used for other purposes

9.10.7.7.1.

Intended purposes: ................................................................................................

9.10.7.7.2.

Component EC type-approval number(s), if available:........................................

9.10.7.7.3.

For materials not approved

9.10.7.7.3.1. Base material(s)/designation: ...... / ......

9.10.7.7.3.2. Composite/single (1) material, number of layers (1): ............................................

9.10.7.7.3.3. Type of coating (1):...............................................................................................

9.10.7.7.3.4. Maximum/minimum thickness:.... / .... mm

9.10.7.8.

Components  approved  as  complete  devices  (seats,  separation  walls,  luggage
racks, etc.)

9.10.7.8.1.

Component EC type-approval number(s):............................................................

9.10.7.8.2.

For the complete device: seat, separation wall, luggage racks, etc. (1)

102

9.11.

9.11.1.

9.11.2.

External projections (Directive 74/483/EEC and Directive 92/114/EEC)

General  arrangement  (drawing  or  photographs)  indicating  the  position  of  the
attached sections and views:.................................................................................

Drawings and/or photographs, for example, and where relevant, of the door and
window pillars, air-intake grilles, radiator grille, windscreen wipers, rain gutter
channels,  handles,  slide  rails,  flaps,  door  hinges  and  locks,  hooks,  eyes,
decorative  trim,  badges,  emblems  and  recesses  and  any  other  external
projections and parts of the exterior surface which can be  regarded  as critical
(e.g.  lighting  equipment).  If  the  parts  listed  in  the  previous  sentence  are  not
critical,  for  documentation  purposes  they  may  be  replaced  by  photographs,
accompanied if necessary by dimensional details and/or text:.............................

9.11.3.

Drawings  of  parts  of  the  external  surface  in  accordance  with  Annex I,
item 6.9.1 to Directive 74/483/EEC: ....................................................................

9.11.4.

Drawing of bumpers: ............................................................................................

9.11.5.

Drawing of the floor line: .....................................................................................

9.12.

9.12.1.

Safety belts and/or other restraint systems

Number and position of safety belts and restraint systems  and  seats on which
they can be used:

(L = left-hand side, R = right-hand side, C = centre)

Complete EC
type-approval
mark

Variant, if
applicable

Belt adjustment device
for height (indicate
yes/no/optional)

First row of
seats

Second row
of seats (1)

L

C

R

L

C

R

(1) The table may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of seats or if

there are more than three seats across the width of the vehicle.

103

9.12.2.

Nature  and  position  of 
yes/no/optional):

supplementary 

restraint 

systems 

(indicate

(L = left-hand side, R = right-hand side, C = centre)

Front airbag

Side airbag

Belt pre-loading device

First row of
seats

Second row
of seats (1)

L

C

R

L

C

R

(1) The table may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of seats or if

there are more than three seats across the width of the vehicle.

9.12.3.

Number and position of safety  belt  anchorages  and  proof  of  compliance  with
Directive 76/115/EEC, (i.e. EC type-approval number or test report): ................

9.12.4.

A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): ...................

9.13.

Safety belt anchorages

9.13.1.

9.13.2.

Photographs  and/or  drawings  of  the  bodywork  showing  the  position  and
dimensions of the actual and the effective anchorages including the R-points:...

Drawings of the belt anchorages and parts of the vehicle structure where they
are attached (with the material indication): ..........................................................

104

9.13.3.

Designation  of  the  types (**)  of  safety  belt  authorised  for  fitting  to  the
anchorages with which the vehicle is equipped:

Anchorage location

Vehicle
structure

Seat
structure

First row of seats

Right-hand seat

Centre seat

Left-hand seat

Lower anchorages

Upper anchorages

Lower anchorages

Upper anchorages

Lower anchorages

Upper anchorages

Second row of seats (1)

Right-hand seat

Centre seat

Left-hand seat

Lower anchorages

Upper anchorages

Lower anchorages

Upper anchorages

Lower anchorages

Upper anchorages

outboard
inboard

right
left

outboard
inboard

outboard
inboard

right
left

outboard
inboard

(1) The table may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of seats or if

there are more than three seats across the width of the vehicle.

9.13.4.

9.14.

9.14.1.

9.14.2.

9.14.3.

Description of a particular type of safety belt where an anchorage is located in
the seat backrest or incorporates an energy dissipating device: ...........................

Space  for  mounting  rear  registration  plates  (give  range  where  appropriate,
drawings may be used where applicable)

Height above road surface, upper edge: ...............................................................

Height above road surface, lower edge: ...............................................................

Distance of the centre line from the longitudinal median plane of the vehicle: ...

105

9.14.4.

Distance from the left vehicle edge: .....................................................................

9.14.5.

Dimensions (length x width): ...............................................................................

9.14.6.

Inclination of the plane to the vertical: .................................................................

9.14.7.

Angle of visibility in the horizontal plane: ...........................................................

9.15.

9.15.0.

9.15.1.

9.15.2.

Rear underrun protection (Directive 70/221/EEC)

Presence: yes/no/incomplete (1)

Drawing  of  the  vehicle  parts  relevant  to  the  rear  underrun  protection,  i.e.
drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting of the widest
rear  axle,  drawing  of  the  mounting  and/or  fitting  of  the  rear  underrun
protection. If the underrun protection is not a special device, the drawing must
clearly show that the required dimensions are met:..............................................

In case of a special device, full description and/or drawing of the rear underrun
protection  (including  mountings  and  fittings),  or,  if  approved  as  separate
technical unit, EC type-approval number: ............................................................

9.16.

Wheel guards (Directive 78/549/EEC)

9.16.1.

Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its wheel guards: .........................

9.16.2.

9.17.

9.17.1.

9.17.2.

9.17.3.

9.17.4.

Detailed  drawings  of  the  wheel  guards  and  their  position  on  the  vehicle
showing  the  dimensions  specified  in  Figure 1  of  Annex I  to  Directive
78/549/EEC and taking account of the extremes of tyre/wheel combinations:....

Statutory plates (Directive 76/114/EEC)

Photographs  and/or  drawings  of  the  locations  of  the  statutory  plates  and
inscriptions and of the vehicle identification number: .........................................

Photographs and/or drawings of the official part of the plates and inscriptions
(completed example with dimensions): ................................................................

Photographs and/or drawings  of the  vehicle  identification  number  (completed
example with dimensions):...................................................................................

Manufacturer's declaration of compliance with the requirement of item 1.1.1 of
Annex II to Directive 76/114/EEC

9.17.4.1.

The meaning of characters in the second section and, if applicable, in the third
section  used  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  section 5.3  of  ISO  Standard
3779 - 1983 shall be explained: ............................................................................

9.17.4.2.

If characters in the second section are used to comply with the requirements of
section 5.4 of ISO Standard 3779 - 1983 these characters shall be indicated: .....

106

9.18.

Suppression of radio interference

9.18.1.

9.18.2.

9.18.3.

9.18.4.

9.19.

9.19.0.

9.19.1.

9.19.2.

9.20.

9.20.0.

9.20.1.

9.20.2.

Description and drawings/photographs of the shapes and constituent materials
of  the  part  of  the  body  forming  the  engine  compartment  and  the  part  of  the
passenger compartment nearest to it:....................................................................

Drawings  or  photographs  of  the  position  of  metal  components  housed  in  the
engine  compartment  (e.g.  heating  appliances,  spare  wheel,  air  filter,  steering
mechanism, etc.): ..................................................................................................

Table and drawing of radio-interference control equipment: ...............................

Particulars of the nominal value of the direct current resistance, and, in the case
of resistive ignition cables, of their nominal resistance per metre: ......................

Lateral protection (Directive 89/297/EEC)

Presence: yes/no/incomplete (1)

Drawing of the vehicle parts relevant to the lateral protection, i.e.  drawing of
the vehicle and/or chassis with position  and  mounting  of the axle(s),  drawing
of the mountings and/or the fittings of lateral protection device(s). If the lateral
protection  is  achieved  without  lateral  protection  device(s)  the  drawing  must
clearly show that the required dimensions are met:..............................................

In  the  case  of  lateral  protection  device(s),  full  description  and/or  drawing  of
such  device(s)  (including  mountings  and  fittings)  or  its/their  component  EC
type-approval number(s):......................................................................................

Spray-suppression system (Directive 91/226/EEC)

Presence: yes/no/incomplete (1)

Brief description of the vehicle with regard to its spray-suppression system and
the constituent components: .................................................................................

Detailed  drawings  of  the  spray-suppression  system  and  its  position  on  the
vehicle  showing  the  dimensions  specified  in  the  figures  in  Annex III  to
Directive  91/226/EEC  and  taking  account  of  the  extremes  of  tyre/wheel
combinations:........................................................................................................

9.20.3.

EC type-approval number(s) of spray-suppression device(s), if available:..........

9.21.

Side-impact resistance. (Directive 96/27/EC)

9.21.1.

A detailed description,  including photographs  and/or  drawings, of  the  vehicle
with  respect  to  the  structure,  the  dimensions,  the  lines  and  the  constituent
materials of the side walls of the passenger compartment (exterior and interior),
including specific details of the protection system, where applicable: ................

107

9.22.

9.22.1.

9.22.2.

10.

10.1.

10.2.

10.3.

Front underrun protection

Drawing  of  the  vehicle  parts  relevant  to  the  front  underrun  protection,  i.e.
drawing of the vehicle and/or chassis with position and mounting and/or fitting
of the front underrun protection. If the underrun protection is no special device,
the drawing must clearly show that the required dimensions are met:.................

In  the  case  of  special  device,  full  description  and/or  drawing  of  the  front
underrun  protection  (including  mountings  and  fittings),  or,  if  approved  as  a
separate technical unit, EC type-approval number:..............................................

LIGHTING AND LIGHT SIGNALLING DEVICES

Table of all devices: number, make, model, EC type-approval mark, maximum
intensity of main-beam headlamps, colour, tell-tale:............................................

Drawing of the position of lighting and light signalling devices: ........................

For  every  lamp  and  reflector  specified  in  Directive  76/756/EEC  supply  the
following information (in writing and/or by diagram)

10.3.1.

Drawing showing the extent of the illuminating surface:.....................................

10.3.2.

Method  used  for  the definition of the  apparent  surface  (paragraph 2.10  of  the
documents referred to in Annex II to Directive 76/756/EEC, item 1): ................

10.3.3.

Axis of reference and centre of reference:............................................................

10.3.4.

Method of operation of concealable lamps:..........................................................

10.3.5.

Any specific mounting and wiring provisions:.....................................................

10.4.

Dipped  beam  lamps:  normal  orientation  as  per  paragraph 6.2.6.1  of  the
documents referred to in Annex II to Directive 76/756/EEC, item 1

10.4.1.

Value of initial adjustment: ..................................................................................

10.4.2.

Location of indication:..........................................................................................

10.4.3.

Description/drawing (1)  and  type  of  headlamp
levelling  device  (e.g.  automatic,  stepwise
manually  adjustable,  continuously  manually
adjustable): .......................................................

10.4.4.

Control device: .................................................

10.4.5.

Reference marks: ..............................................

10.4.6.

Marks assigned for loading conditions:............

Applicable only for
vehicles with headlamp
levelling device

10.5.

A  brief  description  of  electrical/electronic  components  other  than  lamps  (if
any): .........

108

11.

11.1.

11.2.

11.3.

11.4.

11.5.

12.

12.1.

12.1.1.

CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TOWING VEHICLES AND TRAILERS AND
SEMI-TRAILERS

Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted:.............................

Characteristics  D,  U,  S  and  V  of  the  coupling  device(s)  fitted  or  minimal
characteristics D, U, S and V of the coupling device(s) to be fitted: ...... daN

Instructions for attachment of the coupling type to the vehicle and photographs
or  drawings  of  the  fixing  points  at  the  vehicle  as  stated  by  the  manufacturer;
additional  information,  if  the  use  of  the  coupling  type  is  restricted  to  certain
variants or versions of the vehicle type: ...............................................................

Information of the fitting of special towing brackets or mounting plates: ...........

EC type-approval number(s): ...............................................................................

MISCELLANEOUS

Audible warning device(s)

Location, method of affixing, placement and orientation of the device(s), with
dimensions:...........................................................................................................

12.1.2.

Number of device(s): ............................................................................................

12.1.3.

EC type-approval number(s): ...............................................................................

12.1.4.

Electrical/pneumatic (1) circuit diagram:..............................................................

12.1.5.

Rated voltage or pressure: ....................................................................................

12.1.6.

Drawing of the mounting device: .........................................................................

12.2.

Devices to prevent unauthorised use of the vehicle

12.2.1.

Protective device

12.2.1.1.

A detailed description of the vehicle type with regard  to the arrangement and
design of the control or of the unit on which the protective device acts: .............

12.2.1.2.

Drawings of the protective device and of its mounting on the vehicle: ...............

12.2.1.3.

A technical description of the device: ..................................................................

12.2.1.4.

Details of the lock combinations used:.................................................................

12.2.1.5.

Vehicle immobiliser

12.2.1.5.1.

EC type-approval number, if available:................................................................

109

12.2.1.5.2.

For immobilisers not yet approved

12.2.1.5.2.1. A detailed technical description of the vehicle immobiliser and of the measures
taken against inadvertent activation: ....................................................................

12.2.1.5.2.2. The system(s) on which the vehicle immobiliser acts:.........................................

12.2.1.5.2.3. Number of effective interchangeable codes, if applicable: ..................................

12.2.2.

Alarm system (if any)

12.2.2.1.

EC type-approval number, if available:................................................................

12.2.2.2.

For alarm systems not yet approved

12.2.2.2.1.

A detailed  description of  the  alarm  system  and  of  the  vehicle  parts  related  to
the alarm system installed: ...................................................................................

12.2.2.2.2.

A list of the main components comprising the alarm system:..............................

12.2.3.

A brief description of the electrical/electronic components (if any): ...................

12.3.

Towing device(s)

12.3.1.

12.3.2.

12.3.3.

12.4.

12.5.

Front: Hook/eye/other (1)

Rear: Hook/eye/other/none (1)

Drawing  or  photograph  of  the  chassis/area  of  the  vehicle  body  showing  the
position, construction and mounting of the towing device(s): .............................

Details  of  any  non-engine  related  devices  designed  to  influence  fuel
consumption (if not covered by other items):.......................................................

Details  of  any  non-engine  related  devices  designed  to  reduce  noise  (if  not
covered by other items): .......................................................................................

12.6.

Speed limiters (Directive 92/24/EEC)

12.6.1.

Manufacturer(s): ...................................................................................................

12.6.2.

Type(s):.................................................................................................................

12.6.3.

EC type-approval number(s), if available:............................................................

12.6.4.

Speed or range of speeds at which the speed limitation may be set: ...... km/h

13.

SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR VEHICLES USED FOR THE CARRIAGE OF
PASSENGERS COMPRISING MORE THAN EIGHT SEATS IN ADDITION
TO THE DRIVER'S SEAT

13.1.

Class of vehicle (Class I, Class II, Class III, Class A, Class B): ..........................

110

13.1.1.

13.1.2.

EC type-approval number of bodywork approved as a separate technical unit:
..........

Chassis  types  where  the  EC  type-approved  bodywork  can  be  installed
(manufacturer(s), and types of incomplete vehicle): ............................................

13.2.

Area for passengers (m²)

13.2.1.

13.2.2.

13.2.3.

13.2.4.

Total (S0): .............................................................................................................

Upper deck (S0a) (1): .............................................................................................

Lower deck (S0b) (1):.............................................................................................

For standing passengers (S1): ...............................................................................

13.3.

Number of passengers (seated and standing)

13.3.1.

Total (N): ..............................................................................................................

13.3.2.

13.3.3.

13.4.

Upper deck (Na) (1):..............................................................................................

Lower deck (Nb) (1): .............................................................................................

Number of passengers seated

13.4.1.

Total (A): ..............................................................................................................

13.4.2.

13.4.3.

13.5.

13.6.

Upper deck (Aa) (1):..............................................................................................

Lower deck (Ab) (1): .............................................................................................

Number of service doors: .....................................................................................

Number 
hatches,
intercommunication staircase and half staircase): ................................................

(doors,  windows, 

emergency 

escape 

exits 

of 

13.6.1.

Total:.....................................................................................................................

13.6.2.

13.6.3.

13.7.

13.8.

13.9.

Upper deck (1):......................................................................................................

Lower deck (1): .....................................................................................................

Volume of luggage compartments (m³):...............................................................

Area of luggage transportation on the roof (m²):..................................................

Technical devices facilitating the access to vehicles (e.g. ramp, lifting platform,
kneeling system), if fitted: ....................................................................................

13.10.

Strength of superstructure

13.10.1.

EC type-approval number, if available:................................................................

111

13.10.2.

For superstructures not yet approved

13.10.2.1.

Detailed  description  of  the  superstructure  of  the  vehicle  type  including  its
dimensions, configuration  and  constituent  materials  and  its  attachment  to  any
chassis frame:........................................................................................................

13.10.2.2.

Drawings of the vehicle and those parts of its interior arrangement which have
an influence on the strength of the superstructure or on the residual space: ........

13.10.2.3.

Position of centre of gravity of the vehicle in running order in the longitudinal,
transverse and vertical directions: ........................................................................

13.10.2.4.

Maximum distance between the centre lines of the outboard passenger seats:....

13.11.

14.

Points  of  the  Directive  […./…/EC] to  be  accomplished  and  demonstrated  for
this technical unit:.................................................................................................

SPECIAL  PROVISIONS  FOR  VEHICLES 
TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS GOODS (Directive 98/91/EC)

INTENDED  FOR  THE

14.1.

Electrical equipment according to Directive 94/55/EC

14.1.1.

Protection against overheating of conductors:......................................................

14.1.2.

Type of circuit breaker: ........................................................................................

14.1.3.

Type and operation of battery master switch:.......................................................

14.1.4.

Description and location of safety barrier for tachograph:...................................

14.1.5.

14.1.6.

14.2.

14.2.1.

14.2.2.

Description  of  permanently  energised  installations.  Indicate  the  EN  standard
applied: .................................................................................................................

Construction and protection of electrical installation situated to the rear of the
driver's compartment: ...........................................................................................

Prevention of fire risks

Type of not readily flammable material in the driver's compartment: .................

Type of heat shield behind the driver's compartment (if applicable): ..................

14.2.3.

Position and heat protection of engine: ................................................................

14.2.4.

Position and heat protection of the exhaust system:.............................................

14.2.5.

Type and design of the endurance braking systems heat protection: ...................

14.2.6.

Type, design and position of combustion heaters: ...............................................

14.3.

14.3.1.

Special requirements for bodywork, if any, according to Directive 94/55/EC

Description of measures to comply with the requirements for Type EX/II  and
Type EX/III vehicles: ...........................................................................................

112

14.3.2.

In the case of Type EX/III vehicles, resistance against heat from the outside: ....

113

Explanatory notes

(*)

(**)

(***)

(+)

Please fill in here the upper and lower values for each variant.

For  symbols  and  marks  to  be  used,  see  Annex III,  items 1.1.3  and  1.1.4  to
Directive 77/541/EEC. In the case of "S" type belts, specify the nature of the type(s).

The  information  in  respect  of  components  need  not  be  given  here  so  long  as  such
information is included in the relevant installation approval certificate.

Vehicles  can  be  fuelled  with  both  petrol  and  a  gaseous  fuel  but,  where  the  petrol
system is fitted for emergency purposes or starting only and of which the petrol tank
cannot contain more than 15 litres of petrol, will be regarded for the test as vehicles
which can only run a gaseous fuel.

(+++)

Only for the purpose of definition of off-road vehicles.

(#)

(1)

(2)

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(g)

(h)

Set  out  in  such  a  way  as  to  make  the  actual  value  clear  for  each  technical
configuration of the vehicle type.

Delete where not applicable (there are cases where nothing needs to be deleted when
more than one entry is applicable).

Specify the tolerance.

If a part has been type-approved, that part need not be described if reference is made
to such approval. Similarly, a part need not be described if its construction is clearly
apparent from the attached diagrams or drawings. For each item for which drawings
or  photographs  must  be  attached,  give  numbers  of  the  corresponding  attached
documents.

If the means of identification of type contains characters not relevant to describe the
vehicle,  component  or  separate  technical  unit  types  covered  by  this  information
document,  such  characters  shall  be  represented  in  the  documentation  by  the
symbol "?" (e.g. ABC??123??).

Classified according to the definitions listed in Annex II, Section A.

If possible, designation according to Euronorm, otherwise give:

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

description of the material,
yield point,
ultimate tensile stress,
elongation (in %),
Brinell hardness.

Where there is one version with a normal  cab  and another with a  sleeper  cab, both
sets of masses and dimensions are to be stated.

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.4.

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.19.2.

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.20.

114

(i)

(j)

(k)

(l)

(m)

(n)

(na)

(nb)

(nc)

(nd)

(o)

(p)

(q)

(r)

(s)

(t)

(u)

(v)

(w)

(x)

(y)

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.5.

ISO  Standard 612  -  1978,  term  No 6.1  and  for  vehicles  other  than  those  of
category M1: Directive 97/27/EC, Annex I, Section 2.4.1.

ISO  Standard 612  -  1978,  term  No 6.2  and  for  vehicles  other  than  those  of
category M1: Directive 97/27/EC, Annex I, Section 2.4.2.

ISO  Standard 612  -  1978,  term  No 6.3  and  for  vehicles  other  than  those  of
category M1: Directive 97/27/EC, Annex I, Section 2.4.3.

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.6.

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.7.

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.10.

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.11.

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.9.

ISO Standard 612 - 1978, term No 6.18.1.

The mass of the  driver and, if  applicable,  of the crew  member  is  assessed  at  75 kg
(subdivided  into  68 kg  occupant  mass  and  7 kg  luggage  mass  according  to  ISO
Standard 2416 - 1992), the fuel tank is filled to 90 % and the other liquid containing
systems  (except  those  for  used  water)  to  100 %  of  the  capacity  specified  by  the
manufacturer.

"Coupling overhang" is the horizontal distance between the coupling for centre-axle
trailers and the centreline of the rear axle(s).

In the case of non-conventional engines and systems, particulars equivalent to those
referred to here shall be supplied by the manufacturer.

This figure must be rounded off to the nearest tenth of a millimetre.

This value must be calculated ((cid:1) = 3,1416) and rounded off to the nearest cm³.

Determined in accordance with the requirements of Directive 80/1269/EEC.

Determined in accordance with the requirements of Directive 80/1268/EEC.

The specified particulars are to be given for any proposed variants.

A 5 % tolerance is permitted.

"R-point"  or  "seating  reference  point"  means  a  design  point  defined  by  the  vehicle
manufacturer  for  each  seating  position  and  established  with  respect  to  the
three-dimensional 
to
Directive 77/649/EEC.

in  Annex III 

reference 

specified 

system 

as 

For trailers or semi-trailers, and for vehicles coupled with a trailer or a semi-trailer,
which exert a significant vertical load on the coupling device or the fifth wheel, this

115

load,  divided  by  standard  acceleration  of  gravity,  is  included  in  the  maximum
technically permissible mass.

(z)

"Forward  control"  means  a  configuration  in  which  more  than  half  of  the  engine
length  is  rearward  of  the  foremost  point  of  the  windshield  base  and  the  steering
wheel hub in the forward quarter of the vehicle length.

116

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC
(cid:5) new

ANNEX II

DEFINITION OF VEHICLE CATEGORIES AND VEHICLE TYPES

A. DEFINITION OF VEHICLE CATEGORY

Vehicle categories are defined according to the following classification:

(Where  reference  is  made  to  "maximum  mass"  in  the  following  definitions,  this  means
"technically permissible maximum laden mass" as specified in item 2.8 of Annex I.)

1.

Category M:

Motor vehicles with at least four wheels designed and constructed
for the carriage of passengers.

Category M1:

Vehicles  designed  and  constructed  for  the  carriage  of  passengers
and comprising no more than eight seats in addition to the driver's
seat.

Category M2:

Vehicles  designed  and  constructed  for  the  carriage  of  passengers,
comprising  more  than  eight  seats  in  addition  to  the  driver's  seat,
and having a maximum mass not exceeding 5 tonnes.

Category M3:

Vehicles  designed  and  constructed  for  the  carriage  of  passengers,
comprising  more  than  eight  seats  in  addition  to  the  driver's  seat,
and having a maximum mass exceeding 5 tonnes.

The types of bodywork and codifications pertinent to the vehicles of category M are
defined  in  Part  C  of  this  Annex  paragraph 1  (vehicles  of  category  M1)  and
paragraph 2 (vehicles of categories M2 and M3) to be used for the purpose specified
in that Part.

2.

Category N:

Motor vehicles with at least four wheels designed and constructed
for the carriage of goods.

Category N1:

Vehicles  designed  and  constructed  for  the  carriage  of  goods  and
having a maximum mass not exceeding 3.5 tonnes.

Category N2:

Vehicles  designed  and  constructed  for  the  carriage  of  goods  and
having  a  maximum  mass  exceeding  3.5 tonnes  but  not  exceeding
12 tonnes.

Category N3:

Vehicles  designed  and  constructed  for  the  carriage  of  goods  and
having a maximum mass exceeding 12 tonnes.

In the case of a towing vehicle designed to be coupled to a semi-trailer or centre-axle
trailer, the mass to be considered for classifying the vehicle is the mass of the tractor
vehicle in running order, increased by the mass corresponding to the maximum static

117

vertical load transferred to the tractor vehicle by the semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer
and, where applicable, by the maximum mass of the tractor vehicles own load.

The types of bodywork and codifications pertinent to the vehicles of category N are
defined in Part C of this Annex paragraph 3 to be used for the purpose specified in
that Part.

3.

Category O:

Trailers (including semi-trailers).

4.

4.1.

Category O1:

Trailers with a maximum mass not exceeding 0.75 tonnes

Category O2:

Trailers  with  a  maximum  mass  exceeding  0.75 tonnes  but  not
exceeding 3,5 tonnes.

Category O3:

Trailers  with  a  maximum  mass  exceeding  3.5 tonnes  but  not
exceeding 10 tonnes.

Category O4:

Trailers with a maximum mass exceeding 10 tonnes.

In  the  case  of  a  semi-trailer  or  centre-axle  trailer,  the  maximum  mass  to  be
considered  for  classifying  the  trailer  corresponds  to  the  static  vertical  load
transmitted to the ground by the axle or axles of the semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer
when coupled to the towing vehicle and carrying its maximum load.

The types of bodywork and codifications pertinent to the vehicles of category O are
defined in Part C of this Annex paragraph 4 to be used for the purpose specified in
that Part.

Off-road vehicles (symbol G)

Vehicles  in  category  N1  with  a  maximum  mass  not  exceeding  two  tonnes  and
vehicles in category M1 are considered to be off-road vehicles if they have:

– 

– 

at  least  one  front  axle  and  at  least  one  rear  axle  designed  to  be  driven
simultaneously  including  vehicles  where  the  drive  to  one  axle  can  be
disengaged,

at least one differential locking mechanism or at least one mechanism having a
similar  effect  and  if  they  can  climb  a  30%  gradient  calculated  for  a  solo
vehicle.

In addition, they must satisfy at least five of the following six requirements:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

the approach angle must be at least 25 degrees,

the departure angle must be at least 20 degrees,

the ramp angle must be at least 20 degrees,

the ground clearance under the front axle must be at least 180 mm,

the ground clearance under the rear axle must be at least 180 mm,

the ground clearance between the axles must be at least 200 mm.

118

4.2.

Vehicles in category N1 with a maximum mass exceeding two tonnes or in category
N2, M2  or M3  with  a  maximum  mass  not  exceeding  12 tonnes  are  considered  to  be
off-road vehicles either if all their wheels are designed to be driven simultaneously,
including vehicles where the drive to one axle can be disengaged, or if the following
three requirements are satisfied:

– 

– 

– 

at  least  one  front  and  at  least  one  rear  axle  are  designed  to  be  driven
simultaneously,  including  vehicles  where  the  drive  to  one  axle  can  be
disengaged,

there is at least one differential locking mechanism or at least one mechanism
having a similar effect,

they can climb a 25% gradient calculated for a solo vehicle.

4.3.

Vehicles in category M3 with a maximum mass exceeding 12 tonnes or in category
N3 are to be considered to be off-road vehicles either if the wheels are designed to be
driven  simultaneously,  including  vehicles  where  the  drive  to  one  axle  can  be
disengaged, or if the following requirements are satisfied:

– 

– 

– 

– 

at least half the wheels are driven,

there is at least one differential locking mechanism or at least one mechanism
having a similar effect,

they can climb a 25% gradient calculated for a solo vehicle,

at least four of the following six requirements are satisfied:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

the approach angle must be at least 25 degrees,

the departure angle must be at least 25 degrees,

the ramp angle must be at least 25 degrees,

the ground clearance under the front axle must be at least 250 mm,

the ground clearance between the axles must be at least 300 mm,

the ground clearance under the rear axle must be at least 250 mm.

4.4.

Load and checking conditions.

4.4.1. Vehicles  in  category  N1  with  a  maximum  mass  not  exceeding  two  tonnes  and
vehicles  in  category  M1  must  be  in  running  order,  namely  with  coolant  fluid,
lubricants, fuel, tools, spare-wheel and driver ( see footnote (o) in Annex I).

4.4.2. Motor vehicles other than those referred to in 4.4.1 must be loaded to the technically

permissible maximum mass stated by the manufacturer.

4.4.3.

The  ability  to  climb  the  required  gradients  (25%  and  30%)  is  verified  by  simple
calculation.  In  exceptional  cases,  however,  the  technical  services  may  ask  for  a
vehicle of the type concerned to be submitted to it for an actual test.

119

4.4.4. When measuring approach and departure angles and ramp angles, no account is taken

of underrun protective devices.

4.5.

4.5.1.

Definitions  and  sketches  of  ground  clearance.  (For  definitions  of  approach  angle,
departure angle, ramp angle, see Annex I, footnotes (na), (nb) and (nc)).

"Ground  clearance  between  the  axles"  means  the  shortest  distance  between  the
ground  plane  and  the  lowest  fixed  point  of  the  vehicle.  Multi-axled  bogies  are
considered to be a single axle.

4.5.2.

"Ground clearance beneath one axle" means the distance beneath the highest  point
of the arc of a circle passing through the centre of the tyre footprint of the wheels on
one  axle  (the  inner  wheels  in the case of  twin  tyres)  and  touching  the  lowest  fixed
point of the vehicle between the wheels.

No  rigid  part  of  the  vehicle  may  project  to  the  shaded  area  of  the  diagram.  Where
appropriate,  the  ground  clearance  of  several  axles  is  indicated  in  accordance  with
their arrangement, for example 280/250/250.

4.6.

Combined designation

Symbol  "G"  shall  be  combined  with  either  symbol  "M"  or  "N".  For  example,  a
vehicle of category N1 which is suited for off-road use shall be designated as N1G.

"Special  purpose  vehicle"  means  a  vehicle  of  category  M,  N  or  O  for  conveying
passengers  or  goods  and  for  performing  a  special  function  for  which  special  body
arrangements and/or equipment are necessary.

"Motor Caravan" means a special purpose M category vehicle constructed to include
living accommodation which contains at least the following equipment:

5.

5.1.

120

– 

– 

– 

– 

seats and table,

sleeping accommodation which may be converted from the seats,

cooking facilities, and

storage facilities.

This equipment shall be rigidly fixed to the living compartment; however, the table
may be designed to be easily removable.

"Armoured  vehicles"  means  vehicles  intended  for  the  protection  of  conveyed
passengers  and/or  goods  and  complying  with  armour  plating  anti-bullet
requirements.

"Ambulances" means motor vehicles of category M intended for the transport of sick
or injured people and having special equipment for such purpose.

"Hearses"  means  motor  vehicles  of  category  M  intended  for  the  transport  of
deceased people and having special equipment for such purpose.

"Trailer caravans" see ISO Standard 3833 - 77, term No 3.2.1.3.

"Mobile  cranes"  means  a  special  purpose  vehicle  of  category  N3,  not  fitted  for  the
carriage of goods, provided with a crane whose lifting moment is equal to or higher
than 400 kNm.

"Other special purpose vehicles" means vehicles as defined in item 5. above with the
exception of those mentioned in items 5.1 to 5.6.

5.2.

5.3.

5.4.

5.5.

5.6.

5.7.

The codifications pertinent to "special purpose vehicles" are defined in Part C of this Annex,
paragraph 5 to be used for the purpose specified in that Part.

B. DEFINITION OF VEHICLE TYPE

1.

For the purposes of category M1:

A  "type"  shall  consist  of  vehicles  which  do  not  differ  in  at  least  the  following
essential respects:

– 

– 

– 

the manufacturer,

the manufacturer's type designation,

essential aspects of construction and design:

– 

– 

chassis/floor pan (obvious and fundamental differences),

power plant (internal combustion/electric/hybrid).

"Variant" of a type means vehicles within a type which do not differ in at least the
following essential respects:

121

– 

body  style  (e.g.  saloon,  hatchback,  coupé,  convertible,  station-wagon,  multi-
purpose vehicle),

– 

power plant:

– 

– 

– 

– 

working principle (as in item 3.2.1.1 of Annex III),

number and arrangement of cylinders,

power differences of more than 30% (the highest is more than 1.3 times
the lowest),

capacity differences of more than 20% (the highest is more than 1.2 times
the lowest),

– 

– 

powered axles (number, position, interconnection),

steered axles (number and position).

"Version"  of  a  variant  means  vehicles,  which  consist  of  a  combination  of  items
shown in the information package subject to the requirements in Annex VIII.

Multiple  entries  of  the  following  parameters  may  not  be  combined  within  one
version:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

technically permissible maximum laden mass,

engine capacity,

maximum net power,

type of gearbox and number of gears,

maximum number of seating positions as defined in Annex II C.

2.

For the purpose of categories M2 and M3:

A  "type"  shall  consist  of  vehicles  which  do  not  differ  in  at  least  the  following
essential respects:

– 

– 

– 

– 

the manufacturer,

the manufacturer's type designation,

category,

essential aspects of construction and design:

– 

– 

– 

chassis/self-supporting  body,  single-/double  deck, 
(obvious and fundamental differences),

rigid/articulated

number of axles,

power plant (internal combustion/electric/hybrid),

122

"Variant" of a type means vehicles within a type which do not differ in at least the
following essential respects:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

class as defined in Directive (cid:5) 2001/85/EC (cid:6) "Buses and coaches" (only for
complete vehicles),

extent of build (e.g. complete/incomplete),

power plant:

– 

– 

– 

– 

working principle (as in item 3.2.1.1 of Annex III),

number and arrangement of cylinders,

power differences of more than 50% (the highest is more than 1.5 times
the lowest),

capacity differences of more than 50% (the highest is more than 1.5 times
the lowest),

– 

location (front, mid, rear),

technically  permissible  maximum  laden  mass  differences  of  more  than  20%
(the highest is more than 1,2 times the lowest),

powered axles (number, position, interconnection),

steered axles (number and position).

"Version"  of  a  variant  means  vehicles,  which  consist  of  a  combination  of  items
shown in the information package subject to the requirements in Annex VIII.

3.

For the purpose of categories N1, N2 and N3:

A  "type"  shall  consist  of  vehicles,  which  do  not  differ  in  at  least  the  following
essential respects:

– 

– 

– 

– 

the manufacturer,

the manufacturer's type designation,

category,

essential aspects of construction and design:

– 

– 

chassis/floor pan (obvious and fundamental differences),

number of axles,

– 

power plant (internal combustion/electric/hybrid).

"Variant" of a type means vehicles within a type which do not differ in at least the
following essential respects:

123

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

body  structural  concept  (e.g.  platform  truck/tipper/tanker/semi-trailer  towing
vehicle) (only for complete vehicles),

extent of build (e.g. complete/incomplete),

power plant:

– 

– 

– 

– 

working principle (as in item 3.2.1.1 of Annex III),

number and arrangement of cylinders,

power differences of more than 50% (the highest is more than 1.5 times
the lowest),

capacity differences of more than 50% (the highest is more than 1.5 times
the lowest),

technically  permissible  maximum  laden  mass  differences  of  more  than  20%
(the highest is more than 1,2 times the lowest),

powered axles (number, position, interconnection),

steered axles (number and position),

"Version"  of  a  variant  means  vehicles,  which  consist  of  a  combination  of  items
shown in the information package subject to the requirements in Annex VIII.

4.

For the purpose of categories O1, O2, O3 and O4:

A  "type"  shall  consist  of  vehicles  which  do  not  differ  in  at  least  the  following
essential respects:

– 

– 

– 

– 

the manufacturer,

the manufacturer's type designation,

category,

essential aspects of construction and design:

– 

– 

– 

– 

chassis/self supporting body (obvious and fundamental differences),

number of axles,

drawbar trailer/semi-trailer/centre axle trailer,

type of braking system (e.g. unbraked/inertia/power).

"Variant" of a type means vehicles within a type which do not differ in at least the
following essential respects:

– 

extent of build (e.g. complete/incomplete),

124

– 

– 

body  style  (e.g.  caravans/platform/tanker)  (only  for  complete/completed
vehicles),

technically  permissible  maximum  laden  mass  differences  of  more  than  20 %
(the highest is more than 1,2 times the lowest),

– 

steered axles (number and position).

"Version"  of  a  variant  means  vehicles,  which  consist  of  a  combination  of  items
shown in the information package.

5.

For all categories:

Full  identification  of  the  vehicle  just  from  the  designations  of  type,  variant  and
version  must  be  consistent  with  a  single  accurate  definition  of  all  the  technical
characteristics required for the vehicle to be put into service.

C.

DEFINITION OF TYPE OF BODYWORK

(ONLY FOR COMPLETE/COMPLETED VEHICLES)

The type of bodywork in Annex I, Annex III, Part 1, item 9.1 and in Annex IX, item 37 shall
be indicated by the following codification:

1.

Passenger cars (M1)

AA Saloon

ISO  Standard  3833  -  1977,  term  No 3.1.1.1,  but
including  also  vehicles  with  more  than  four  side
windows.

AB Hatchback

Saloon (AA) with a hatch at the rear end of the vehicle.

AC Station wagon

ISO Standard 3833 - 1977, term No 3.1.1.4 (estate car)

AD Coupé

ISO Standard 3833 - 1977, term No 3.1.1.5

AE Convertible

ISO Standard 3833 - 1977, term No 3.1.1.6

125

AF Multi-purpose vehicle Motor vehicle other than those mentioned in AA to AE
intended  for  carrying  passengers  and  their  luggage  or
goods,  in  a  single  compartment.  However,  if  such  a
vehicle meets both of the following conditions:

(i) the  number  of  seating  positions,  excluding  the

driver, is not more than six;

a  "seating  position"  shall  be  regarded  as  existing  if
the  vehicle  is  provided  with  "accessible"  seat
anchorages;

"accessible" shall mean those anchorages, which can
be  used.  In  order  to  prevent  anchorages  being
"accessible", 
the  manufacturer  shall  physically
obstruct  their  use,  for  example  by  welding  over
cover plates or by fitting similar permanent fixtures
which  cannot  be  removed  by  use  of  normally
available tools; and

(ii)

P - (M + N x 68) > N x 68

where:

P = technically permissible maximum laden mass in

kg

M = mass in running order in kg

N = number  of  seating  positions  excluding  the

driver.

This  vehicle  is  not  considered  to  be  a  vehicle  of
category M1.

2.

Motor vehicles of category M2 or M3

Vehicles of Class I (see Directive (cid:5) 2001/85/EC (cid:6) "Buses and Coaches")

CA Single deck

CB Double deck

CC Articulated single deck

CD Articulated double deck

CE Low-floor single deck

CF

Low-floor double deck

126

CG Articulated low-floor single deck

CH Articulated low-floor double deck

Vehicles of Class II (see Directive (cid:5) 2001/85/EC (cid:6) "Buses and Coaches")

CI

Single deck

CJ Double deck

CK Articulated single deck

CL Articulated double deck

CM Low-floor single deck

CN Low-floor double deck

CO Articulated low-floor single deck

CP Articulated low-floor double deck

Vehicles of Class III (see Directive (cid:5) 2001/85/EC (cid:6) "Buses and Coaches")

CQ Single deck

CR Double deck

CS Articulated single deck

CT Articulated double deck

Vehicles of Class A (see Directive (cid:5) 2001/85/EC (cid:6) "Buses and Coaches")

CU Single deck

CV Low-floor single deck

Vehicles of Class B (see Directive (cid:5) 2001/85/EC (cid:6) "Buses and Coaches")

CW Single deck

3.

Motor vehicles of category N

BA

Lorry

See Directive 97/27/EC "Masses and dimensions
of certain categories of motor vehicles and their
trailers" Annex I item 2.1.1

BB

BC

Van

Lorry with the cab integrated into the body

Semi-trailer towing
vehicle

See Directive 97/27/EC "Masses and dimensions
of certain categories of motor vehicles and their
trailers" Annex I item 2.1.1

127

BD

Trailer towing vehicle
(road tractor)

See Directive 97/27/EC "Masses and dimensions
of certain categories of motor vehicles and their
trailers" Annex I item 2.1.1

– 

However, if a vehicle defined as BB with a technically permissible maximum
mass not exceeding 3 500 kg:

– 

or

– 

has more than 6 seating positions excluding the driver

meets both of the following conditions:

(i)  the  number  of  seating  positions,  excluding  the  driver,  is  not  more
than 6
and
(ii) P - (M + N x 68) (cid:2) N x 68

this vehicle is not considered to be a vehicle of category N.

– 

However,  if  a  vehicle  defined  as  BA,  BB  with  a  technically  permissible
maximum  mass  exceeding  3 500 kg,  BC  or  BD  meets  at  least  one  of  the
following conditions:

i) the number of seating positions, excluding the driver, is more than 8
or
ii) P - (M + N x 68) (cid:2) N x 68

this vehicle is not considered to be a vehicle of category N.

See Part C, item of this Annex for the definitions of "seating positions", P, M and N.

4.

Vehicles of category O

DA

Semi-trailer

DB

Drawbar trailer

DC

Centre-axle trailer

See Directive 97/27/EC "Masses and dimensions
of certain categories of motor vehicles and their
trailers" Annex I item 2.1.2

See Directive 97/27/EC "Masses and dimensions
of certain categories of motor vehicles and their
trailers" Annex I item 2.2.3

See Directive 97/27/EC "Masses and dimensions
of certain categories of motor vehicles and their
trailers" Annex I item 2.2.4

5.

Special purpose vehicles

SA Motor caravans

(See Annex II A item 5.1)

SB Armoured vehicles

(See Annex II A item 5.2)

SC Ambulances

(See Annex II A item 5.3)

128

SD Hearses

(See Annex II A item 5.4)

SE

Trailer caravans

(See Annex II A item 5.5)

SF Mobile cranes (See Annex II A item 5.6)

SG Other special purpose vehicles

(See Annex II A item 5.7)

129

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC (adapted)

ANNEX III

INFORMATION DOCUMENT
FOR THE PURPOSE OF VEHICLE EC TYPE-APPROVAL

(For explanatory notes, please refer to last page of Annex I)

PART I

The following information,  if  applicable,  must  be supplied  in triplicate and  include  a list  of
contents.  Any  drawings  must  be  supplied  in  appropriate  scale  and  in  sufficient  detail  on
size A4, or on a folder of A4 format. Photographs, if any, must show sufficient detail.

If  the  systems,  components  or  separate  technical  units  have  electronic  controls,  information
concerning their performance must be supplied.

A: For Categories M and N

0.

0.1.

0.2.

GENERAL

Make trade name of manufacturer):...............................................................................

Type

0.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): ...............................................................................

0.3.

Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle (b)

0.3.1.

Location of that marking

0.4.

Category of vehicle (c): ..................................................................................................

0.4.1. Classification(s) according to the dangerous  goods which  the  vehicle is intended to
transport:. .......................................................................................................................

0.5.

0.8.

1.

1.1.

1.3.

Name and address of manufacturer:...............................................................................

Address(es) of assembly plant(s): ..................................................................................

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VEHICLE

Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle:.............................................

Number of axles and wheels: .........................................................................................

1.3.2. Number and position of steered axles: ...........................................................................

1.3.3.

Powered axles (number, position, interconnection):......................................................

1.4.

Chassis (if any) (overall drawing):.................................................................................

130

1.6.

1.8.

Position and arrangement of the engine:........................................................................

Hand of drive: left/right (1)

1.8.1. Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/left (1) hand traffic

2.

MASSES AND DIMENSIONS (e) (in kg and mm)

(Refer to drawing where applicable)

2.1.

Wheelbase(s) (fully loaded) (f): .....................................................................................

2.3.1.

Track of each steered axle (i): ........................................................................................

2.3.2.

Track of all other axles (i): .............................................................................................

2.4.

Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)

2.4.2.

For chassis with bodywork

2.4.2.1. Length (j):.......................................................................................................................

2.4.2.1.1. Length of the loading area:........................................................................................

2.4.2.2. Width (k):........................................................................................................................

2.4.2.2.1. Thickness of the walls (in the case of vehicles designed for controlled-temperature
transport of goods): ...................................................................................................

2.4.2.3. Height (in  running order) (l)  (for suspensions adjustable for height,  indicate  normal
running position): ...........................................................................................................

2.6.

Mass of the vehicle with bodywork and, in the case of a towing vehicle of a category
other than M1, with coupling device, if fitted by the manufacturer, in running order,
or mass of the chassis or chassis with cab, without bodywork and/or coupling device,
if  the  manufacturer  does  not  fit  the  bodywork  and/or  coupling  device  (including
liquids,  tools,  spare  wheel,  if  fitted,  and  driver  and,  for  buses  and  coaches,  a  crew
member if there is a crew seat in the vehicle) (o) (maximum and minimum for each
variant): ..........................................................................................................................

2.6.1. Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or centre-
axle trailer, load on the coupling point (maximum and minimum for each variant): ....

2.7.

Minimum mass of the completed vehicle as stated by the manufacturer, in the case of
an incomplete vehicle:....................................................................................................

2.8.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer (y) (*): ......

2.8.1. Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or centre-
axle trailer, load on the coupling point (*):....................................................................

2.9.

Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle: .................................................

2.10.

Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle group:.......................................

131

2.11.

Technically permissible maximum towable mass of the motor vehicle in case of

2.11.1. Drawbar trailer: ..............................................................................................................

2.11.2. Semi-trailer: ...................................................................................................................

2.11.3. Centre-axle trailer: .........................................................................................................

2.11.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination:.......................................

2.11.5. Vehicle  is/is  not (1)  suitable  for  towing  loads  (item 1.2  of  Annex II  to  Directive

77/389/EEC)

2.11.6. Maximum mass of unbraked trailer: ..............................................................................

2.12.

Technically permissible maximum static vertical load/mass on the vehicle's coupling
point

2.12.1. Of the motor vehicle: .....................................................................................................

2.16.

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses (optional: where these
values  are  given,  they  shall  be  verified  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of
Annex IV to Directive 97/27/EC):

2.16.1.

Intended  registration/in  service  maximum  permissible  laden  mass  (Several  entries
possible for each technical configuration (#)):...............................................................

2.16.2.

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle and, in the
case of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer, intended load on the coupling point stated
by the manufacturer if lower than the technically permissible maximum mass on the
coupling point (Several entries possible for each technical configuration (#)): ............

2.16.3.

Intended  registration/in  service  maximum  permissible  mass  on  each  axle  group
(Several entries possible for each technical configuration (#)): ....................................

2.16.4.

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible towable mass (Several entries
possible for each technical configuration (#)):...............................................................

2.16.5.

Intended  registration/in  service  maximum  permissible  mass  of  the  combination
(Several entries possible for each technical configuration (#)): ....................................

3.

POWER PLANT (q) (In the case of a vehicle that can run either on petrol, diesel,…,
or also, in combination with another fuel, items shall be repeated (+).

3.1.

Manufacturer:.................................................................................................................

3.1.1. Manufacturer's engine code as marked on the engine: ..................................................

3.2.

Internal combustion engine

3.2.1.1. Working principle: positive ignition/compression ignition, four stroke/two stroke (1)

3.2.1.2. Number and arrangement of cylinders:..........................................................................

132

3.2.1.3. Engine capacity (s): ...... cm³

3.2.1.6. Normal engine idling speed (2): ...... min-1

3.2.1.8. Maximum net power (t): ...... kW at ...... min-1 (manufacturer's declared value)

3.2.1.9. Maximum permitted engine speed as prescribed by the manufacturer: ... min-1

3.2.2.

Fuel: Diesel oil/Petrol/LPG/NG/Ethanol:………………… (1)

3.2.2.1. RON leaded:...................................................................................................................

3.2.2.2. RON, unleaded:..............................................................................................................

3.2.4.

Fuel feed

3.2.4.1. By carburettor(s): yes/no (1)

3.2.4.2. By fuel injection (compression ignition only): yes/no (1)

3.2.4.2.2. Working principle: direct injection/pre-chamber/swirl chamber (1)

3.2.4.3. By fuel injection (positive ignition only): yes/no (1)

3.2.7. Cooling system: liquid/air (1)

3.2.8.

Intake system

3.2.8.1. Pressure charger: yes/no (1)

3.2.12. Measures taken against air pollution

3.2.12.2.Additional anti-pollution devices (if any, and if not covered by another heading)

3.2.12.2.1. Catalytic converter: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.2. Oxygen sensor: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.3. Air injection: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.4. Exhaust gas recirculation: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.5. Evaporative emissions control system: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.6. Particulate trap: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.7. On-board-diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no (1)

3.2.12.2.8. Other systems (description and operation):...............................................................

3.2.13. Location of the absorption coefficient symbol (compression ignition engines only):...

3.2.15. LPG fuelling system: yes/no (1)

3.2.16. NG fuelling system: yes/no (1)

133

3.3.

Electric motor

3.3.1.

Type (winding, excitation): ............

3.3.1.1. Maximum hourly output: ...... kW

3.3.1.2. Operating voltage: ...... V

3.3.2. Battery

3.3.2.4. Position: .........................................................................................................................

3.6.5.

Lubricant temperature

minimum: .... K

maximum: ...... K

TRANSMISSION (v)

Type (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, etc.): ..................................................................

Gearbox

4.

4.2.

4.5.

4.5.1.

Type (manual/automatic/CVT (continuously variable transmission)) (1)

4.6.

Gear ratios

Gear

Internal gearbox ratios
(ratios of engine to
gearbox output shaft
revolutions)

Final drive ratio(s)
(ratio of gearbox output
shaft to driven wheel
revolutions)

Total gear ratios

Maximum for CVT (1)
1
2
3
...

Minimum for CVT (1)

Reverse

(1) Continuously variable transmission

4.7.

5.

5.1.

5.2.

5.3.

Maximum vehicle speed (in km/h) (w):..........................................................................

AXLES

Description of each axle:................................................................................................

Make: .............................................................................................................................

Type: ..............................................................................................................................

134

5.4.

5.5.

6.

Position of retractable axle(s): .......................................................................................

Position of loadable axle(s):...........................................................................................

SUSPENSION

6.2.

Type and design of the suspension of each axle or wheel: ............................................

6.2.1.

Level adjustment: yes/no/optional (1)

6.2.3. Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no (1)

6.2.3.1. Suspension of driving axle equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no (1)

6.2.3.2. Frequency and damping of the oscillation of the sprung mass: .....................................

6.6.1.

Tyre/Wheel combination(s)
(for tyres indicate size designation, minimum load-capacity index, minimum speed
category symbol; for wheels indicate rim size(s) and off-set(s))

6.6.1.1. Axles

6.6.1.1.1. Axle 1: .......................................................................................................................

6.6.1.1.2. Axle 2: .......................................................................................................................

etc.

6.6.1.2. Spare wheel, if any:........................................................................................................

6.6.2. Upper and lower limits of rolling radii

6.6.2.1. Axle 1:............................................................................................................................

6.6.2.2. Axle 2:............................................................................................................................

etc.

7.

STEERING

7.2.

Transmission and control

7.2.1.

Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, if applicable):......................

7.2.2.

Linkage  to  wheels  (including  other  than  mechanical  means;  specify  for  front  and
rear, if applicable): .........................................................................................................

7.2.3. Method of assistance, if any:..........................................................................................

8.

8.5.

BRAKES

Anti-lock braking system: yes/no/optional (1)

135

8.9.

Brief description of the braking systems (according to item 1.6 of the Addendum to
Appendix 1 of Annex IX to Directive 71/320/EEC): ....................................................

8.11.

Particulars of the type(s) of endurance braking system(s):............................................

9.

9.1.

9.3.

BODYWORK

Type of bodywork:.........................................................................................................

Occupant doors, latches and hinges

9.3.1. Door configuration and number of doors:......................................................................

9.10.

Interior fittings

9.10.3. Seats

9.10.3.1.Number: .........................................................................................................................

9.10.3.2.Position and arrangement:..............................................................................................

9.10.3.2.1. Number of seating positions:.....................................................................................

9.10.3.2.2. Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: ................................

9.10.4.1.Type(s) of head restraints: integrated/detachable/separate (1)

9.10.4.2.Type-approval number(s), if available:..........................................................................

9.12.2. Nature and position of supplementary restraint systems (indicate yes/no/optional):

(L = left-hand side, R = right-hand side, C = centre)

Front airbag

Side airbag

Belt pre-loading device

First row of
seats

Second row
of seats (1)

L

C

R

L

C

R

(1) The table may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of seats or if there

are more than three seats across the width of the vehicle.

9.17.

Statutory plates (Directive 76/114/EEC)

9.17.1. Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the statutory plates and inscriptions
and of the vehicle identification number:.......................................................................

136

9.17.4. Manufacturer's  declaration  of  compliance  with  the  requirement  of  item 1.1.1  of

Annex II to Directive 76/114/EEC

9.17.4.1.The  meaning  of  characters  in  the  second  section  and,  if  applicable,  in  the  third
section used to comply with the requirements of section 5.3 of ISO Standard 3779 -
1983 shall be explained:.................................................................................................

9.17.4.2.If  characters  in  the  second  section  are  used  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of
section 5.4  of  ISO  Standard  3779  -  1983,  these  characters  shall  be  indicated:
..............

11.

CONNECTIONS  BETWEEN  TOWING  VEHICLES  AND  TRAILERS  AND
SEMI-TRAILERS

11.1.

Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted: ......................................

11.3.

Instructions  for  attachment  of  the  coupling  type  to  the  vehicle  and  photographs  or
drawings of the fixing points at the vehicle as stated by the manufacturer; additional
information, if the use of the coupling type is restricted to certain variants or versions
of the vehicle type: .........................................................................................................

11.4.

Information of the fitting of special towing brackets or mounting plates:.....................

11.5.

EC Type-approval number(s):........................................................................................

13.

SPECIAL  PROVISIONS  FOR  VEHICLES  USED  FOR  THE  CARRIAGE  OF
PASSENGERS COMPRISING MORE  THAN  EIGHT SEATS  IN  ADDITION  TO
THE DRIVER'S SEAT

13.1.

Class of vehicle (Class I, Class II, Class III, Class A, Class B):

13.1.1. Chassis 

types  where 

the  EC 

type-approved  bodywork  can  be 

installed

(manufacturer(s), and vehicle(s) types):

13.3.

Number of passengers (seated and standing)

13.3.1. Total (N):

13.3.2. Upper deck (Na) (1):

13.3.3. Lower deck (Nb) (1):

13.4.

Number of passengers (seated)

13.4.1. Total (A):

13.4.2. Upper deck (Aa) (1):

13.4.3. Lower deck (Ab) (1):

137

B: For category O

0.

0.1.

0.2.

GENERAL

Make (trade name of manufacturer):..............................................................................

Type: ..............................................................................................................................

0.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): ...............................................................................

0.3.

Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle (b): .......................................

0.3.1.

Location of that marking:...............................................................................................

0.4.

Category of vehicle (c): ..................................................................................................

0.4.1. Classification(s) according to the dangerous  goods which  the  vehicle is intended to
transport: ........................................................................................................................

0.5.

0.8.

1.

1.1.

1.3.

Name and address of manufacturer:...............................................................................

Address(es) of assembly plant(s): ..................................................................................

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE VEHICLE

Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle:.............................................

Number of axles and wheels: .........................................................................................

1.3.2. Number and position of steered axles: ...........................................................................

1.4.

Chassis (if any) (overall drawing):.................................................................................

2.

MASSES AND DIMENSIONS (e) (in kg and mm)

(Refer to drawing where applicable)

2.1.

Wheelbase(s) (fully loaded) (f): .....................................................................................

2.3.1.

Track of each steered axle (i): ........................................................................................

2.3.2.

Track of all other axles (i): .............................................................................................

2.4.

Range of vehicle dimensions (overall)

2.4.2.

For chassis with bodywork

2.4.2.1. Length (j):.......................................................................................................................

2.4.2.1.1. Length of the loading area:........................................................................................

2.4.2.2. Width (k):........................................................................................................................

138

2.4.2.2.1. Thickness of the walls (in the case of vehicles designed for controlled-temperature
transport of goods): ...................................................................................................

2.4.2.3. Height  (in  running  order) (l)  (for  suspension  adjustable  for  height,  indicate  normal
running position): ...........................................................................................................

2.6.

Mass of the vehicle with bodywork and, in the case of a towing vehicle of a category
other than M1, with coupling device, if fitted by the manufacturer, in running order,
or mass of the chassis or chassis with cab, without bodywork and/or coupling device
if  the  manufacturer  does  not  fit  the  bodywork  and/or  coupling  device  (including
liquids,  tools,  spare  wheel,  if  fitted,  and  driver  and,  for  buses  and  coaches,  a  crew
member if there is a crew seat in the vehicle) (o) (maximum and minimum for each
variant): ..........................................................................................................................

2.6.1. Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or centre-
axle trailer, load on the coupling point (maximum and minimum for each variant): ....

2.7.

Minimum mass of the completed vehicle as stated by the manufacturer, in the case of
an incomplete vehicle:....................................................................................................

2.8.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the manufacturer (y) (*): ......

2.8.1. Distribution of this mass among the axles, and in the case of a semi-trailer or centre-
axle trailer, load on the coupling point (*):....................................................................

2.9.

Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle: .................................................

2.10.

Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle group:.......................................

2.12.

Technically permissible maximum static vertical load/mass on the vehicle's coupling
point

2.12.2. Of the semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer: .......................................................................

2.16.

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible masses (optional: where these
values  are  given,  they  shall  be  verified  in  accordance  with  the  requirements  of
Annex IV to Directive 97/27/EC): .................................................................................

2.16.1.

Intended  registration/in  service  maximum  permissible  laden  mass  (Several  entries
possible for each technical configuration (#)):..............................................................

2.16.2.

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible mass on each axle and, in the
case of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer, intended load on the coupling point stated
by the manufacturer if lower than the technically permissible maximum mass on the
coupling point (Several entries possible for each technical configuration (#)): ...........

2.16.3.

Intended  registration/in  service  maximum  permissible  mass  on  each  axle  group
(Several entries possible for each technical configuration (#)):....................................

2.16.4.

Intended registration/in service maximum permissible towable mass (Several entries
possible for each technical configuration (#)):..............................................................

139

2.16.5.

Intended  registration/in  service  maximum  permissible  mass  of  the  combination
(Several entries possible for each technical configuration (#)):....................................

5.

5.1.

5.2.

5.3.

5.4.

5.5.

6.

AXLES

Description of each axle:................................................................................................

Make: .............................................................................................................................

Type: ..............................................................................................................................

Position of retractable axle(s): .......................................................................................

Position of loadable axle(s):...........................................................................................

SUSPENSION

6.2.

Type and design of the suspension of each axle or wheel: ............................................

6.2.1.

Level adjustment: yes/no/optional (1)

6.6.1.

Tyre/wheel  combination(s)  (for  tyres  indicate  size  designation,  minimum  load-
capacity index, minimum speed category symbol; for wheels indicate rim size(s) and
off-set(s))

6.6.1.1. Axles

6.6.1.1.1. Axle 1: .......................................................................................................................

6.6.1.1.2. Axle 2: .......................................................................................................................

etc.

6.6.1.2. Spare wheel, if any:........................................................................................................

6.6.2. Upper and lower limit of rolling radii

6.6.2.1. Axle 1:............................................................................................................................

6.6.2.2. Axle 2:............................................................................................................................

etc.

7.

STEERING

7.2.

Transmission and control

7.2.1.

Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, if applicable):......................

7.2.2.

Linkage to the wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify for front and
rear, if applicable): .........................................................................................................

7.2.3. Method of assistance, if any:

140

8.

8.5.

8.9.

BRAKES

Antilock braking system: yes/no/optional (1)

Brief  description  of  the  braking  devices  (according  to  item 1.6  of  the  addendum  to
Appendix 1 of Annex IX to Directive 71/320/EEC): ....................................................

9.

BODYWORK

9.1.

Type of bodywork:.........................................................................................................

9.17.

Statutory plates (Directive 76/114/EEC)

9.17.1. Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the statutory plates and inscriptions

and of the vehicle identification number:

9.17.4. Manufacturer's  declaration  of  compliance  with  the  requirement  of  item 1.1.1  of

Annex II to Directive 76/114/EEC

9.17.4.1.The  meaning  of  characters  in  the  second  section  and,  if  applicable,  in  the  third
section used to comply with the requirements of section 5.3 of ISO Standard 3779 -
1983 shall be explained:

9.17.4.2.If  characters  in  the  second  section  are  used  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of
section 5.4 of ISO Standard 3779 - 1983 these characters shall be indicated:

11.

CONNECTIONS  BETWEEN  TOWING  VEHICLES  AND  TRAILERS  AND
SEMI-TRAILERS

11.1.

Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted: ......................................

11.5.

EC Type-approval number(s):........................................................................................

PART II

Matrix showing the permissible combinations into vehicle versions of those items in Part I for
which  there  are  multiple  entries.  For  those  multiple  entry  items  each  entry  is  denoted  by  a
prefix  letter  which  will  be  used  in  this  matrix  to  denote  which  entry  (or  entries)  from  a
particular item are applicable to a particular version.

A separate matrix must be compiled for each variant within the type.

Multiple  entries  for  which  there  are  no  restrictions  on  their  combination  within  a  variant
should be listed in the column headed "all".

Item No

All

Version 1

Version 2

Etc.

Version No

This information may be presented in an alternative format or layout so long as the original
purpose is fulfilled.

141

Each variant and each version must be identified by a numerical code or number consisting of
a  combination  of  letters  and  numbers,  which  must  also  be  indicated  in  the  certificate  of
conformity (Annex IX) of the vehicle concerned.

In the case of (a) variant(s) pursuant to Annex XI or to Article 8(2)(c) (cid:2) Article 19 (cid:3) the
manufacturer shall assign a special code.

PART III

Separate Directive EC type-approval numbers

Supply  the  information  required  by  the  following  table  in  respect  of  the  applicable
subjects (***)  for  this  vehicle  in  Annex IV  or  Annex XI.  (All  relevant  approvals  for  each
subject must be included)

Subject

EC type-
approval
number

Member State
issuing the EC
type-approval (+)

Extension date

Variant(s) /
Version(s)

(+) To be indicated if not obtainable from the EC type-approval number.

Signed:..........................................................................................................................................

Position in company: ....................................................................................................................

Date: .............................................................................................................................................

142

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC
(cid:5) new

ANNEX IV

LIST OF REQUIREMENTS
FOR THE PURPOSES OF VEHICLE EC TYPE-APPROVAL

List of separate Directives

PART I

(As  appropriate,  taking  account  of  the  scope  and  latest  amendment  to  each  of  the  separate
Directives listed below)

Subject

Directive
number

Official journal
reference

Applicability

M1 M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 O1 O2 O3 O4

1. Sound levels

70/157/EEC

2. Emissions

70/220/EEC

L 42, 23.2.1970,
p. 16

L 76, 6.4.1970,
p. 1

X X X X X X

X X X X X X

3. Fuel tanks/rear
protective
devices

70/221/EEC

L 76, 6.4.1970,
p. 23

X
(5)

X
(5)

X
(5)

X
(5)

X
(5)

X
(5)

X X X X

4. Rear

70/222/EEC

registration
plate space

L 76, 6.4.1970,
p. 25

X X X X X X X X X X

5. Steering effort

70/311/EEC

L 133, 18.6.1970,
p. 10

X X X X X X X X X X

6. Door latches
and hinges

70/387/EEC

L 176, 10.8.1970,
p. 5

X

X X X

7. Audible
warning

70/388/EEC

L 176, 10.8.1970,
p. 12

X X X X X X

8. Rear visibility

71/127/EEC

9. Braking

71/320/EEC

10. Suppression
(radio)

72/245/EEC

11. Diesel smoke

72/306/EEC

L 68, 22.3.1971,
p. 1

L 202, 6.9.1971,
p. 37

L 152, 6.7.1972,
p. 15

L 190, 20.8.1972,
p. 1

X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X

143

Subject

Directive
number

Official journal
reference

Applicability

M1 M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 O1 O2 O3 O4

12. Interior fittings 74/60/EEC

L 38, 11.2.1974,
p. 2

X

13. Anti-theft and
immobiliser

74/61/EEC

L 38, 11.2.1974,
p. 22

X X X X X X

14. Protective
steering

74/297/EEC

L 165, 20.6.1974,
p. 16

X

X

15. Seat strength

74/408/EEC

L 221, 12.8.1974,
p. 1

X X X X X X

16. Exterior

projections

74/483/EEC

L 256, 2.10.1974,
p. 4

X

17. Speedometer
and reverse
gear

75/443/EEC

L 196, 26.7.1975,
p. 1

X X X X X X

18. Plates (statutory) 76/114/EEC

19. Seat belt

anchorages

76/115/EEC

20. Installation of

76/756/EEC

lighting and light
signalling
devices

21. Retro reflectors

76/757/EEC

22. End-outline,

76/758/EEC

front-position
(side), rear-
position (side),
stop, side marker,
daytime running
lamps

L 24, 30.1.1976,
p. 1

L 24, 30.1.1976,
p. 6

L 262, 27.9.1976,
p. 1

L 262, 27.9.1976,
p. 32

L 262, 27.9.1976,
p. 54

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X

23. Direction
indicators

76/759/EEC

L 262, 27.9.1976,
p. 71

X X X X X X X X X X

24. Rear registration
plate lamps

76/760/EEC

L 262, 27.9.1976,
p. 85

X X X X X X X X X X

25. Headlamps

76/761/EEC

(including bulbs)

L 262, 27.9.1976,
p. 96

X X X X X X

26. Front fog lamps

76/762/EEC

27. Towing hooks

77/389/EEC

L 262, 27.9.1976,
p. 122

L 145, 13.6.1977,
p. 41

X X X X X X

X X X X X X

144

Subject

Directive
number

Official journal
reference

28. Rear fog lamps

77/538/EEC

29. Reversing lamps

77/539/EEC

30. Parking lamps

77/540/EEC

31. Seat belts

77/541/EEC

L 220, 29.8.1977,
p. 60

L 220, 29.8.1977,
p. 72

L 220, 29.8.1977,
p. 83

L 220, 29.8.1977,
p. 95

Applicability

M1 M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 O1 O2 O3 O4

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X

X X X X X X

32. Forward vision

77/649/EEC

L 267, 19.10.1977,
p. 1

X

33. Identification of

78/316/EEC

controls

34. Defrost/demist

78/317/EEC

35. Wash/wipe

78/318/EEC

36. Heating systems

2001/56/EC

37. Wheel guards

78/549/EEC

38. Head restraints

78/932/EEC

39. CO2

80/1268/EEC

emissions/fuel
consumption

L 81, 28.3.1978,
p. 3

L 81, 28.3.1978,
p. 27

L 81, 28.3.1978,
p. 49

L 292, 9.11.2001,
p. 21

L 168, 26.6.1978,
p. 45

L 325, 20.11.1978,
p. 1

L 375, 31.12.1980,
p. 36

X X X X X X

X (1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

X (2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

(2)

X X X X X X X X X X

X

X

X

40. Engine power

80/1269/EEC

L 375, 31.12.1980,
p. 46

X X X X X X

88/77/EEC

L 36, 9.2.1988,
p. 33

X X X X X X

89/297/EEC

L 124, 5.5.1989,
p. 1

43. Spray-

91/226/EEC

L 103, 23.4.1991,
p. 5

X X

X X

X X

X X

41. Diesel

emissions

42. Lateral

protection

suppression
systems

44. Masses and
dimensions
(cars)

92/21/EEC

L 129, 14.5.1992,
p. 1

X

145

Subject

Directive
number

Official journal
reference

45. Safety glass

92/22/EEC

46. Tyres

92/23/EEC

47. Speed limiters

92/24/EEC

97/27/EC

48. Masses and
dimensions
(other than
vehicles
referred to in
item 44)

L 129, 14.5.1992,
p. 11

L 129, 14.5.1992,
p. 95

L 129, 14.5.1992,
p. 154

L 233, 28.8.1997,
p. 1

Applicability

M1 M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 O1 O2 O3 O4

X X X X X X X X X X

X X X X X X X X X X

X

X X

X X X X X X X X X

49. External

92/114/EEC

projections of
cabs

L 409, 31.12.1992,
p. 17

X X X

50. Couplings

94/20/EC

L 195, 29.7.1994,
p. 1

X
(3)

X
(3)

51. Flammability

95/28/EC

L 281, 23.11.1995,
p. 1

X
(3)

X
(3)

X
(3)

X X X X

X
(3)

X

52. Buses and
coaches

(cid:5) 2001/85/EC
 (cid:6)

(cid:5) L 42,
13.2.2002, p. 1 (cid:6)

X X

53. Frontal impact

96/79/EC

54. Side impact

96/27/EC

55.

56. Vehicles

98/91/EC

intended for the
transport of
dangerous
goods

L 18, 21.1.1997,
p. 7

L 169, 8.7.1996,
p. 1

X

X

X

L 11, 16.1.1999,
p. 25

X
(4)

X
(4)

X
(4)

X
(4)

X
(4)

X
(4)

X
(4)

57. Front underrun
protection

2000/40/EC

L 203, 10.8.2000,
p. 9

X X

146

X
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

(5)

Directive applicable.
Vehicles of this category shall be fitted with an adequate windscreen defrosting and demisting device.
Vehicles of this category shall be fitted with adequate windscreen washing and wiping devices.
The requirements of Directive 94/20/EC are only applicable for vehicles equipped with couplings.
The requirements of Directive 98/91/EC are only applicable when the manufacturer applies for the EC
type-approval of a vehicle intended for the transport of dangerous goods.
In  case  of  LPG  or  CNG  vehicles,  pending  the  adoption  of  the  relevant  amendments  to
Directive 70/221/EEC  in  order  to  include  LPG  and  CNG  tanks,  a  vehicle  approval  according  to
UN/ECE Regulation 67-01 or 110 is required.

147

(cid:4) new

Appendix 1

List of requirements for EC type-approval of vehicles belonging to the category M1, produced
in small series.

(As  appropriate,  taking  account  of  the  latest  amendment  to  each  of  the  separate  directives
listed below)

Subject

Sound level

Emissions

Directive
number

Official Journal
reference

70/157/EEC L 42, 23.2.1970, p. 16

70/220/EEC L 76, 6.4.1970, p. 1

Fuel tanks/Rear protective devices

70/221/EEC L 76, 6.4.1970, p. 23

1

2

3

4 Rear registration plate space

70/222/EEC L 76, 6.4.1970, p. 25

5

Steering effort

70/311/EEC L 133, 18.6.1970 p. 10

6 Door latches and hinges

70/387/EEC L 176, 10.8.1970, p. 5

7 Audible warning

8 Rear visibility

9 Braking

10

Suppression (radio)

11 Diesel smoke

12

Interior fittings

70/388/EEC L 176, 10.8.1970, p. 12

71/127/EEC L 68, 22.3.1971, p. 1

71/320/EEC L 202, 6.9.1971, p. 37

72/245/EEC L 152, 6.7.1972, p. 15

72/306/EEC L 190, 20.8.1972, p. 1

74/60/EEC L 38, 11.2.1974, p. 2

13 Anti-theft and immobiliser

74/61/EEC L 38, 11.2.1974, p. 22

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Protective steering

Seat strength

Exterior projections

74/297/EEC L 165, 20.6.1974, p. 16

74/408/EEC L 221, 12.8.1974, p. 1

74/483/EEC L 266, 2.10.1974, p. 4

Speedometer and reverse gear

75/443/EEC L 196, 26.7.1975, p. 1

Plates (statutory)

Seat belt anchorages

Installation of lighting and light signalling
devices

76/114/EEC L 24, 30.1.1976, p. 1

76/115/EEC L 24, 30.1.1976, p. 6

76/756/EEC L 262, 27.9.1976, p. 1

21 Retro reflectors

22

End-outline, front position (side), rear-position
(side), stop, side marker, daytime running lamps

76/757/EEC L 262, 27.9.1976, p. 32

76/758/EEC L 262, 27.9.1976, p. 54

23 Direction indicators

76/759/EEC L 262, 27.9.1976, p. 71

24 Rear registration plate lamps

76/760/EEC L 262, 27.9.1976, p. 85

25 Headlamps (including bulbs)

76/761/EEC L 262, 27.9.1976, p. 96

26

Front fog lamps

76/762/EEC L 262, 27.9.1976, p. 122

M1

A

A

B

B

C

C

B

X (2)
B (4)

A

A (1)
C (3)

A

C

A

C

C

C

B

B

B

B

X

X

X

X

X

X

148

Subject

27

Towing hooks

28 Rear fog lamps

29 Reversing lamps

Parking lamps

Seat belts

Forward vision

30

31

32

33

Directive
number

Official Journal
reference

77/389/EEC L 145, 13.6.1977, p. 41

77/538/EEC L 220, 29.8.1977, p. 60

77/539/EEC L 220, 29.8.1977, p. 72

77/540/EEC L 220, 29.8.1977, p. 83

77/541/EEC L 220, 29.8.1977, p. 95

77/649/EEC L 267, 19.10.1977, p. 1

Identification of controls

78/316/EEC L 81, 28.3.1978, p. 3

34 Defrost/Demist

35 Wash/Wipe

36 Heating system

37 Wheel guards

38 Head restraints

39

40

Fuel consumption

Engine power

41 Diesel emissions

78/317/EEC L 81, 28.3.1978, p. 27

78/318/EEC L 81, 28.3.1978, p. 49

2001/56/EC L 292, 9.11.2001, p. 21

78/549/EEC L 168, 26.6.1978, p. 45

78/932/EEC L 325, 20.11.1978, p. 1

80/1268/EEC L 375, 31.12.1980, p. 36

80/1269/EEC L 375, 31.12.1980, p. 46

88/77/EEC L 36, 9.2.1988, p. 33

44 Masses and dimensions (cars)

92/21/EEC L 129, 14.5.1992, p. 1

45

Safety glass

92/22/EEC L 129, 14.5.1992, p. 11

46

Tyres

92/23/EEC L 129, 14.5.1992, p. 95

50 Couplings

53

54

Frontal impact

Side impact

(1) Electronic sub-assembly
(2) Component

94/20/EC

L 195, 29.7.1994, p. 1

96/79/EC

L 18, 21.1.1997, p. 7

96/27/EC

L 169, 8.7.1996, p. 1

(3) Vehicle
(4) Installation prescriptions

M1

B

X

X

X

A (2)
B (4)

A

X

C

C

C

B

C

A

C

A

C

X (2)
B (4)

X (2)
B (4)

X

N/A

N/A

Key

X:

A:

B:

C:

Full compliance with directive is required; EC type-approval certificate has to be issued; conformity of
production shall be ensured.

No exemptions permitted except those specified in the separate directive. Type-approval certificate and
type-approval mark are not required. Test reports have to be established by a notified technical service.

The  technical  prescriptions  of  the  separate  directive  have  to  be  fulfilled.  The  tests  provided  for  in  the
directive have to be performed in their entirety; subject to the agreement of the approval authority, they
may be performed by the manufacturer himself; he may be allowed to issue the technical report; a type-
approval certificate does not have to be issued and type-approval is not required.

The  manufacturer  has  to  demonstrate  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  approval  authority  that  the  general
requirements of the separate directive are fulfilled.

N/A This Directive is not applicable (no requirements).

149

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC

PART II

Where  reference  is  made  to  a  separate  Directive,  an  approval  issued  under  the  following
Regulations of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (taking account of the
scope (1),  and  the  amendment  to  each  of  the  UN/ECE  Regulations  listed  below)  shall  be
recognised  as  an  alternative  to  an  EC  type-approval  granted  under  the  relevant  separate
Directive in the table of Part I.

These Regulations are the ones to which the Community has adhered as a Contracting Party
to the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe "Revised 1958 Geneva Agreement"
by virtue of Council Decision 97/836/EC,  or  subsequent  Council  decisions  as  referred  to  in
Article 3(3) of that Decision.

Any further amendment of the UN/ECE Regulations listed below has also to be deemed to be
equivalent,  subject  to  the  Community  decision  as  referred  to  in  Article 4(2)  of  Decision
97/836/EC (++).

Subject

Basic UN/ECE
Regulation Number

Series of amendments

1. Sound levels

1. Replacement silencing systems

2. Emissions

2. Replacement catalytic converters

3. Rear protective device

3. Fuel tanks

3. Fuel tanks

3. Fuel tanks

5. Steering effort

6. Door latches and hinges

7. Audible warning

8. Rear view mirrors

9. Braking

9. Braking

9. Braking (lining)

10. Radio suppression

51

59

83

103

58

34

67

110

79

11

28

46

13

13H

90

10

150

02

00

03

00

01

01

01

00

01

02

00

01

09

00

01

02

Subject

Basic UN/ECE
Regulation Number

Series of amendments

11. Diesel smoke

12. Interior fittings

13. Anti-theft

13. Immobiliser

13. Alarm systems

14. Behaviour of steering device under impact

15. Seat strength

15. Seat strength (buses and coaches)

16. Exterior projections

17. Speedometer

19. Seat belt anchorages

20. Installation of lighting and light signalling devices

21. Retro reflectors

22. End-outline/front-position (side)/rear-position

(side)/stop lamps

22. Daytime running lamps

22. Side marker lamps

23. Direction indicators

24. Rear registration plate lamp

25. Headlamps (R2 and HS1)

25. Headlamps (sealed beam)

25. Headlamps (H1, H2, H3, HB3, HB4, H7, and/or H8)

25. Headlamps (H4)

25. Headlamps (halogen sealed beam)

25. Filament lamps for use in approved lamp units

25. Headlamps with gas-discharge light sources

25. Gas-discharge light sources for use in approved

gas-discharge lamp units

151

24

21

18

97

97

12

17

80

26

39

14

48

3

7

87

91

6

4

1

5

8

20

31

37

98

99

03

01

02

00

00

03

06

01

02

00

04

01

02

02

00

00

01

00

01

02

04

02

02

03

00

00

Subject

Basic UN/ECE
Regulation Number

Series of amendments

26. Front fog lamps

28. Rear fog lamps

29. Reversing lamps

30. Parking lamps

31. Seat belts

31. Child restraints

38. Head restraints (combined with seats)

38. Head restraints

39. Fuel consumption

40. Engine power

41. Diesel emission

42. Lateral protection

45. Safety glass

46. Tyres, motor vehicles and their trailers

46. Tyres, commercial vehicles and their trailers

46. Temporary-use spare wheels/tyres

47. Speed limiters

52. Strength of superstructure (buses)

57. Front underrun protection

19

38

23

77

16

44

17

25

101

85

49

73

43

30

54

64

89

66

93

02

00

00

00

04

03

06

04

00

00

02

00

00

02

00

00

00

00

00

(1) Where the separate Directives contain installation requirements, these apply also to components and separate
technical units approved in accordance  with the  Regulations of  the  United  Nations  Economic  Commission
for Europe.

(++)For subsequent amendments, see UN/ECE TRANS/WP.29/343 in its latest revision.

152

(cid:4) new

PART III

List of the UN/ECE Regulations to which the Community has acceded, which are obligatory
for the purpose of EC type-approval

Subject

Regulation
number

Implementation
dates

Applicability

M1 M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 O1 O2 O3 O4

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

153

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC

ANNEX V

PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED
DURING VEHICLE EC TYPE-APPROVAL

1.

In the case of an application for a whole vehicle type-approval, the EC type-approval
authority must:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

verify  that  all  separate  Directive  EC  type-approvals  are  applicable  to  the
appropriate standard in the relevant separate Directive;

by  reference  to  the  documentation  make  sure  that  the  vehicle  specification(s)
and data contained in Part I of the vehicle information document are included
in the data in the information packages  and/or the approval  certificates of  the
relevant separate Directive approvals; and when an item number in Part I of the
information document is not included in the information package of any of the
separate Directives, confirm that the relevant part or characteristic conforms to
the particulars in the information folder;

on  a  selected  sample  of  vehicles  from  the  type  to  be  approved  carry  out  or
arrange to be carried out inspections of vehicle parts and systems to verify that
the vehicle(s) is/are built in accordance with the relevant data contained in the
authenticated information package in respect of all separate Directive EC type-
approvals;

carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant installation checks in respect of
separate technical units where applicable;

carry  out  or  arrange  to  be  carried  out  necessary  checks  in  respect  of  the
presence  of  the  devices  provided  for  in  footnotes  (1)  and  (2)  of  Part I  of
Annex IV where applicable.

154

2.

The  number  of  vehicles  to  be  inspected  for  the  purposes  of  paragraph 1.c  must  be
sufficient  to  permit  the  proper  control  of  the  various  combinations  to  be  type-
approved according to the following criteria:

Vehicle category

M1 M2 M3

N1

N2

N3

O1

O2

O3

O4

Criteria

Engine

Gear box

Number of axles

Powered axles (number,
position, interconnection)

Steered axles (number and
position)

Body styles

Number of doors

Hand of drive

Number of seats

Level of equipment

X

X

-

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

-

-

X

-

X

X

X

-

-

-

-

-

X

-

X

X

X

-

-

-

-

-

X

-

X

X

X

-

-

-

-

-

X

-

X

X

X

-

-

-

3.

In the case where no approval certificates for any of the relevant separate Directives
are available, the EC type-approval authority must:

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

arrange for the necessary tests and  checks as required by each of the relevant
separate Directives;

verify  that  the  vehicle  conforms  to  the  particulars  in  the  vehicle  information
folder  and  that  it  meets  the  technical  requirements  of  each  of  the  relevant
separate Directives;

carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant installation checks in respect of
separate technical units where applicable;

carry  out  or  arrange  to  be  carried  out  necessary  checks  in  respect  of  the
presence  of  the  devices  provided  for  in  footnotes  (1)  and  (2)  of  Part I  of
Annex IV where applicable.

155

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC (adapted)
(cid:5) new

ANNEX VI

(cid:2) MODEL A (cid:3)

Maximum format: A4 (210 x 297 mm)

EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

Stamp of EC type-approval
authority

Communication concerning:

Of a type of:

- EC type-approval (1)

- complete vehicle (1)

- extension of EC type-approval (1)

- completed vehicle (1)

-

refusal of EC type-approval (1)

-

incomplete vehicle (1)

- withdrawal of EC type-approval (1)

- vehicle with complete and incomplete

variants (1)

- vehicle with completed and incomplete

variants (1)

with regard to Directive 70/156/EEC as last amended by Directive …./…/EC

EC type-approval number :

Reason for extension :

(cid:2) SECTION I (cid:3)

0.1.

0.2.

0.2.1.

0.3.

0.3.1.

(1)
(2)

Make (trade name of manufacturer): ....................................................................

Type: .....................................................................................................................

Commercial name(s) (2): .......................................................................................

Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle:...................................

Location of that marking: .....................................................................................

Delete where not applicable.
If not available at the time of granting the type-approval, this item shall be completed at the latest when
the vehicle is introduced on the market.

156

                                                
0.4.

0.5.

Category of vehicle (3): .........................................................................................

Name and address of manufacturer of the complete vehicle (1):..........................

Name and address of manufacturer of the base vehicle (1) (4): .............................

Name  and  address  of  manufacturer  of  the  latest  built  stage  of  the  incomplete
vehicle (1) (4):........................................................................................................

Name and address of manufacturer of the completed vehicle (1) (4):...................

0.8.

Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): ....................................................

(cid:2) SECTION II (cid:3)

The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description
in  the  attached  information  document  of  the  vehicle(s)  described  above  ((a)
sample(s)  having  been  selected  by  the  EC  type-approval  authority  and
submitted by the manufacturer as prototype(s) of the vehicle type) and that the
attached test results are applicable to the vehicle type.

For complete and completed vehicles/variants (1):

The vehicle type meets/does not meet (1) the technical requirements of  all the
relevant separate Directives as prescribed in Annex IV and Annex XI (1) (4) to
Directive 70/156/EEC.

For incomplete vehicles/variants (1):

The  vehicle  type  meets/does  not  meet (1)  the  technical  requirements  of  the
separate Directives listed in the table on side 2.

The approval is granted/refused/withdrawn (1).

The approval is granted in accordance with (cid:5) Article 19 (cid:6) and the validity of
the approval is thus limited to dd/mm/yy.

1.

2.

3.

4.

......................................................................................................................................................

(Place)

(Signature)

(Date)

Attachments:

Information package.

Test results (see Annex VIII).

Name(s)  and  specimen(s)  of  the  signature(s)  of  the  person(s)  authorised  to
sign  certificates  of  conformity  and  a  statement  of  their  position  in  the
company.

(3)
(4)

As defined in Annex II.A.
See side 2.

157

                                                
NB: If this model is used for type-approval pursuant to (cid:5) Articles 19, 21 or 22 (cid:6) , it may not
bear the heading “EC Vehicle Type-Approval Certificate”, except:

– 

– 

(cid:5) in the case mentioned in Article 19 where the Commission has decided to allow a
Member State to grant a type-approval in accordance with this Directive (cid:6)

(cid:5) in  the  case  of  vehicles  of  the  category  M1,  type-approved  according  to  the
procedure prescribed in Article 21. (cid:6)

158

EC VEHICLE TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

Side 2

This  EC  type-approval  is,  where  incomplete  and  completed  vehicles  or  variants  are
concerned, based on the approval(s) for incomplete vehicles listed below:

Stage 1: Manufacturer of the base vehicle: ..................................................................................

EC Type-approval number: ..........................................................................................................

Dated: ...........................................................................................................................................

Applicable to variants: .................................................................................................................

Stage 2: Manufacturer: .................................................................................................................

EC Type-approval number: ..........................................................................................................

Dated: ...........................................................................................................................................

Applicable to variants: .................................................................................................................

Stage 3: Manufacturer: .................................................................................................................

EC Type-approval number: ..........................................................................................................

Dated: ...........................................................................................................................................

Applicable to variants: .................................................................................................................

In the case where the approval includes one or more  incomplete variants,  list those variants
which are complete or completed.

Complete/completed variant(s):

List  of  requirements  applicable  to  the  approved  incomplete  vehicle  type  or  variant  (as
appropriate,  taking  account  of  the  scope  and  latest  amendment  to  each  of  the  separate
Directives listed below).

159

Item

Subject

Directive
number

Last amended

Applicable to
variants

(List only subjects for which a separate Directive EC type-approval exists.)

In  the  case  of  special  purpose  vehicles,  exemptions  granted  or  special  provisions  applied
pursuant to Annex XI and exemptions granted pursuant to Article 19 :

Directive number

Item number

Kind of approval
and nature of
exemption

Applicable to
variants

160

(cid:4) new

Appendix 1

List of Directives to which the type of vehicle complies

(to be filled in only in the case of type-approval in accordance with Article 6(3).

Subject

Directive number (1)

As amended by

Applicable to
variants

1. Sound levels

2. Emissions

3. Fuel tanks/Rear protective

devices

4. Rear registration plate space

5. Steering effort

6. Door latches and hinges

7. Audible warning

8. Rear visibility

9. Braking

10. Suppression (radio)

11. Diesel smoke

12. Interior fittings

13. Anti-theft and immobiliser

14. Protective steering

15. Seat strength

16. Exterior projections

17. Speedometer and reverse gear

18. Plates (statutory)

19. Seat belt anchorages

70/157/EEC

70/220/EEC

70/221/EEC

70/222/EEC

70/311/EEC

70/387/EEC

70/388/EEC

71/127/EEC

71/320/EEC

72/245/EEC

72/306/EEC

74/60/EEC

74/61/EEC

74/297/EEC

74/408/EEC

74/483/EEC

75/443/EEC

76/114/EEC

76/115/EEC

20. Installation of lighting and light

76/756/EEC

signalling devices

21. Retro reflectors

22. End-outline, front-position

(side), rear-position (side), stop,
side marker, daytime running
lamps

23. Direction indicators

24. Rear registration plate lamps

25. Headlamps (including bulbs)

26. Front fog lamps

76/757/EEC

76/758/EEC

76/759/EEC

76/760/EEC

76/761/EEC

76/762/EEC

161

Subject

Directive number (1)

As amended by

Applicable to
variants

27. Towing hooks

28. Rear fog lamps

29. Reversing lamps

30. Parking lamps

31. Seat belts

32. Forward vision

33. Identification of controls

34. Defrost/Demist

35. Wash/Wipe

36. Heating systems

37. Wheel guards

38. Head restraints

77/389/EEC

77/538/EEC

77/539/EEC

77/540/EEC

77/541/EEC

77/649/EEC

78/316/EEC

78/317/EEC

78/318/EEC

2001/56/EC

78/549/EEC

78/932/EEC

39. CO2 emissions/Fuel consumption

80/1268/EEC

40. Engine power

41. Diesel emissions

42. Lateral protection

43. Spray-suppression systems

44. Masses and dimensions (cars)

45. Safety glass

46. Tyres

47. Speed limiters

48. Masses and dimensions (other
than vehicles referred to in
item 44)

80/1269/EEC

88/77/EEC

89/297/EEC

91/226/EEC

92/21/EEC

92/22/EEC

92/23/EEC

92/24/EEC

97/27/EC

49. External projections of cabs

92/114/EEC

50. Couplings

51. Flammability

52. Buses and coaches

53. Frontal impact

54. Side impact

55.

56. Vehicles intended for the

transport of dangerous goods

94/20/EC

95/28/EC

2001/85/EC

96/79/EC

96/27/EC

98/91/EC

57. Front underrun protection

2000/40/EC

(1) Or UN/ECE Regulations that are deemed to be equivalent

162

(cid:4) new

MODEL B
(to be used for system type-approval or
vehicle type-approval with regard to a system)

Maximum format: A4 (210 x 297 mm)

EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

Stamp of EC type-approval
authority

Communication concerning:

- EC type-approval (1)

- extension of EC type-approval (1)

 of a type of system/type of a vehicle with

-

refusal of EC type-approval (1)

 regard to a system (1)

- withdrawal of EC type-approval (1)

with regard to Directive …/…/EC, as last amended by Directive …./…/EC

EC type-approval number : ...........................................................................................................

Reason for extension :...................................................................................................................

SECTION I

0.1.

0.2.

Make (trade name of manufacturer) : ...................................................................

Type : ....................................................................................................................

0.2.1.

Commercial name(s) (if available) : .....................................................................

(1)

Delete where not applicable.

163

                                                
0.3.

0.3.1.

0.4.

0.5.

0.8.

Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle (2) :.............................

Location of that marking : ....................................................................................

Category of vehicle (3) :........................................................................................

Name and address of manufacturer : ....................................................................

Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): ....................................................

(2)

(3)

If the means of identification of type contains characters not relevant to describe the vehicle, component
or  separate  technical  unit  types  covered  by  this  information  document,  such  characters  shall  be
represented in the documentation by the symbol “?” (e.g.. ABC??123??)
As defined in Annex II, Section A

164

                                                
SECTION II

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Additional information (where applicable) : see Addendum 

Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests :.....................................

Date of test report : ...............................................................................................

Number of test report :..........................................................................................

Remarks (if any) : see Addendum

Place :....................................................................................................................

Date :.....................................................................................................................

Signature :.............................................................................................................

Attachments:

Information package.

Test report.

Addendum
to EC type-approval certificate No…

Additional information

[…] : .....................................................................................................................

1.

1.1.

1.1.1.

[…] : .....................................................................................................................

[…]

2.

2.1.

3.

3.1.

EC  type-approval  number  of  each  component  or  separate  technical  unit
installed on the vehicle type to comply with this Directive

[…] : .....................................................................................................................

Remarks

[…] : .....................................................................................................................

165

MODEL C
(to be used for component/separate technical unit type-approval)

(cid:4) new

Maximum format: A4 (210 x 297 mm)

EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE

Stamp of EC type-approval
authority

Communication concerning:

- EC type-approval (1)

- extension of EC type-approval (1)

 of a type of component/separate technical unit (1)

-

refusal of EC type-approval (1)

- withdrawal of EC type-approval (1)

with regard to Directive …/…/EC, as last amended by Directive …./…/EC

EC type-approval number : ...........................................................................................................

Reason for extension :...................................................................................................................

SECTION I

0.1.

0.2.

0.3.

Make (trade name of manufacturer) : ...................................................................

Type : ....................................................................................................................

Means of identification of type, if marked on the component/separate technical
unit (1)(2) :.............................................................................................................

(1)

Delete where not applicable.

166

                                                
0.3.1.

Location of that marking : ....................................................................................

0.5.

0.7.

0.8.

Name and address of manufacturer : ....................................................................

In the case of components and separate technical units, location and method of
affixing of the EC approval mark : .......................................................................

Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): ....................................................

(2)

If the means of identification of type contains characters not relevant to describe the vehicle, component
or  separate  technical  unit  types  covered  by  this  information  document,  such  characters  shall  be
represented in the documentation by the symbol “?” (e.g.. ABC??123??)

167

                                                                                                                                                        
SECTION II

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

Additional information (where applicable) : see Addendum 

Technical service responsible for carrying out the tests :.....................................

Date of test report : ...............................................................................................

Number of test report :..........................................................................................

Remarks (if any) : see Addendum

Place :....................................................................................................................

Date :.....................................................................................................................

Signature :.............................................................................................................

Attachments:

Information package.

Test report.

Addendum
to EC type-approval certificate N°…

Additional information

[…] : .....................................................................................................................

[…] : .....................................................................................................................

Restriction of use of the device (if any) 

[…] : .....................................................................................................................

Remarks

[…] : .....................................................................................................................

1.

1.1.

1.1.1.

[…]

2.

2.1.

3.

3.1.

168

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC
(cid:5) new

ANNEX VII

EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE NUMBERING SYSTEM (1)

1.

The EC type-approval number shall consist of four sections for whole vehicle type-
approvals and five sections for system, component, and separate technical unit type-
approvals as detailed below.  In  all cases, the  sections shall be separated  by the  "*"
character.

Section 1: The  lower  case  letter  "e"  followed  by  the  distinguishing  number  of  the

Member State issuing the EC type-approval:

1 for Germany;

2 for France;

3 for Italy;

4 for the Netherlands;

5 for Sweden;

6 for Belgium;

9 for Spain;

11 for the United Kingdom;

12 for Austria;

13 for Luxembourg;

17 for Finland;

18 for Denmark;

21 for Portugal;

23 for Greece;

24 for Ireland.

Section 2: The number of the base Directive.

(1)

Components  and  separate  technical  units  shall  be  marked  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the
relevant separate Directive.

169

                                                
Section 3: The number of the latest amending Directive applicable to the EC type-

approval.

– 

In  the  case  of  whole  vehicle  EC  type-approvals,  this  means  the  latest
Directive  amending  an  Article  (or  Articles)  of  Directive  (cid:5) [this
Directive……] (cid:6) .

–  (cid:5) In the case of EC whole vehicle type-approvals granted in accordance
with the procedure described in Article 21, this means the latest directive
amending  an  Article  (or  Articles)  of  Directive  [this  Directive……],
except  that  the  two  first  digits  are  replaced  by  the  letters  KS  in  block
capitals. (cid:6)

–  Means  the  latest  Directive  containing  the  actual  provisions  with  which

the system, component or technical unit conforms.

– 

Should  a  Directive  contain  different  implementation  dates  referring  to
different technical standards, an alphabetical character shall be added to
specify to which standard the approval was granted.

Section 4: A four-digit sequential number (with leading zeros as applicable) for EC
Whole vehicle type-approvals, or four or five digits for EC type-approval
pursuant  to  a  Separate  Directive  to  denote  the  base  type-approval
number. The sequence shall start from 0001 for each base Directive.

Section 5: A  two-digit  sequential  number  (with  leading  zeros  if  applicable)  to
denote  the  extension.  The  sequence  shall  start  from  00  for  each  base
approval number.

2.

In the case of an EC type-approval for a whole vehicle, Section 2 shall be omitted.

(cid:5) In  the  case  of  a  national  type-approval  granted  for  vehicles  produced  in  small
series  pursuant  Article 22,  Section 2  shall  be  replaced  by  the  letters  NKS  in  block
capitals. (cid:6)

3.

4.

On the vehicle's statutory plate(s) only, Section 5 shall be omitted.

Example of the third system approval (with as yet no extension) issued by France to
the braking Directive:

e2*71/320*98/12*0003*00

or

e2*88/77*91/542A*0003*00  in  the  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  implementation
stages A and B.

5.

Example  of  the  second  extension  to  the  fourth  vehicle  type-approval  issued  by  the
United Kingdom:

e11*98/14*0004*02

170

Directive  98/14/EC  being  up  to  now  the  latest  Directive  amending  the  Articles  of
Directive 70/156/EEC.

Example  of  an  EC  whole  vehicle  type-approval  granted  to  a  vehicle  produced  in
small series issued by Luxembourg, pursuant to Article 21: (cid:6)

(cid:5) e13*KS[…/…]*0001*00 (cid:6)

Example  of  a  national  type-approval  granted  to  a  vehicle  produced  in  small  series
issued by the Netherlands, pursuant to Article 22: (cid:6)

(cid:5) 6.

(cid:5) 7.

(cid:5) e4*NKS*0001*00.’ (cid:6)

8.

Example of the EC type-approval number stamped on the vehicle's statutory plate(s):

e11*98/14*0004

171

(cid:4) new

Appendix 1

EC component and separate technical unit type-approval mark

The EC component and separate technical unit type-approval mark shall consist of:

a  rectangle  surrounding  the  lower-case  letter  “e”  followed  by  the  distinguishing
letter(s)  or  number  of  the  Member  State  which  has  granted  the  EC  component  or
separate technical unit type-approval:

1

2

3

4

5

6

9

For Germany

For France

For Italy

For The Netherlands

For Sweden

For Belgium

For Spain

11

For the United Kingdom

12

13

17

18

21

23

24

For Austria

For Luxembourg

For Finland

For Denmark

For Portugal

For Greece

For Ireland

In the vicinity of the rectangle the “base approval number” contained in Section 4 of
the  type-approval  number  preceded  by  the  two  figures  indicating  the  sequence
number  assigned  to  the  latest  major  technical  amendment  to  the  relevant  separate
Directive.

An  additional  symbol  or  symbols  located  above  the  rectangle,  enabling  certain
characteristics  to  be  identified.  This  further  information  is  specified  in  the  relevant
separate Directives.

The  component  or  separate  technical  unit  type-approval  mark  is  affixed  to  the
separate  technical  unit  or  component  in  such  a  way  as  to  be  indelible  and  clearly
legible.

An  example  of  a  component  or  separate  technical  unit  type-approval  mark  is
contained in the addendum.

1.

1.1.

1.2.

1.3.

2.

3.

172

(cid:4) new

Addendum to appendix 1

Example of a component type approval mark

a

6 2a

a (cid:1) 3mm

01 0004

a

Legend :  the  above  component  type-approval  was  issued  by  Belgium  under
number 0004. 01 is a sequential number denoting the level of technical requirements
to  which  this  component  fulfils  The  sequential  number  is  attributed  in  accordance
with the relevant separate Directives.

NB: The additional symbols are not shown on this example.

173

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC

ANNEX VIII

TEST RESULTS

(To be completed by the type-approval authority and attached to the vehicle EC type-approval
certificate)

In each case, the information must  make clear  to  which  variant  and  version it  is  applicable.
One version  may not  have more  than one  result.  However,  a  combination  of  several  results
per version indicating the worst case is permissible. In the latter  case,  a note shall state that
for items marked (*) only worst case results are given.

1.

Results of the sound level tests

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the
approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,  indicate
also the implementation stage: .......................................................................................

Variant/Version:

Moving (dB(A)/E):

Stationary (dB(A)/E):

at (min-1):

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

2.

Results of the exhaust emission tests

Base Directive (1):

– 

– 

– 

Directive 70/220/EEC concerning emissions from motor vehicles,

Directive 88/77/EEC concerning emissions from engines for use in vehicles,

Directive 72/306/EEC concerning diesel smoke.

2.1.

Directive 70/220/EEC concerning emissions from motor vehicles.

Indicate the latest amending directive applicable to the approval. In case the directive
has two or more implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage:.........
........................................................................................................................................

Fuel(s) (2)…………………………(diesel, petrol, LPG, NG, Bi-fuel: petrol/LPG, Bi-
fuel: petrol/NG, ethanol…)

(1)

Where applicable.

174

                                                
2.1.1.

Test type I (3) vehicle emissions in the test cycle after a cold start

Variant/Version:

CO

HC

NOx

HC + NOx

Particulates

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

2.1.2.

Test type II (3) emissions data required for roadworthiness:

Type II, low idle test

Variant/Version:

CO %

Engine speed

Engine oil temperature

Type II, high idle test:

Variant/Version:

CO %

Lambda Value

Engine speed

Engine oil temperature

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

2.1.3. Result of type III test:………………

(2)

(3)

When restrictions for the fuel are applicable, indicate these restrictions (e.g. for natural gas the L-range
or the H-range).
Repeat for petrol and gaseous fuel in the case of a vehicle that can run either on petrol or on a gaseous
fuel.  The  vehicles  can  be  fuelled  with  both  petrol  and  a  gaseous  fuel  but,  where  the  petrol  system  is
fitted for emergency purposes or starting only and of  which the petrol tank cannot contain more  than
15 litres of petrol will be regarded for the test as vehicles which can only run a gaseous fuel.

175

                                                                                                                                                        
2.1.4. Result of type IV test (evaporative test): ………g/test

2.1.5. Result of type V test on durability:

– 

– 

– 

Durability type: 80 000 km/100 000 km/not applicable (1)

Deterioration factor DF: calculated/fixed (1)

Value of specification:

CO:….

HC:….

NOx:…

2.1.6. Result of type VI test on emissions by low ambient temperature:

Variant/Version:

......

......

......

CO g/km

HC g/km

2.1.7. OBD: yes/no (1)

2.2.

Directive 88/77/EEC concerning emissions from engines for use in vehicles.

Indicate  and  latest  amending  directive  applicable  to  the  approval.  In  case  the
directive  has  two  or  more  implementation  stages,  indicate  also  the  implementation
stage:.......................................................................................

Fuel(s) (2):………………………………(diesel, petrol, LPG, NG, ethanol…..)

2.2.1. Results of the ESC test (1)

CO :

g/kWh

THC :

g/kWh

NOx :

g/kWh

PT

:

g/kWh

2.2.2. Result of the ELR test (1)

Smoke value :…..m-1

2.2.3. Result of the ETC test (1)

CO :

g/kWh

THC :

g/kWh (1)

176

NMHC:

g/kWh (1)

CH4

:

g/kWh (1)

NOx :

g/kWh

PT

:

g/kWh (1)

2.3.

Directive 72/306/EEC concerning diesel smoke.

Indicate the latest amending directive applicable to the approval. In case the directive
has  two  or  more 
implementation
stage:................................................................................

implementation  stages, 

indicate  also 

the 

2.3.1. Results of the test under free acceleration

......

......

......

......

......

......

Variant/Version:

Corrected value of the
absorption coefficient (m-1):

Normal engine idling speed

Maximum engine speed

Oil temperature (min./max.)

3.

Results of the CO2 emission/fuel consumption tests (1) (3)

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  the  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the
approval:

177

Variant/Version:

CO2 mass emission (urban
conditions) (g/km)

CO2 mass emission (extra-
urban conditions) (g/km)

CO2 mass emission
(combined) (g/km)

Fuel consumption (urban
conditions) (l/100 km) (4)

Fuel consumption (extra-urban
conditions) (l/100 km) (4)

Fuel consumption (combined)
(l/100 km) (4)

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

......

(4)

For vehicles fuelled with NG, the unit “l/100 km” is replaced by “m³/100 km”.

178

                                                
(cid:1) 2001/116/EC

ANNEX IX

EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

For complete/completed (1) vehicles

PART I
(Maximum format: A4 (210 x 297 mm), or a folder of A4 format)

Side 1

The undersigned: ..........................................................................................................................
(Full name)

hereby certifies that the vehicle:

0.1.

0.2.

Make (Trade name of manufacturer):...................................................................

Type: .....................................................................................................................

variant (2):..............................................................................................................

version (2): ............................................................................................................

0.2.1.

Commercial name(s):............................................................................................

0.4.

0.5.

Category:...............................................................................................................

Name and address of the manufacturer of the base vehicle: ................................

Name  and  address  of  the  manufacturer  of  the  latest  built  stage  of  the
vehicle (1):

0.6.

Location of the statutory plates: ...........................................................................

Vehicle identification number:

Location of the vehicle identification number on the chassis:

based upon the type(s) of vehicle described in EC type-approval (1)

Base Vehicle:................................................................................................................................

(1)
(2)

Delete where not applicable.
Indicate also the numerical or combined number/letter identification code. This code shall contain not
more than 25 or 35 positions for a variant or version respectively.

179

                                                
Manufacturer: ...............................................................................................................................

EC type-approval number: ...........................................................................................................

Dated: ...........................................................................................................................................

Stage 2:

Manufacturer: .......................................................................................................

EC type-approval number:

Dated: .............................................................................................................................

conforms in all respects to the complete/completed (1) type described in

EC type-approval number: .............................................................................................

Dated: .............................................................................................................................

The  vehicle  can  be  permanently  registered  without  further  EC  type-approvals  in
Member States having right/left (3) hand traffic and using metric/imperial (4) units for
the speedometer..............................................................................................................

(Place) (Date): ................................................................................................................

(Signature) (Position)

Attachments (only applicable to multi-stage vehicle types): Certificate of conformity
for each stage.

(3)

(4)

Indicate  whether  the  vehicle  as  manufactured  is  suitable  for  use  in  either  right  or  left-hand  traffic  or
both right and left-hand traffic.
Indicate whether the speedometer fitted has metric or both metric and imperial units.

180

                                                
Side 2

For complete or completed vehicles of category M1

(The values and units indicated below are those given in the EC type-approval documentation
of the relevant Directives. In case of conformity of production (COP) tests, the values must be
verified according to the methods laid down in the relevant Directives taking into account the
COP test tolerances allowed in those Directives.)

1.

2.

3.

5.

6.1.

7.1.

8.

11.

Number of axles: ......and wheels: ......

Powered axles: ...............................................................................................................

Wheel base: ......mm

Axle(s) track: 1. ......mm

2. ......mm

3. ......mm

Length: ......mm

Width: ......mm

Height: ...... mm

Rear overhang: ...... mm

12.1. Mass of the vehicle with bodywork in running order: ...... kg

14.1.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass: ..... kg

14.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. .…. kg

2. ...... kg 3. .....kg etc.

14.3.

Technically permissible mass on each axle:1. ...... kg

2. ...... kg 3. .......kg etc.

16.

17.

18.

Maximum permissible roof load: ...... kg

Maximum mass of trailer

(braked): ...... kg;

(unbraked): ...... kg

Maximum mass of combination: ...... kg

19.1. Maximum vertical load at the coupling point for a trailer: ...... kg

20.

21.

22.

Engine manufacturer: .....................................................................................................

Engine code as marked on the engine:...........................................................................

Working principle: .........................................................................................................

22.1.

Direct injection: yes/no (1)

23.

24.

25.

Number and arrangement of cylinders:..........................................................................

Capacity: ...... cm³

Fuel: ...............................................................................................................................

181

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

32.

34.

35.

37.

38.

41.

Maximum net power: ...... kW at ...... min-1

Clutch (type): .................................................................................................................

Gearbox (type): ..............................................................................................................

Gear ratios: 1. ...... 2. ...... 3. ...... 4. ...... 5. ...... 6. ......

Final drive ratio:.............................................................................................................

Tyres  and  wheels  Axle 1:  ......  Axle 2:  ......  Axle 3:  ......(for  tyres  of  category  Z
intended to be fitted on vehicles whose maximum speed exceeds 300 km/h essential
tyre characteristics shall be indicated);

Steering, method of assistance: ......................................................................................

Brief description of the braking system: ........................................................................

Type of body: .................................................................................................................

Colour of vehicle (5): ......................................................................................................

Number and configuration of doors: ..............................................................................

42.1.

Number and position of seats:........................................................................................

43.1.

EC type-approval mark of coupling device if fitted: .....................................................

44.

45.

Maximum speed: ...... km/h .

Sound level

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the  EC
type-approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,
indicate also the implementation stage:………….

Stationary: ...... dB(A) at engine speed: ......min-1

Drive-by: ...... dB(A)

46.1.

Exhaust emissions (6):

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the  EC
type-approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,
indicate also the implementation stage:………….

1. test procedure:…………….

(5)

(6)

Indicate only the basic colour(s) as follows: white, yellow, orange, red, violet, blue, green, grey, brown
or black.
Repeat for petrol and gaseous fuel in the case of a vehicle that can run either on petrol or on a gaseous
fuel.  The  vehicles  can  be  fuelled  with  both  petrol  and  a  gaseous  fuel  but,  where  the  petrol  system  is
fitted for emergency purposes or starting only and of  which the petrol tank cannot contain more  than
15 litres of petrol will be regarded for the test as vehicles which can only run a gaseous fuel.

182

                                                
CO: ......
Smoke (corrected value of absorption coefficient (m-1)): Particulates: ......

HC + NOx: ......

NOx: ......

HC: ......

2. test procedure (if applicable)………..

CO: ......

NOx: ......

NMHC: ...... THC:…. CH4: ......

Particulates: ......

46.2.

CO2 emissions/fuel consumption (6):

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the  EC
type-approval: ……

CO2 emissions

Fuel consumption

Urban conditions:

…… g/km

…… l/100 km / m3/100 km (1)

Extra-urban conditions:

…… g/km

…… l/100 km / m3/100 km (1)

Combined:

…… g/km

…… l/100 km / m3/100 km (1)

47.

Fiscal power or national code number(s) if applicable:

Italy: ................................

France: ............................. Spain: ..............................

Belgium:.......................... Germany: ......................... Luxembourg:...................

Denmark:......................... Netherlands:..................... Greece:............................

United Kingdom: ............

Ireland:............................. Portugal:..........................

Austria:............................

Sweden: ........................... Finland: ...........................

50.

51.

Remark: ..........................................................................................................................

Exemptions: ...................................................................................................................

183

Side 2

For complete or completed vehicles of categories M2 and M3.

(The values and units indicated below are those given in the type-approval documentation of
the relevant Directives. In case of conformity of production tests, the values must be verified
according  to  the  methods  laid  down  in  the  relevant  Directives  taking  into  account  the
conformity of production test tolerances allowed in those Directives).

1.

2.

3.

5.

6.1.

6.3.

Number of axles: ......

and wheels: ......

Powered axles: ......

Wheelbase: ...... mm

Axle(s) track: 1. ...... mm 2. ...... mm 3. ...... mm 4. ...... mm

Length: ...... mm

Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device:
...... mm

7.1.

Width: ...... mm

8.

Height: ...... mm

10.1.

Ground area covered by the vehicle: ...... m²

11.

Rear overhang: ...... mm

12.1. Mass of the vehicle with bodywork in running order: ...... kg

14.1.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass: ...... kg

14.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg 4. ...... kg

14.4.

Technically permissible mass on each axle/axle group: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg
4. ...... kg

16.

17.

18.

Maximum permissible roof load: ...... kg

Maximum mass of trailer

(braked): ...... kg;

(unbraked): ...... kg

Technically permissible maximum laden mass of combination …….kg

19.1.

Technically  permissible  maximum  mass  on  the  coupling  point  of  a  motor
vehicle……..kg

20.

21.

22.

Engine manufacturer:

Engine code as marked on the engine:...........................................................................

Working principle: .........................................................................................................

184

22.1.

Direct injection: yes/no (1)

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

32.

Number and arrangement of cylinders:..........................................................................

Capacity: ...... cm³

Fuel: ...............................................................................................................................

Maximum net power: ...... kW at ...... min-1

Clutch (type): .................................................................................................................

Gearbox (type): ..............................................................................................................

Gear ratios: 1. ...... 2. ...... 3. ...... 4. ...... 5. ...... 6. ......

Final drive ratio: ......

Tyres and wheels: Axle 1: ...... Axle 2: ...... Axle 3: ...... Axle 4: ......

33.1.

Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1)

34.

35.

36.

37.

41.

Steering, method of assistance:……………………………………………

Brief description of the braking system: ........................................................................

Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: ...... bar

Type of body: .................................................................................................................

Number and configuration of doors: ..............................................................................

42.2.

Number of seating places (excluding the driver): ..........................................................

42.3.

Number of standing places:............................................................................................

43.1.

EC type-approval mark of coupling device, if fitted: ....................................................

44.

45.

Maximum speed: ...... km/h

Sound level

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the
approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,  indicate
also the implementation stage:………….

Stationary: ...... dB(A) at engine speed ...... min-1

Drive-by: ...... dB(A)

185

46.1.

Exhaust emissions (6):

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the  EC
type-approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,
indicate also the implementation stage:………….

1. test procedure:…………….

CO: ......
Smoke (corrected value of absorption coefficient (m-1)):….Particulates: ......

HC + NOx: ......

NOx: ......

HC: ......

2. test procedure (if applicable)………..

CO: ......

NOx: ......

NMHC: ...... THC:…...CH4: ......

Particulates: ......

47.

Fiscal power or national code number(s), if applicable:

Italy: ................................

France: ............................. Spain: ..............................

Belgium:.......................... Germany: ......................... Luxembourg:...................

Denmark:......................... Netherlands:..................... Greece:............................

United Kingdom: ............

Ireland:............................. Portugal:..........................

Austria:............................

Sweden: ........................... Finland: ...........................

50.

51.

Remarks: ........................................................................................................................

Exemptions: ...................................................................................................................

186

Side 2

For complete or completed vehicles of categories N1, N2 and N3.

(The values and units indicated below are those given in the EC type-approval documentation
of  the  relevant  Directives.  In  case  of  conformity  of  production  tests,  the  values  must  be
verified according to the methods laid down in the relevant Directives taking into account the
conformity of production test tolerances allowed in those Directives).

1.

2.

3.

4.1.

5.

6.1.

6.3.

6.5.

7.1.

8.

Number of axles: ......

and wheels: ......

Powered axles: ......

Wheelbase: ...... mm

Fifth wheel lead (maximum and minimum in case of an adjustable fifth wheel): ......
mm

Axle(s) track: 1. ...... mm 2. ...... mm 3. ...... mm 4. ...... mm

Length: ...... mm

Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device:
...... mm

Length of the loading area: ...... mm

Width: ...... mm

Height: ...... mm

10.2.

Ground area covered by the vehicle (N2 and N3 only): ......m²

11.

Rear overhang: ...... mm

12.1. Mass of the vehicle with bodywork in running order: ...... kg

14.1.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass: ...... kg

14.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg 4. ...... kg

14.4.

Technically permissible mass on each axle/axle group: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg
4. ...... kg

15.

17.

Position of retractable or loadable axle(s): …………….

Technically permissible maximum towable mass of the motor vehicle in case of

17.1.

Drawbar trailer: ..............................................................................................................

17.2.

Semi-trailer: ...................................................................................................................

17.3.

Centre-axle trailer: .........................................................................................................

187

17.4.

Technically permissible maximum mass of trailer (unbraked): ...... kg

18.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass of combination ……..kg

19.1.

Technically  permissible  maximum  mass  on  the  coupling  point  of  a  motor
vehicle……..kg

20.

21.

22.

Engine manufacturer: .....................................................................................................

Engine code as marked on the engine:...........................................................................

Working principle: .........................................................................................................

22.1.

Direct injection: yes/no (1)

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

32.

Number and arrangement of cylinders:..........................................................................

Capacity: ...... cm³

Fuel: ...............................................................................................................................

Maximum net power: ...... kW at ...... min-1

Clutch (type): .................................................................................................................

Gearbox (type): ..............................................................................................................

Gear ratios: 1. ...... 2. ...... 3. ...... 4. ...... 5. ...... 6. ......

Final drive ratio:.............................................................................................................

Tyres and wheels: Axle 1: ...... Axle 2: ...... Axle 3: ...... Axle 4: ......

33.1.

Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1)

34.

35.

36.

37.

38.

39.

40.

41.

Steering, method of assistance: ......................................................................................

Brief description of the braking system: ........................................................................

Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: ...... bar

Type of body: .................................................................................................................

Colour of vehicle (5) (N1 only):.......................................................................................

Tank capacity (Tanker vehicle only): ......m³

Maximum crane moment capacity........................................................................ kNm.

Number and configuration of doors: ..............................................................................

42.1.

Number and position of seats:........................................................................................

43.1.

EC type-approval mark of coupling device, if fitted: ....................................................

188

44.

45.

Maximum speed: ...... km/h

Sound level

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the  EC
type-approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,
indicate also the implementation stage:………….

Stationary: ...... dB(A) at engine speed ...... min-1

Drive-by: ...... dB(A)

46.1.

Exhaust emissions (6):

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the
approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,  indicate
also the implementation stage:………….

1. test procedure:…………….

CO: ......
Smoke (corrected value of absorption coefficient (m-1)):…Particulates: ......

HC + NOx: ......

NOx: ......

HC: ......

2. test procedure (if applicable)………..

CO: ......

NOx: ......

NMHC: ...... CH4: ......Particulates: ......

47.

Fiscal power or national code number(s), if applicable:

Italy: ................................

France: ............................. Spain: ..............................

Belgium:.......................... Germany: ......................... Luxembourg:...................

Denmark:......................... Netherlands:..................... Greece:............................

United Kingdom: ............

Ireland:............................. Portugal:..........................

Austria:............................

Sweden: ........................... Finland: ...........................

48.1.

48.2.

50.

51.

EC  type-approved  according  to  the  design  requirements  for  transporting  dangerous
goods:

yes/class(es): ....../no (1)

EC  type-approved  according  to  the  design  requirements  for  transporting  certain
animals: yes/class(es): ....../no (1)

Remarks: ........................................................................................................................

Exemptions: ...................................................................................................................

189

Side 2

1.

3.

5.

6.1.

6.4.

6.5.

7.1.

8.

For complete or completed vehicles of categories O1, O2, O3 and O4

Number of axles: ...... and wheels: ......

Wheelbase: ...... mm

Axle(s) track: 1. ...... mm 2. ...... mm 3. ...... mm

Length: ...... mm

Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle:
...... mm

Length of the loading area: ...... mm

Width: ...... mm

Height: ...... mm

10.3.

Ground area covered by the vehicle (O2, O3 and O4 only): ...... m²

11.

Rear overhang: ...... mm

12.1. Mass of the vehicle with bodywork in running order: ...... kg

14.1.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass: ...... kg

14.5.

14.6.

Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or centre-
axle trailer, mass on the coupling point: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg coupling point:
...... kg

Technically  permissible  mass  on  each  axle/axle  group:  1.  ......  kg  2.  ......  kg  3.  ......
and,  in the case of a  semi-trailer  or  centre-axle  trailer,  mass  on  the  coupling  point:
...... kg

15.

Position of retractable or loadable axle(s): …………….

19.2.

For coupling devices of classes B, D, E and H: maximum mass of the towing vehicle
(T) or of the vehicle combination (if T < 32 000 kg): ...... kg

32.

Tyres and wheels: Axle 1: ...... Axle 2: ...... Axle 3: ......

33.2.

Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1)

34.

35.

37.

39.

Steering, method of assistance: ......................................................................................

Brief description of the braking system: ........................................................................

Type of body: .................................................................................................................

Tank capacity (Tanker vehicle only): ...... m³

190

43.2.

Approval mark of coupling device:................................................................................

47.

Fiscal power or national code number(s), if applicable:

Italy: ................................

France: ............................. Spain: ..............................

Belgium:.......................... Germany: ......................... Luxembourg:...................

Denmark:......................... Netherlands:..................... Greece:............................

United Kingdom: ............

Ireland:............................. Portugal:..........................

Austria:............................

Sweden: ........................... Finland: ...........................

48.1.

48.2.

50.

51.

EC  type-approved  according  to  the  design  requirements  for  transporting  dangerous
goods: yes/class(es): ....../no (1)

EC  type-approved  according  to  the  design  requirements  for  transporting  certain
animals: yes /class(es): ....../no (1)

Remarks: ........................................................................................................................

Exemptions: ...................................................................................................................

191

PART II

EC CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY

for incomplete vehicles

(Maximum format: A4 (210 x 297 mm), or a folder of A4 format)

Side 1

The undersigned: ..........................................................................................................................

(Full name)

hereby certifies that the vehicle:

0.1.

0.2.

Make (Trade name of manufacturer): ............................................................................

Type: ..............................................................................................................................

Variant (2): ......................................................................................................................

Version (2): .....................................................................................................................

0.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): ................................................................................

0.4.

0.5.

Category: ........................................................................................................................

Name and address of the manufacturer of the base vehicle:..........................................

Name and address of the manufacturer of the latest built stage of the vehicle (1) .........

0.6.

Location of the statutory plates:.....................................................................................

Vehicle identification number:.......................................................................................

Location of the vehicle identification number on the chassis:.......................................

based upon the type(s) of vehicle described in EC type-approval (1)

Base Vehicle: Manufacturer:………………………………….

EC type-approval number: ………………………………….

Dated: ………………………………….

Stage 2:

Manufacturer: ............................................................................……

EC type-approval number: ………………………………….

Dated: ………………………………….

conforms in all respects to the incomplete type described in

192

EC type-approval number: ………………………………….

Dated: ………………………………….

The vehicle cannot be permanently registered without further EC type-approvals.

....................................................……..................................................................................

(Place) (Date) (Signature) (Position)

Attachments: Certificate of conformity for each stage.

193

Side 2

For incomplete vehicles of category M1

(The values and units indicated below are those given in the EC type-approval documentation
of the relevant Directives. In case of conformity of production (COP) tests, the values must be
verified according to the methods laid down in the relevant Directives taking into account the
COP test tolerances allowed in those Directives.)

1.

2.

3.

5.

6.2.

7.2.

9.1.

9.2.

9.3.

Number of axles: ......and wheels: ......

Powered axles: ...............................................................................................................

Wheel base: ......mm

Axle(s) track: 1. ......mm

2. ......mm

3. ...... mm

Maximum permissible length of the completed vehicle: ......mm

Maximum permissible width of the completed vehicle: ......mm

Height of the centre of gravity (c.o.g.): ......mm

Maximum permissible height of the c.o.g. of the completed vehicle: ......mm

Minimum permissible height of the c.o.g. of the completed vehicle: ......mm

13.1. Minimum permissible mass of the completed vehicle: ......kg

13.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg

14.1.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass: ......kg

14.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg

14.3.

Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg

16.

17.

18.

Maximum permissible roof load: ......kg

Maximum mass of trailer (braked): ...... kg (unbraked): ......kg

Maximum mass of combination: ......kg

19.1. Maximum vertical load at the coupling point for a trailer: ...... kg

20.

21.

22.

Engine manufacturer: .....................................................................................................

Engine code as marked on the engine:...........................................................................

Working principle: .........................................................................................................

22.1.

Direct injection: yes/no (1)

23.

Number and arrangement of cylinders:..........................................................................

194

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

32.

34.

35.

41.

Capacity: ......cm3

Fuel: ...............................................................................................................................

Maximum net power: ...... kW at ......min-1

Clutch (type): .................................................................................................................

Gearbox (type): ..............................................................................................................

Gear ratios: 1. ...... 2. ...... 3. ...... 4. ...... 5. ...... 6. ......

Final drive ratio:.............................................................................................................

Tyres and wheels: Axle 1: ......Axle 2: ......Axle 3: ......

Steering, method of assistance: ......................................................................................

Brief description of the braking system: ........................................................................

Number and configuration of doors: ..............................................................................

42.1.

Number and position of seats:........................................................................................

43.1.

EC type-approval mark of coupling device, if fitted: ....................................................

43.3.

Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted:.............................................

43.4.

Characteristic values (1): D…… / V…… / S…… / U……

45.

Sound level:

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the
approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,  indicate
also the implementation stage:………….

Stationary: ...... dB(A) at engine speed ...... min-1

Drive-by: ...... dB(A)

46.1.

Exhaust emissions (6):

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the  EC
type-approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,
indicate also the implementation stage:………….

1. test procedure:…………….

CO: ......
Smoke (corrected value of absorption coefficient (m-1)): Particulates:......

HC + NOx: ......

NOx: ......

HC: ......

2. test procedure (if applicable)………..

CO: ......

NOx: ......

NMHC: ...... THC:…. CH4: ......

Particulates: ......

195

47.

Fiscal power or national code number(s) if applicable:

Italy: ................................

France: ............................. Spain: ..............................

Belgium:.......................... Germany: ......................... Luxembourg:...................

Denmark:......................... Netherlands:..................... Greece:............................

United Kingdom: ............

Ireland:............................. Portugal:..........................

Austria:............................

Sweden: ........................... Finland: ...........................

Chassis designed for off-road vehicles only: yes/no (1)

Remarks: ........................................................................................................................

Exemptions: ...................................................................................................................

49.

50.

51.

196

Side 2

For incomplete vehicles of categories M2 and M3.

(The values and units indicated below are those given in the type-approval documentation of
the relevant Directives. In case of conformity of production tests, the values must be verified
according  to  the  methods  laid  down  in  the  relevant  Directives  taking  into  account  the
conformity of production test tolerances allowed in those Directives).

1.

2.

3.

5.

6.2.

6.3.

7.2.

9.1.

9.2.

9.3.

Number of axles: ...... and wheels: ......

Powered axles: ......

Wheelbase: ...... mm

Axle(s) track: 1. ...... mm 2. ...... mm 3. ...... mm 4. ...... mm

Maximum permissible length of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device:
...... mm

Maximum permissible width of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

Height of the centre of gravity (c.o.g.): ...... mm

Maximum permissible height of the c.o.g. of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

Minimum permissible height of the c.o.g. of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

12.3. Mass of the bare chassis: ...... kg

13.1. Minimum permissible mass of the completed vehicle: ...... kg

13.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg 4. ...... kg

14.1.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass: ...... kg

14.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg 4. ...... kg

14.4.

Technically permissible mass on each axle/axle group: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg
4. ...... kg

16.

17.

18.

Maximum permissible roof load: ...... kg

Maximum mass of trailer

(braked): ...... kg;

(unbraked): ...... kg

Technically permissible maximum laden mass of combination ………..kg

19.1.

Technically  permissible  maximum  mass  on  the  coupling  point  of  a  motor
vehicle……….kg

20.

Engine manufacturer: .....................................................................................................

197

21.

22.

Engine code as marked on the engine:...........................................................................

Working principle: .........................................................................................................

22.1.

Direct injection: yes/no (1)

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

32.

Number and arrangement of cylinders:..........................................................................

Capacity: ...... cm³

Fuel: ...............................................................................................................................

Maximum net power: ...... kW at ...... min-1

Clutch (type): .................................................................................................................

Gearbox (type): ..............................................................................................................

Gear ratios: 1. ...... 2. ...... 3. ...... 4. ...... 5. ...... 6. ......

Final drive ratio: ......

Tyres and wheels: Axle 1: ...... Axle 2: ...... Axle 3: ...... Axle 4: ......

33.1.

Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1)

34.

35.

36.

41.

Steering, method of assistance: ......................................................................................

Brief description of the braking system: ........................................................................

Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: ...... bar

Number and configuration of doors: ..........................................................................…

43.1.

Approval mark of coupling device, if fitted: ......

43.3.

Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted:.............................................

43.4.

Characteristic values (1): D…… / V…… / S…… / U……

45.

Sound level:

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the
approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,  indicate
also the implementation stage: .......................................................................................

Stationary: ...... dB(A) at engine speed ...... min-1

Drive-by: ...... dB(A)

46.1.

Exhaust  emissions (6):  ......  Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending
Directive applicable to the EC type-approval. In case of a Directive with two or more
implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: ...................................

198

1. test procedure: ............................................................................................................

CO: ......
Smoke (corrected value of absorption coefficient (m-1)):…Particulates: ......

HC + NOx: ......

NOx: ......

HC: ......

2. test procedure (if applicable)………..

CO: ......

NOx: ......

NMHC: ...... THC:…… CH4: ......

Particulates: ......

47.

Fiscal power or national code number(s), if applicable:

Italy: ................................

France: ............................. Spain: ..............................

Belgium:.......................... Germany: ......................... Luxembourg:...................

Denmark:......................... Netherlands:..................... Greece:............................

United Kingdom: ............

Ireland:............................. Portugal:..........................

Austria:............................

Sweden: ........................... Finland: ...........................

Chassis designed for off-road vehicles only: yes/no (1)

Remarks: ........................................................................................................................

Exemptions: ...................................................................................................................

49.

50.

51.

199

Side 2

For incomplete vehicles of categories N1, N2 and N3.

(The values and units indicated below are those given in the type-approval documentation of
the relevant Directives. In case of conformity of production tests, the values must be verified
according  to  the  methods  laid  down  in  the  relevant  Directives  taking  into  account  the
conformity of production test tolerances allowed in those Directives).

1.

2.

3.

Number of axles: ......

and wheels: ......

Powered axles: ......

Wheelbase: ...... mm

4.2.

Fifth wheel lead for semi-trailer towing vehicle (maximum and minimum): ...... mm

5.

6.2.

6.3.

7.2.

9.1.

9.2.

9.3.

Axle(s) track: 1. ...... mm 2. ...... mm 3. ...... mm 4. ...... mm

Maximum permissible length of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

Distance between the front end of the vehicle and the centre of the coupling device:
...... mm

Maximum permissible width of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

Height of the centre of gravity (c.o.g.): ...... mm

Maximum permissible height of the c.o.g. of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

Minimum permissible height of the c.o.g. of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

12.3. Mass of the bare chassis: ...... kg

13.1. Minimum permissible mass of the completed vehicle: ...... kg

13.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg 4. ...... kg

14.1.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass: ...... kg

14.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg 4. ...... kg

14.4.

Technically permissible mass on each axle/axle group: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg
4. ...... kg

15.

17.

Position of retractable or loadable axle(s):…………….

Technically permissible maximum towable mass of the motor vehicle in case of

17.1.

Drawbar trailer: ..............................................................................................................

17.2.

Semi-trailer: ...................................................................................................................

17.3.

Centre-axle trailer: ……………

200

17.4. Maximum mass of trailer (unbraked): ...... kg

18.

Maximum mass of combination: ...... kg

19.1. Maximum vertical load at the coupling point for a trailer: ...... kg

20.

21.

22.

Engine manufacturer: .....................................................................................................

Engine code as marked on the engine:...........................................................................

Working principle: .........................................................................................................

22.1.

Direct injection: yes/no (1)

23.

24.

25.

26.

27.

28.

29.

30.

32.

Number and arrangement of cylinders:..........................................................................

Capacity: ...... cm³

Fuel: ...............................................................................................................................

Maximum net power: ...... kW at ...... min-1

Clutch (type):

Gearbox (type): ..............................................................................................................

Gear ratios: 1. ...... 2. ...... 3. ...... 4. ...... 5. ...... 6. ......

Final drive ratio:.............................................................................................................

Tyres and wheels: Axle 1: ...... Axle 2: ...... Axle 3: ...... Axle 4: ......

33.1.

Drive axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1)

34.

35.

36.

41.

Steering, method of assistance: ......................................................................................

Brief description of the braking system: ........................................................................

Pressure in feed line for trailer braking system: ...... bar

Number and configuration of doors: ..............................................................................

42.1.

Number and position of seats:........................................................................................

43.1.

EC type-approval mark of coupling device, if fitted: ....................................................

43.3.

Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted:.............................................

43.4.

Characteristic values (1): D…… / V…… / S…… / U……

45.

Sound level:

201

Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive  applicable  to  the
approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more  implementation  stages,  indicate
also the implementation stage:………….

Stationary: ...... dB(A) at engine speed ...... min-1

Drive-by: ...... dB(A)

46.1.

Exhaust  emissions (6):  Number  of  the  base  Directive  and  latest  amending  Directive
applicable  to  the  EC  type-approval.  In  case  of  a  Directive  with  two  or  more
implementation stages, indicate also the implementation stage: ...................................

1. test procedure: ............................................................................................................

CO: ......
Smoke (corrected value of absorption coefficient (m-1)):…Particulates: ......

HC + NOx: ......

NOx: ......

HC: ......

2. test procedure (if applicable)………..

CO: ......

NOx: ......

NMHC: ......CH4: ......Particulates: ......

47.

Fiscal power or national code number(s), if applicable:

Italy: ................................

France: ............................. Spain: ..............................

Belgium:.......................... Germany: ......................... Luxembourg:...................

Denmark:......................... Netherlands:..................... Greece:............................

United Kingdom: ............

Ireland:............................. Portugal:..........................

Austria:............................

Sweden: ........................... Finland: ...........................

48.1.

48.2.

49.

50.

51.

EC  type-approved  according  to  the  design  requirements  for  transporting  dangerous
goods:

yes/class(es): ....../no (1)

EC  type-approved  according  to  the  design  requirements  for  transporting  certain
animals: yes/class(es): ....../no (1)

Chassis designed for off-road vehicles only: yes/no (1)

Remarks: ........................................................................................................................

Exemptions: ...................................................................................................................

202

Side 2

1.

3.

5.

6.2.

6.4.

7.2.

9.1.

9.2.

9.3.

For incomplete vehicles of categories O1, O2, O3 and O4

Number of axles: ...... and wheels: ......

Wheelbase: ...... mm

Axle(s) track: 1. ...... mm 2. ...... mm 3. ...... mm

Maximum permissible length of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

Distance between the centre of the coupling device and the rear end of the vehicle:
...... mm

Maximum permissible width of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

Height of the centre of gravity (c.o.g.): ...... mm

Maximum permissible height of the c.o.g. of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

Minimum permissible height of the c.o.g. of the completed vehicle: ...... mm

12.3. Mass of the bare chassis: ...... kg

13.1. Minimum permissible mass of the completed vehicle: ...... kg

13.2.

Distribution of this mass among the axles: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg

14.1.

Technically permissible maximum laden mass: ...... kg

14.5.

14.6.

Distribution of this mass among the axles and, in the case of a semi-trailer or centre-
axle trailer, load on the coupling point: 1. ...... kg 2. ...... kg 3. ...... kg coupling point:
...... kg

Technically  permissible  mass  on  each  axle/axle  group:  1.  ......  kg  2.  ......  kg  3.  ......
and, in the case of a semi-trailer or centre-axle trailer, load on the coupling point: ......
kg

15.

Position of retractable or loadable axle(s): …………….

19.2.

For coupling devices of classes B, D, E and H: maximum mass of the towing vehicle
(T) or of the vehicle combination (if T < 32 000 kg): ...... kg

32.

Tyres and wheels: Axle 1: ...... Axle 2: ...... Axle 3: ......

33.2.

Axle(s) fitted with air suspension or equivalent: yes/no (1)

34.

35.

Steering, method of assistance: ......................................................................................

Brief description of the braking system: ........................................................................

43.2.

EC type-approval mark of coupling device: ..................................................................

203

43.3.

Types or classes of coupling devices which can be fitted:.............................................

43.4.

Characteristic values (1): D…… / V…… / S…… / U……

47.

Fiscal power or national code number(s), if applicable:

Italy: ................................

France: ............................. Spain: ..............................

Belgium:.......................... Germany: ......................... Luxembourg:...................

Denmark:......................... Netherlands:..................... Greece:............................

United Kingdom: ............

Ireland:............................. Portugal:..........................

Austria:............................

Sweden: ........................... Finland: ...........................

48.1.

48.2.

50.

51.

EC  type-approved  according  to  the  design  requirements  for  transporting  dangerous
goods: yes/class(es): ....../no (1)

EC  type-approved  according  to  the  design  requirements  for  transporting  certain
animals: yes/class(es): ....../no (1)

Remarks: ........................................................................................................................

Exemptions: ...................................................................................................................

204

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC (adapted)
(cid:5) new

ANNEX X

CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION PROCEDURES

(cid:5) 0.

OBJECTIVES (cid:6)

(cid:5) The conformity of production procedure aims to ensure that each vehicle, system,
component and technical separate unit is produced and continues to be produced in
conformity with its type-approval. (cid:6)

(cid:5) Procedures  include  inseparably,  the  assessment  of  quality  management  systems,
referred to below as the initial assessment 1 and verification of the approval subject
and product-related controls, and referred to as product conformity arrangements. (cid:6)

INITIAL ASSESSMENT

The EC type-approval authority of a Member State must verify, before granting EC
type-approval,  the  existence  of  satisfactory  arrangements  and  procedures  for
ensuring  effective  control  so  that  components,  systems,  separate  technical  units  or
vehicles when in production conform to the approved type.

1.

1.1.

1.2.

The  requirements  in  point 1.1  shall  be  verified  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  authority
granting EC type-approval.

That  authority  shall  be  satisfied  with  the  initial  assessment  and  the  initial  product
conformity arrangements at section 2 below, taking account, as necessary, of one of
the  arrangements  described  at  paragraphs 1.2.1  to  1.2.3,  or  a  combination  of  those
arrangements in full or in part as appropriate.

1.2.1.

The actual initial assessment and/or verification of product conformity arrangements
(cid:5) shall (cid:6) be carried out by the EC type-approval authority granting the approval or
(cid:5) an appointed body acting (cid:6) on behalf of the EC type-approval authority.

1.2.1.1. When considering the extent of the initial assessment to be carried out, the EC type-

approval authority may take account of available information relating to:

– 

– 

the  manufacturer's  certification  described  in  1.2.3  below,  which  has  not  been
qualified or recognised under that paragraph,

in the case of component or separate technical unit  EC type-approval, quality
system  assessments  performed  in  the  component  or  separate  technical  unit
manufacturer's premises by vehicle manufacturer(s), according to one or more
of the industry sector specifications satisfying the requirements in harmonised
standard  EN  ISO  9002  -  1994,  or  EN  ISO  9001  -  2000  with  the  permissible

(1)

Guidance on the planning and conduct of assessment is to be found in harmonised standard ISO 10011,
Parts 1,2 and 3, 1991.

205

                                                
exclusion  of  the  requirements  related  to  the  concepts  of  design  and
"Customer  Satisfaction  and  Continual
development, 
Improvement".

sub-clause 7.3 

1.2.2.

The actual initial assessment and/or verification of product conformity arrangements
may also be carried out by the EC type-approval authority of another Member State
or  the  (cid:5) appointed  body (cid:6)  designated  for  this  purpose  by  the  EC  type-approval
authority.  In  that  case,  the  EC  type-approval  authority  of  the  other  Member  State
shall prepare a statement of compliance outlining the areas and production facilities
it  has  covered  as  relevant  to  the  product(s)  to  be  EC  type-approved  and  to  the
Directive according to which these products are to be approved (2). On receiving an
application  for  a  compliance  statement  from  the  EC  type-approval  authority  of  a
Member State granting EC type-approval, the EC type-approval authority of another
Member State shall send forthwith the statement of compliance or advise that it is not
in a position to provide such a statement. The statement of compliance should at least
include:

Group or company:

(e.g. XYZ Automotive)

Particular organisation:

(e.g. European Division)

Plants/Sites:

(e.g. Engine Plant 1 (United Kingdom) Vehicle
Plant 2 (Germany))

Vehicle/Component range:

(e.g. All Category M1 models)

Areas assessed:

(e.g. Engine assembly, body pressing and assembly,
vehicle assembly)

Documents examined:

(e.g. Company and site quality manual and
procedures)

Assessment:

(e.g. Conducted: 18-30.9.2001)
(e.g. Planned monitor visit: March 2002)

1.2.3.

The  EC  type-approval  authority  must  also  accept  the  manufacturer's  suitable
certification  to  harmonised  standard  EN  ISO  9002  -  1994  (whose  scope  covers  the
locations of production and product(s) to be approved), or EN ISO 9001 - 2000 with
the permissible  exclusion of  the requirements related  to  the concepts  of  design  and
development, sub-clause 7.3 "Customer Satisfaction and Continual Improvement", or
an  equivalent harmonised  standard  as  satisfying the  initial  assessment  requirements
of point 1.2. The manufacturer must provide details of the certification and undertake
to inform the EC type-approval authority of any revisions to its validity or scope.

‘Suitable’  means  granted  by  a  certification  body  complying  with  harmonised
standard EN 45012, and either qualified as such by the EC type-approval authority of
a Member State itself, or accredited as such by a national accreditation organisation
of  a  Member  State  and  recognised  by  that  Member  State’s  EC  type-approval
authority.

(2)

For example, the relevant separate Directive, if the product to be approved is a system, component or
technical unit, and Directive 70/156/CEE if it is a whole vehicle.

206

                                                
The EC type-approval authorities of the Member State shall inform each other of the
certification bodies they have qualified or recognised as abovementioned, and of any
revision to the validity or scope of these bodies.

1.3.

For  the  purpose  of  the  whole  vehicle  EC  type-approval,  the  initial  assessments
carried out for granting of approvals for systems, components and technical units of
the vehicle need not be repeated, but shall be completed by an assessment covering
the locations and activities relating to the assembly of the whole vehicle not covered
by the former assessments.

2.

PRODUCT CONFORMITY ARRANGEMENTS

2.1.

2.2.

Every  vehicle,  system,  component  or  separate  technical  unit  approved  pursuant  to
this Directive or a separate Directive must be so manufactured as to conform to the
type approved by meeting the requirements of this Directive or a separate Directive
contained in the complete list set out in Annex IV or XI.

The  EC  type-approval  authority  of  a  Member  State,  at  the  time  of  granting  an  EC
type-approval, must verify the existence of  adequate arrangements and documented
control plans, to be agreed with the manufacturer for each approval, to carry out at
specified  intervals  those  tests  or  associated  checks  necessary  to  verify  continued
conformity  with  the  approved  type  including  specifically,  where  applicable,  tests
specified in the separate Directives.

2.3.

The holder of the EC type-approval must, in particular:

2.3.1.

2.3.2.

2.3.3.

2.3.4.

2.3.5.

2.3.6.

ensure  the  existence  and  application  of  procedures  for  effective  control  of  the
conformity of products (vehicles, systems, components or separate technical units) to
the approved type;

have access to the testing or other appropriate equipment necessary for checking the
conformity to each approved type;

ensure  that  test  or  check  results  data  are  recorded  and  that  annexed  documents
remain available for a period to be determined in agreement with the type-approval
authority. This period is not required to exceed 10 years;

analyse  the  results  of  each  type  of  test  or  check,  in  order  to  verify  and  ensure  the
stability  of  the  product  characteristics,  making  allowance  for  variation  of  an
industrial production;

ensure that for each type of product, at least the checks prescribed in this Directive
and  the  tests  prescribed  in  the  applicable  separate  Directives  contained  in  the
complete list set out in Annex IV or XI, are carried out;

ensure that  any set of samples or  test pieces,  giving evidence of  non-conformity  in
the type of test or check in question gives rise to a further sampling and test or check.
All  the  necessary  steps  shall  be  taken  to  restore  conformity  of  the  corresponding
production;

2.3.7.

in the case of whole-vehicle EC type-approval, the checks referred to in point 2.3.5
are  restricted  to  those  verifying  the  correct  build  specification  in  relation  to  the
approval and especially to the information document laid down in Annex III and the

207

information  required  for  certificates  of  conformity  given  in  Annex IX  to  this
Directive.

3.

3.1.

3.1.1.

CONTINUED VERIFICATION ARRANGEMENTS

The  authority  which  has  granted  EC  type-approval  may  at  any  time  verify  the
conformity control methods applied in each production facility.

The  normal  arrangements  shall  be  to  monitor  the  continued  effectiveness  of  the
procedures  established  at  1.2  (initial  assessment  and  product  conformity)  of  this
Annex.

3.1.1.1. Surveillance activities carried out by a certification body (qualified or recognised as
required  by  paragraph 1.2.3  of  this  Annex)  must  be  accepted  as  satisfying  the
requirements of 3.1.1 with regard to the procedures established at initial assessment
(paragraph 1.2.3).

3.1.1.2. The normal frequency of verifications by the EC type-approval authority (other than
those  at  3.1.1.1)  shall  be  such  as  to  ensure  that  the  relevant  controls  applied  in
accordance with Sections 1 and 2 of this Annex are reviewed over a period consistent
with the climate of trust established by the type-approval authority.

3.2.

3.3.

3.4.

3.5.

3.6.

At every review, records of tests or checks and records of production shall be made
available to the inspector; in particular, records of those tests or checks documented
as required by point 2.2 of this Annex.

Where  the  nature  of  the  test  is  appropriate,  the  inspector  may  select  samples  at
random  to  be  tested  in  the  manufacturer's  laboratory  (or  by  the  technical  service
where the separate Directive so provides). The minimum number of samples may be
determined according to the results of the manufacturer's own verification.

Where  the  level  of  control  appears  unsatisfactory,  or  when  it  seems  necessary  to
verify  the  validity  of  the  tests  carried  out  in  application  of  point 3.2,  the  inspector
must select samples to be sent to the technical service which conducted the EC type-
approval tests.

The  EC  type-approval  authority  may  carry  out  any  check  or  test  prescribed  in  this
Directive  or  in  the  applicable  separate  Directives  contained  in  the  complete  list  set
out in Annex IV or XI.

In cases where unsatisfactory results are found during an inspection or a monitoring
review, the EC type-approval authority must ensure that all necessary steps are taken
to restore conformity of production as rapidly as possible.

208

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC
(cid:5) new

ANNEX XI

NATURE OF AND PROVISIONS FOR SPECIAL PURPOSE VEHICLES

Appendix 1

Motor-Caravans, Ambulances and Hearses

Item

Subject

Directive
number

M1 (cid:1) 2 500
(1) kg

M1 (cid:2) 2 500
(1) kg

1

2

3

Sound levels

70/157/EEC

Emissions

70/220/EEC

Fuel tanks/rear
protective devices

70/221/EEC

4 Rear registration
plate space

70/222/EEC

5

Steering effort

70/311/EEC

6 Door latches and

70/387/EEC

hinges

7 Audible warning

70/388/EEC

8 Rear visibility

71/127/EEC

9 Braking

71/320/EEC

10

Suppression of radio
interference

72/245/EEC

11 Diesel smoke

72/306/EEC

12

Interior fittings

74/60/EEC

13 Anti-theft and

74/61/EEC

immobiliser

14

Protective steering

74/297/EEC

15

Seat strength

74/408/EEC

16

Exterior projections

74/483/EEC

H

Q

F

X

X

B

X

X

X

X

H

C

X

X

D

M2

G+H

G+Q

M3

G+H

G+Q

F

X

G

X

G

G

X

H

G

F

X

G

X

G

G

X

H

G

G+H

G+Q

F

X

G

G+B

X

G

G

X

H

G+C

G

G

G+D

G+D

G+D

X for the cab;
A for the
remaining part

G for the cab;
A for the
remaining part

17

Speedometer and
reverse gear

75/443/EEC

X

X

X

X

209

Item

Subject

Directive
number

M1 (cid:1) 2 500
(1) kg

M1 (cid:2) 2 500
(1) kg

18

Plates (statutory)

76/114/EEC

19

Seat belt anchorages

76/115/EEC

X

D

X

G+L

M2

X

M3

X

G+L

G+L

20

Installation of
lighting and light
signalling devices

76/756/EEC

A+N

A+G+N for the
cab; A+N for
the remaining
part

A+G+N for the
cab; A+N for
the remaining
part

A+G+N for the
cab; A+N for
the remaining
part

21 Retro reflectors

76/757/EEC

22

End-outline, front-
side, rear-side, stop,
day time running,
side-marker lamps

76/758/EEC

23 Direction indicators

76/759/EEC

24 Rear registration
plate lamps

76/760/EEC

25 Head lamps

76/761/EEC

(including bulbs)

26

Front fog lamps

76/762/EEC

27

Towing hooks

77/389/EEC

28 Rear fog lamps

77/538/EEC

29 Reversing lamps

77/539/EEC

30

Parking lamps

77/540/EEC

31

Seat belts

77/541/EEC

32

Forward vision

77/649/EEC

33

Identification of
controls

78/316/EEC

34 Defrost/demist

78/317/EEC

35 Wash/wipe

78/318/EEC

36 Heating systems

(cid:5) 2001/56/EC
 (cid:6)

37 Wheel guards

78/549/EEC

38 Head restraints

78/932/EEC

X

X

X

X

X

X

E

X

X

X

D

X

X

X

X

I

X

D

39 CO2 emissions/fuel
consumption

80/1268/EEC

N/A

210

X

X

X

X

X

X

E

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

E

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

E

X

X

X

G+M

G+M

G+M

X

O

O

X

O

O

G

X

G+O

G+O

G+P

G

G+D

N/A

Item

Subject

Directive
number

M1 (cid:1) 2 500
(1) kg

M1 (cid:2) 2 500
(1) kg

X

H

X

J

X

X

G+H

X

G+J

G

40

Engine power

80/1269/EEC

41 Diesel emissions

88/77/EEC

44 Masses and

92/21/EEC

dimensions (cars)

45

Safety glass

92/22/EEC

46

Tyres

92/23/EEC

47

Speed limiters

92/24/EEC

48 Masses and

97/27/EC

dimensions (other
than vehicles referred
to in item 44)

50 Couplings

94/20/EC

X

G

51

Flammability

95/28/EC

52 Buses and coaches (cid:5) 2001/85/EC

 (cid:6)

53

Front impact

96/79/EC

54

Side impact

96/27/EC

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

(1) Technically permissible maximum laden mass.

M2

X

M3

X

G+H

G+H

G+J

G+J

G

X

G

A

G

X

X

G

G for the cab;
X for the
remaining
part

A

211

Appendix 2

Armoured Vehicles

Item

Subject

Directive
number

M1 M2 M3

N1

N2

N3

O1

O2

O3

O4

1

2

3

Sound levels

70/157/EEC

Emissions

70/220/EEC

Fuel tanks/rear
protective devices

70/221/EEC

4 Rear registration
plate space

70/222/EEC

5

Steering effort

70/311/EEC

6 Door latches and

70/387/EEC

hinges

X

A

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

X

7 Audible warning

70/388/EEC

A+K A+K A+K A+K A+K A+K

8 Rear visibility

71/127/EEC

9 Braking

71/320/EEC

10

Suppression of
radio interference

72/245/EEC

11 Diesel smoke

72/306/EEC

12

Interior fittings

74/60/EEC

13 Anti-theft and

74/61/EEC

immobiliser

A

X

X

X

A

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

14

Protective steering

74/297/EEC

N/A

N/A

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

15

Seat strength

74/408/EEC

16

17

Exterior
projections

74/483/EEC

Speedometer and
reverse gear

75/443/EEC

18

Plates (statutory)

76/114/EEC

Seat belt
anchorages

76/115/EEC

19

20

X

A

X

X

A

D

D

D

D

D

X

X

A

X

X

A

X

X

A

X

X

A

X

X

A

X

X

X

X

Installation of
lighting and light
signalling devices

76/756/EEC

A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N

21 Retro reflectors

76/757/EEC

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

212

Item

Subject

Directive
number

M1 M2 M3

N1

N2

N3

O1

O2

O3

O4

76/758/EEC

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

22

End-outline, front-
side, rear-side,
stop, day time
running, side-
marker lamps

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

O

O

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

O

O

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

O

O

23 Direction
indicators

76/759/EEC

24 Rear registration
plate lamps

76/760/EEC

25 Head lamps

76/761/EEC

(including bulbs)

26

Front fog lamps

76/762/EEC

27

Towing hooks

77/389/EEC

28 Rear fog lamps

77/538/EEC

29 Reversing lamps

77/539/EEC

30

Parking lamps

77/540/EEC

31

Seat belts

77/541/EEC

32

Forward vision

77/649/EEC

33

Identification of
controls

78/316/EEC

34 Defrost/demist

78/317/EEC

35 Wash/wipe

78/318/EEC

36 Heating systems (cid:5) 2001/56/EC

 (cid:6)

37 Wheel guards

78/549/EEC

38 Head restraints

78/932/EEC

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

A

S

X

A

A

X

X

X

39 CO2 emissions/fuel
consumption

80/1268/EEC

N/A

40

Engine power

80/1269/EEC

41 Diesel emissions

88/77/EEC

42

Lateral protection

89/297/EEC

43

Spray suppression
systems

91/226/EEC

X

A

X

X

X

X

X

X

213

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

O

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

A

X

O

O

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Item

Subject

Directive
number

M1 M2 M3

N1

N2

N3

O1

O2

O3

O4

44 Masses and

92/21/EEC

X

dimensions (cars)

45

Safety glass

92/22/EEC

N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

46

Tyres

92/23/EEC

A

A

47

Speed limiters

92/24/EEC

48 Masses and

97/27/EC

X

dimensions (other
than vehicles
referred to in
item 44)

49

External
projections of cabs

92/114/EEC

50 Couplings

94/20/EC

X

X

51

Flammability

95/28/EC

52 Buses and coaches (cid:5) 2001/85/EC

 (cid:6)

A

A

X

X

X

X

A

A

X

A

X

A

X

X

A

X

A

X

X

A

X

A

A

A

A

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

53

Front impact

96/79/EC

54

Side impact

96/27/EC

N/A

N/A

N/A

56 Vehicles intended
for the transport of
dangerous goods

98/91/EC

57

Front underrun
protection

2000/40/EC

X (1) X (1) X (1) X (1) X (1) X (1) X (1)

X

X

(1) The requirements of Directive 98/91/EC are only applicable when the manufacturer applies for the EC type-

approval of a vehicle intended for the transport of dangerous goods.

214

Appendix 3

Other Special Purpose Vehicles (including Trailer Caravans)

Application  of  the  exemptions  is  only  permitted  if  the  manufacturer  demonstrates  to  the
satisfaction of the approval authority that the vehicle, due to the special function, can not meet
all the requirements.

Item

Subject

Directive
number

M2 M3

N1

N2

N3

O1

O2

O3

O4

1

2

3

Sound levels

70/157/EEC

Emissions

70/220/EEC

Fuel tanks/rear
protective devices

70/221/EEC

H

Q

F

H

Q

F

H

Q

F

H

Q

F

H

Q

F

X

X

X

X

4 Rear registration plate

70/222/EEC

A+R A+R A+R A+R A+R A+R A+R A+R A+R

space

5

Steering effort

70/311/EEC

X

X

6 Door latches and

70/387/EEC

hinges

7 Audible warning

70/388/EEC

8 Rear visibility

71/127/EEC

9 Braking

71/320/EEC

10

Suppression of radio
interference

72/245/EEC

11 Diesel smoke

72/306/EEC

13 Anti-theft and

immobiliser

74/61/EEC

14

Protective steering

74/297/EEC

15

Seat strength

74/408/EEC

17

Speedometer and
reverse gear

75/443/EEC

18

Plates (statutory)

76/114/EEC

19

Seat belt anchorages

76/115/EEC

X

X

X

X

H

X

D

X

X

D

X

X

X

X

H

X

D

X

X

D

X

B

X

X

X

X

H

X

X

D

X

X

D

X

B

X

X

X

X

H

X

D

X

X

D

X

B

X

X

X

X

H

X

D

X

X

D

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

20

Installation of lighting
and light signalling
devices

76/756/EEC

A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N A+N

21 Retro reflectors

76/757/EEC

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

215

Item

Subject

Directive
number

M2 M3

N1

N2

N3

O1

O2

O3

O4

22

End-outline, front-
side, rear-side, stop,
day time running, side-
marker lamps

76/758/EEC

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

23 Direction indicators

76/759/EEC

24 Rear registration plate

76/760/EEC

lamps

25 Head lamps (including

76/761/EEC

bulbs)

26

Front fog lamps

76/762/EEC

27

Towing hooks

77/389/EEC

28 Rear fog lamps

77/538/EEC

29 Reversing lamps

77/539/EEC

30

Parking lamps

77/540/EEC

31

Seat belts

77/541/EEC

33

Identification of
controls

78/316/EEC

34 Defrost/demist

78/317/EEC

35 Wash/wipe

78/318/EEC

40

Engine power

80/1269/EEC

41 Diesel emissions

88/77/EEC

42

Lateral protection

89/297/EEC

43

Spray suppression
systems

91/226/EEC

45

Safety glass

92/22/EEC

46

Tyres

92/23/EEC

47

Speed limiters

92/24/EEC

48 Masses and
dimensions

97/27/EC

49

External projections of
cabs

92/114/EEC

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

D

X

O

O

X

H

J

X

X

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

D

X

O

O

X

H

J

X

X

X

50 Couplings

94/20/EC

X

X

216

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

D

X

O

O

X

H

J

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

D

X

O

O

X

H

X

X

J

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

A

X

X

X

D

X

O

O

X

H

X

X

J

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

J

X

X

X

J

X

J

X

J

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Item

Subject

Directive
number

51

Flammability

95/28/EC

52 Buses and coaches

(cid:5) 2001/85/EC
 (cid:6)

X

X

X

M2 M3

N1

N2

N3

O1

O2

O3

O4

54

Side impact

96/27/EC

A

56 Vehicles intended for
the transport of
dangerous goods

57

Front underrun
protection

98/91/EC

X

X

X

X

X

X

2000/40/EC

X

X

217

Appendix 4

Mobile Cranes

Directive
numbers

70/157/EEC

70/220/EEC

Item

Subject

Sound levels

Emissions

1

2

3

Fuel tanks/rear protective devices

70/221/EEC

4 Rear registration plate space

70/222/EEC

Mobile crane of category N3

T

X

X

X

5

Steering effort

70/311/EEC

X crab steering allowed

6 Door latches and hinges

7 Audible warning

8 Rear visibility

9 Braking

70/387/EEC

70/388/EEC

71/127/EEC

71/320/EEC

10

Suppression of radio interference

72/245/EEC

11 Diesel smoke

12

Interior fittings

72/306/EEC

74/60/EEC

13 Anti-theft and immobiliser

74/61/EEC

15

Seat strength

74/408/EEC

17

Speedometer and reverse gear

75/443/EEC

18

Plates (statutory)

19

Seat belt anchorages

20

Installation of lighting and light
signalling devices

21 Reflex reflectors

22

End-outline, front position (side), rear-
position (side), stop, side marker,
daytime running lamps

76/114/EEC

76/115/EEC

76/756/EEC

76/757/EEC

76/758/EEC

23 Direction indicators

76/759/EEC

24 Rear registration plate lamps

76/760/EEC

25 Head lamps (including bulbs)

76/761/EEC

26

Front fog lamps

76/762/EEC

218

A

X

X

U

X

X

X

X

D

X

X

D

A+Y

X

X

X

X

X

X

Item

Subject

27

Towing hooks

28 Rear fog lamps

29 Reversing lamps

30

Parking lamps

31

Seat belts

Directive
numbers

77/389/EEC

77/538/EEC

77/539/EEC

77/540/EEC

77/541/EEC

33

Identification of controls

78/316/EEC

34 Defrost/demist

35 Wash/wipe

40

Engine power

41 Diesel emissions

42

Lateral protection

78/317/EEC

78/318/EEC

80/1269/EEC

88/77/EEC

89/297/EEC

43

Spray-suppression systems

91/226/EEC

45

Safety glass

46

Tyres

47

Speed limiters

48 Masses and dimensions

92/22/EEC

92/23/EEC

92/24/EEC

97/27/EC

49

External projections of cabs

92/114/EEC

50 Couplings

94/20/EC

57

Front underrun protection

2000/40/EC

Mobile crane of category N3

A

X

X

X

D

X

O

O

X

V

X

X

J

A, provided that the requirements in
ISO 10571 - 1995 (E) or ETRTO Standards
Manual 1998 are fulfilled.

X

X

X

X

X

219

Meaning of letters

X

No exemptions except those specified in the separate Directive.

N/A

This Directive is not applicable to this vehicle (no requirements).

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

Exemption  permitted  where  special  purposes  make  it  impossible  to  fully  comply.
The  manufacturer  shall  demonstrate  this  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  type-approval
authority that the vehicle cannot meet the requirements due to its special purpose.

Application  limited  to  doors  giving  access  to  the  seats  designated  for  normal  use
when the vehicle is travelling on the road and where the distance between the R point
of the seat and the average plane of the door surface, measured perpendicular to the
longitudinal medium plane of the vehicle, does not exceed 500 mm.

Application limited to that part of the vehicle in front of the rearmost seat designated
for normal use when the vehicle is travelling on the road and also limited to the head
impact zone as defined in Directive 74/60/EEC.

Application limited to seats designated for normal use when the vehicle is travelling
on the road (cid:5) . Seats which are designated for use when the vehicle is travelling on
the road must be clearly identified to users either by means of a pictogram or a sign
with an appropriate text. (cid:6)

Front only.

Modification to the routing and length of the refuelling duct and re-positioning of the
tank inboard is permissible.

Requirements according to the category of the  base/incomplete  vehicle  (the chassis
of  which  was  used  to  build  the  special  purpose  vehicle).  In  the  case  of
incomplete/completed vehicles, it is acceptable that the requirements for vehicles of
the corresponding category N (based on max. mass) are satisfied.

Modification  of  exhaust  system  length  after  the  last  silencer  not  exceeding  2 m  is
permissible without any further test.

Application  limited  to  those  heating  systems  not  specially  designed  for  habitation
purposes.

For all window glazing other than driver's cab glazing (windshield and side glasses),
the material may be either of safety glass or rigid plastic glazing.

Additional panic alarm devices permitted.

Application limited to seats designated for normal use when the vehicle is travelling
on the road. At least anchorages for lap belts are required in the rear seating positions
(cid:5) .  Seats  which  are  designated  for  use  when  the  vehicle  is  travelling  on  the  road
must be clearly identified to users either by means of a pictogram or a sign with an
appropriate text. (cid:6)

220

M

N

O

P

Q

R

S

T

U

V

Y

Application limited to seats designated for normal use when the vehicle is travelling
on  the  road.  At  least  lap  belts  are  required  in  all  rear  seating  positions  (cid:5) .  Seats
which  are  designated  for  use  when  the  vehicle  is  travelling  on  the  road  must  be
clearly  identified  to  users  either  by  means  of  a  pictogram  or  a  sign  with  an
appropriate text. (cid:6)

Provided  that  all  mandatory  lighting  devices  are  installed  and  that  the  geometric
visibility is not affected.

The vehicle shall be fitted with an adequate system in the front.

Application  limited  to  those  heating  systems  not  specially  designed  for  habitation
purposes. The vehicle shall be fitted with an adequate system in the front.

Modification  of  exhaust  system  length  after  the  last  silencer  not  exceeding  2 m  is
permissible  without  any  further  test.  An  EC  type-approval  issued  to  the  most
representative  base  vehicle  remains  valid  irrespective  of  change  in  the  reference
weight.

Provided that the registration plates of all member states can be mounted and remain
visible.

The light transmission factor is at least 60%, also the "A" pillar obstruction angle is
not more than 10°.

Test to be performed only with the complete/completed vehicle. The vehicle can be
tested  according  to  Directive  70/157/EEC  as  last  amended  by  1999/101/EC.
Concerning  item 5.2.2.1  of  Annex I  to  Directive  70/157/EEC  the  following  limit
values are applicable:

81 dB(A) for vehicles with an engine power of less than 75 kW

83 dB(A)  for  vehicles  with  an  engine  power  of  not  less  than  75 kW  but  less  than
150 kW

84 dB(A) for vehicles with an engine power of not less than 150 kW

Test  to  be  performed  only  with  the  complete/completed  vehicle.  Vehicles  up  to
4 axles shall comply with all the requirements laid down by Directive 71/320/EEC.
Derogations are admitted for vehicles having more than 4 axles, provided that:

they are justified by the particular construction

all the braking performances, related to parking, service and secondary braking laid
down by Directive 71/320/EEC are fulfilled.

The compliance with Directive 97/68/EC can be accepted.

Provided that all mandatory lighting devices are installed.

221

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC (adapted)
(cid:5) new

ANNEX XII

SMALL SERIES AND END-OF-SERIES LIMITS

A.

SMALL SERIES LIMITS

(cid:5) 1.

The number of units of one type of vehicle to be registered, sold or put into service
per  year in the Community in application of Article 21 shall not  exceed the figures
shown below for the vehicle category in question:

 (cid:6) Category

M1

M2, M3

N1

N2, N3

O1, O2

O3, O4

Units

500

(cid:5) 0 (cid:6)

(cid:5) 0 (cid:6)

(cid:5) 0 (cid:6)

(cid:5) 0 (cid:6)

(cid:5) 0 (cid:6)

(cid:5) 2.

The number of units of one type to be registered, sold or put into service per year in
one  Member  State  in  application  of  Article 22  shall  not  exceed  the  figures  shown
below for the vehicle category in question: (cid:6)

Category

M1

M2, M3

N1

N2, N3

O1, O2

O3, O4

Units

(cid:5) 50 (cid:6)

250

500

250

500

250

A "family of types" shall consist of vehicles do not differ in the following essential respects:

1.

For the purpose of category M1:

– 

the manufacturer,

222

– 

essential aspects of construction and design:

– 

– 

chassis/floor pan (obvious and fundamental differences),

power plant (internal combustion/electric/hybrid).

2.

For the purpose of category M2 and M3:

– 

– 

– 

the manufacturer,

category,

essential aspects of construction and design:

– 

– 

– 

chassis/self-supporting body (obvious and fundamental differences),

power plant (internal combustion/electric/hybrid),

number of axles.

3.

For the purpose of category N1, N2 and N3:

– 

– 

– 

the manufacturer,

category,

essential aspects of construction and design:

– 

– 

– 

chassis/floor pan (obvious and fundamental differences),

power plant (internal combustion/electric/hybrid),

number of axles.

4.

For the purpose of category O1, O2, O3 and O4:

– 

– 

– 

the manufacturer,

category,

essential aspects of construction and design:

– 

– 

– 

– 

chassis/self-supporting body (obvious and fundamental differences),

number of axles,

drawbar trailer/semi-trailer/centre axle trailer,

type of braking system (e.g. unbraked/inertia/power).

B.

END-OF-SERIES LIMITS

The maximum number of complete and completed vehicles put into service in each
Member State under the procedure  "End-of-Series" shall be  restricted  in  one  of  the
following ways to be chosen by the Member State :

223

– 

– 

the  maximum  number  of  vehicles  of  one  or  more  types  may,  in  the  case  of
category M1, not exceed 10% and in the case of all other categories not exceed
30%  of  the  vehicles  of  all  types  concerned  put  into  service  in  that  Member
State  during  the  previous  year.  Should  10%,  respectively  30%,  be  less  than
100 vehicles,  then  the  Member  State  may  allow  the  putting  into  service  of  a
maximum of 100 vehicles;

vehicles of any one type shall be restricted to those for which a valid certificate
of  conformity  was  issued  on  or  after  the  date  of  manufacture  and  which
remained valid for at least three months after its date of issue but subsequently
lost its validity because of coming into force of a separate Directive.

A special entry shall be made on the certificate of conformity of the vehicles put into
service under this procedure.

224

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC

ANNEX XIII

LIST OF EC TYPE-APPROVALS ISSUED
PURSUANT TO SEPARATE DIRECTIVES

Type-approval authority
stamp

List number: .................................................................................................................................

Covering the period:.................................................. to ..............................................................

The following information in respect of each EC type-approval granted, refused or withdrawn
in the above mentioned period must be given:

Manufacturer: ...............................................................................................................................

EC type-approval number: ...........................................................................................................

Reason for extension (where applicable): ....................................................................................

Make:............................................................................................................................................

Type:.............................................................................................................................................

Date of issue: ................................................................................................................................

First date of issue (in the case of extensions):..............................................................................

225

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC
(cid:5) new

ANNEX XIV

PROCEDURES TO BE FOLLOWED
DURING MULTI-STAGE EC TYPE-APPROVAL

1.

1.1.

1.2.

1.3.

GENERAL

The  satisfactory  operation  of  the  process  of  multi-stage  EC  type-approval  requires
joint action by all the manufacturers concerned. To this end approval authorities must
ensure,  before  granting  first  and  subsequent  stage  approval, 
that  suitable
arrangements  exist  between  the  relevant  manufacturers  for  the  supply  and
interchange  of  documents  and  information  such  that  the  completed  vehicle  type
meets the technical requirements of all the relevant separate Directives as prescribed
in Annex IV or Annex XI. Such information must include details of relevant system,
component  and  separate  technical  unit  approvals  and  of  vehicle  parts  which  form
part of the incomplete vehicle but are not yet approved.

EC  type-approvals  in  accordance  with  this  Annex  are  granted  on  the  basis  of  the
current  state  of  completion  of  the  vehicle  type  and  must  incorporate  all  approvals
granted at earlier stages.

Each manufacturer in a multi-stage EC type-approval process is responsible for the
approval  and  conformity  of  production  of  all  systems,  components  or  separate
technical units manufactured by him  or added by him to  the previously built stage.
He  is  not  responsible  for  subjects  which  have  been  approved  in  an  earlier  stage
except  in  those  cases  where  he  modifies  relevant  parts  to  an  extent  that  the
previously granted approval becomes invalid.

2.

PROCEDURES

The type-approval authority must:

(a)

(b)

(c)

verify that all relevant separate  Directive  EC  type-approvals are applicable to
the appropriate standard in the separate Directive;

ensure that all the relevant data, taking account of the state of completion of the
vehicle, is included in the information folder;

by  reference  to  the  documentation  make  sure  that  the  vehicle  specification(s)
and  data  contained  in  Part I  of  the  vehicle  information  folder  are  included  in
the  data  in  the  information  packages  and/or  the  approval  certificates  of  the
relevant separate Directive EC type-approvals; and in the case of a completed
vehicle,  where  an  item  number  in  Part I  of  the  information  folder  is  not
included in the information package of any of the separate Directives, confirm
that  the  relevant  part  of  characteristic  conforms  to  the  particulars  in  the
information folder;

226

(d)

on  a  selected  sample  of  vehicles  from  the  type  to  be  approved  carry  out  or
arrange to be carried out inspections of vehicle parts and systems to verify that
the vehicle(s) is/are built in accordance with the relevant data contained in the
authenticated information package in respect of all relevant separate Directive
EC type-approvals;

(e)

carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant installation checks in respect of
separate technical units where applicable.

3.

The number of vehicles to be inspected for the purposes  of paragraph 2(d) must be
sufficient  to  permit  the  proper  control  of  the  various  combinations  to  be  EC
type-approved according to the state of completion of the vehicle and the following
criteria:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

engine,

gearbox,

powered axles (number, position, interconnection),

steered axles (number and position),

body styles,

number of doors,

hand of drive,

number of seats,

level of equipment.

4.

IDENTIFICATION OF THE VEHICLE

(cid:5) 4.1. Vehicle identification number (cid:6)

(cid:5) (a) The 

identification  number  of 

the  base  vehicle  (VIN)  prescribed  by
Directive 76/114/EEC shall be retained during all the subsequent stages of the
type-approval process to ensure the “traceability” of the process. (cid:6)

(cid:5) (b)However, at the final stage of completion, the manufacturer concerned by this
stage  may  replace,  in  agreement  with  the  approval  authority,  the  first  and
second  sections  of  the  vehicle  identification  number  by  his  own  vehicle
manufacturer  code  and  the  vehicle  identification  code  if,  and  only  if,  the
vehicle  has  to  be  registered  under  his  own  trade  name.  In  such  a  case,  the
complete  vehicle  identification  number  of  the  base  vehicle  shall  not  be
deleted. (cid:6)

(cid:5) 4.2. Additional manufacturer's plate (cid:6)

At the second and subsequent stages, in addition to the statutory plate prescribed by
Directive  76/114/EEC,  each  manufacturer  must  affix  to  the  vehicle  an  additional
plate the model of which is shown in the appendix to this Annex. This plate must be

227

firmly attached, in a conspicuous and readily accessible position on a part not subject
to replacement in use. It must show clearly and indelibly the  following information
in the order listed:

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

name of the manufacturer,

Sections 1, 3 and 4 of the EC type-approval number,

the stage of approval,

vehicle identification number,

maximum permissible laden mass of the vehicle (a),

maximum  permissible  laden  mass  of  the  combination  (where  the  vehicle  is
permitted to tow a trailer) (a),

maximum permissible mass on each axle, listed in order from front to rear (a),

in the case of a semi-trailer or centre axle trailer, the maximum permitted mass
on the coupling device (a).

Unless otherwise provided for above, the plate must comply with the requirements of
Directive 76/114/EEC.

(a)

Only where the value has changed during the current stage of approval.

228

                                                
Appendix 1

MODEL OF THE MANUFACTURER'S ADDITIONAL PLATE

The example below is given as a guide only.

MANUFACTURER'S NAME (stage 3)

e2*98/14*2609

Stage 3

WD9VD58D98D234560

1 500 kg

2 500 kg

1 – 700 kg

2 – 810 kg

229

(cid:1) 2001/116/EC

ANNEX XV

CERTIFICATE OF ORIGIN OF THE VEHICLE

Manufacturer's declaration of base/incomplete vehicle of category other than M1

Declaration number:

I, the undersigned, hereby declare that the vehicle as specified below, has been manufactured
in our own factory and that it is a newly manufactured vehicle.

0.1.

0.2.

Make (trade name of manufacturer):..............................................................................

Type of vehicle: .............................................................................................................

0.2.1. Commercial name(s): .....................................................................................................

0.3.

0.6.

0.8.

Means of identification of type: .....................................................................................

Vehicle identification number:.......................................................................................

Address(es) of assembly plant(s): ..................................................................................

Moreover,  the  undersigned  declares  that  the  vehicle  when  delivered  complied  with  the
following Directives:

Subject

Directive
number

EC type-approval
number

Member State granting
EC type-approval (1)

1. Sound level

2. Emissions

3. …

etc.

(1) To be indicated if not obtainable from the EC type-approval numbers.

The present declaration is issued according to the provisions established in Annex XI to this
Directive.

......................................................................................................................................................

(Place)

(Signature)

(Date)

230

(cid:4) new

ANNEX XVI

TIMETABLE FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THIS DIRECTIVE IN RESPECT OF
TYPE-APPROVAL

Categories concerned

Enforcement dates

New types of vehicles

New types of vehicles

Optional

Obligatory

Existing types of
vehicles
(Obligatory)

N.A. ++

[…..] +

[…..] +

N.A. ++

1 July 2007

1 July 2009

[…..] +

1 January 2007

1 January 2009

M1

Special-purpose
vehicles of category
M1

Incomplete and
complete vehicles of
category N1

Completed vehicles of
category N1

[…..] +

1 January 2008

1 January 2010

[…..] +

1 January 2008

1 January 2010

[…..] +

1 January 2009

1 January 2011

Incomplete and
complete vehicles of
category N2, N3, M2,
M3, O1, O2, O3, O4

Special-purpose
vehicles of category
N1, N2, N3, M2, M3, O1,
O2, O3, O4

Completed vehicles of
category N2, N3, M2,
M3, O1, O2, O3, O4

[…..] +

1 January 2010

1 January 2012

231

(+) 12 months after the date of adoption of this Directive
(++) Not applicable.’

232

(cid:1) 

ANNEX XVII

TIME-LIMITS FOR THE TRANSPOSITION OF THE REPEALED DIRECTIVES
INTO NATIONAL LAWS

(Referred to in Article 43)

Part A
Directive 70/156/EEC and its successive amending acts

Directives

Comments

Directive 70/156/EEC 1

Directive 78/315/EEC 2

Directive 78/547/EEC 3

Directive 80/1267/EEC 4

Directive 87/358/EEC 5

Directive 87/403/EEC 6

Directive 92/53/EEC 7

Directive 93/81/EEC 8

Directive 95/54/EC 9

Directive 96/27/EC 10

Directive 96/79/EC 11

Directive 97/27/EC 12

Directive 98/14/EC 13

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

OJ L 42, 23.2.1970, p. 1.
OJ L 81, 28.3.1978, p. 1.
OJ L 168, 26.6.1978, p. 39.
OJ L 375, 31.12.1980, p. 34.
OJ L 192, 11.7.1987, p. 51.
OJ L 220, 8.8.1987, p. 44.
OJ L 225, 10.8.1992, p. 1.
OJ L 264, 23.10.1993, p. 49.
OJ L 266, 8.11.1995, p. 1.
OJ L 169, 8.7.1996, p. 1.
OJ L 18, 21.1.1997, p. 7.
OJ L 233, 25.8.1997, p. 1.
OJ L 91, 25.3.1998, p. 1.

Only Article 3.

Only Article 3.

Only Article 3.

Only Article 8.

233

                                                
Directive 98/91/EC 14

Directive 2000/40/EC 15

Directive 2001/92/EC 16

Directive 2001/56/EC 17

Directive 2001/85/EC 18

Directive 2001/116/EC 19

Only Article 3.

Only Article 4.

Only Article 3.

Only Article 7.

Only Article 4.

 Regulation (EC) No 807/200320

Point 2) of Annex III only

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

OJ L 11, 16.1.1999, p. 25.
OJ L 203, 10.8.2000, p. 9.
OJ L 291, 8.11.2001, p. 24.
OJ L 292, 9.11.2001, p. 21.
OJ L 42, 13.2.2002, p. 42.
OJ L 18, 21.1.2002, p. 1.
OJ L 122, 16.5.2003, p.36

234

                                                
PART B
Time-limits for transposition into national laws

Directives

Time-limits for transposition

Date of application

Directive 70/156/EEC 21

10 August 1971

Directive 78/315/EEC 22

30 June 1979

Directive 78/547/EEC 23

15 December 1979

Directive 80/1267/EEC 24

30 June 1982

Directive 87/358/EEC 25

01 October 1988

Directive 87/403/EEC 26

01 October 1988

Directive 92/53/EEC 27

31 December 1992

1 January 1993

Directive 93/81/EEC 28

1 October 1993

Directive 95/54/EC 29

1 December 1995

Directive 96/27/EC 30

Directive 96/79/EC 31

20 May 1997

1 April 1997

Directive 97/27/EC 32

22.7.1999

Directive 98/14/EC 33

30 September 1998

1 October 1998

Directive 98/91/EC 34

16 January 2000

Directive 2000/40/EC 35

31 July 2002

1 August 2002

Directive 2001/92/EC 36

30 June 2002

Directive 2001/56/EC 37

9 May 2003

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

OJ L 42, 23.2.1970, p. 1.
OJ L 81, 28.3.1978, p. 1.
OJ L 168, 26.6.1978, p. 39.
OJ L 375, 31.12.1980, p. 34.
OJ L 192, 11.7.1987, p. 51.
OJ L 220, 8.8.1987, p. 44.
OJ L 225, 10.8.1992, p. 1.
OJ L 264, 23.10.1993, p. 49.
OJ L 266, 8.11.1995, p. 1.
OJ L 169, 8.7.1996, p. 1.
OJ L 18, 21.1.1997, p. 7.
OJ L 233, 25.8.1997, p. 1.
OJ L 91, 25.3.1998, p. 1.
OJ L 11, 16.1.1999, p. 25.
OJ L 203, 10.8.2000, p. 9.
OJ L 291, 8.11.2001, p. 24.
OJ L 292, 9.11.2001, p. 21.

235

                                                
Directive

Time-limits for transposition

Date of application

Directive 2001/85/EC 38

13 August 2003

Directive 2001/116/EC 39

30 June 2002

1 July 2002

38

39

OJ L 42, 13.2.2002, p. 42.
OJ L 18, 21.1.2002, p. 1.

236

                                                
(cid:1) 

ANNEX XVIII

CORRELATION TABLE
(referred to in the second subparagraph of Article 43)

Directive 70/156/EEC

This Directive

-

Article 1, first subparagraph

Article 1

Article 2 (1)

Article 1, second subparagraph

Article 2 (2) points (a) and (b)

-

-

Article 2

-

-

-

Article 3 (1)

Article 3 (2)

-

Article 3 (3)

Article 3 (4)

Article 3 (5)

-

-

Article 2 (2) points (c) and (h)

Article 2 (3)

Article 3

Article 4

Article 5 

Article 6 (1)

Article 6 (2)

Article 6 (3)

Article 6 (4)

Article 6 (5) points (a) and (b)

Article 7 (1) and (2)

Article 6 (6) and Article 7 (1)

Article 6 (7) and (8)

Article 7 (3) and (4)

Article 4 (1), first subparagraph point (a)

Article 9 (1)

Article 4 (1), first subparagraph point (b)

Article 9 (2)

Article 4 (1), first subparagraph point (c)

Article 10 (1)

Article 4 (1), first subparagraph point (d)

Article 10 (2)

-

Article 4 (1), second subparagraph

Article 10 (3)

Article 9 (4)

237

Directive 70/156/EEC

This Directive

Article 4 (1), third subparagraph

Article 9 (5)

-

-

Article 4 (2)

Article 4 (3), first and third sentences

Article 4 (3), second sentence

Article 4 (4)

Article 4 (5)

Article 4 (6)

Article 5 (1)

Article 5 (2)

Article 5 (3), first subparagraph

Article 5 (3), second subparagraph

Article 9 (6) and (7)

Article 8 (1) and (2)

Article 8 (3)

Article 9 (3) 

Article 8 (4)

Article 10 (4)

Article 8 (5) and (6)

Article 8 (7) and (8)

Article 12 (1)

Article 12 (2)

Article 14 (1)

Article 14 (3)

Article 5 (3), third subparagraph

Articles 14 (2), 15 (1) and 15 (2)

Article 5 (3), fourth subparagraph

Article 5 (4), first subparagraph

Article 12 (3)

Article 13 (1)

Article 5 (4), second subparagraph

Article 13 (3) and 15 (2)

Article 5 (4), third subparagraph

Article 13 (2)

Article 5 (4), fourth subparagraph, first sentence

Article 12 (3)

Article 5 (4), fourth subparagraph, second sentence

Article 15 (3)

Article 5 (5)

Article 5 (6)

-

Article 6 (1), first subparagraph

-

Article 6 (1), second subparagraph

Article 16 (4)

Article 13 (4)

Article 16 (1) to (3)

Article 17 (1)

Article 17 (2)

Article 17 (3)

238

Directive 70/156/EEC

This Directive

Article 6 (2)

-

Article 6 (3)

-

Article 6 (4)

-

Article 7 (1)

-

Article 7 (2)

Article 7 (3)

Article 8 (1)

-

Article 8 (2) (a), first sentence

-

Article 17 (4) to (8)

Article 18 (1) and (2)

Article 18 (3)

Article 35 (2), first subparagraph

Article 35 (2), second subparagraph

Article 25 (1)

Article 25 (2)

Article 27 

Article 28 

-

Article 21

Article 25 (3)

Article 8 (2) (a), second sentence

-

Article 8 (2) (a), third to sixth sentence

Article 22 (1), (3) and (5)

-

-

Article 22 (2)

Article 22 (4), first subparagraph

Article 8 (2) (b) (1), first and second subparagraphs

Article 26 (1)

Article 8 (2) (b) (1), third subparagraph

Article 26 (2)

Article 8 (2) (b) (2), first and second subparagraphs

Article 26 (3)

Article 8 (2) (b) (2), third and fourth subparagraphs

-

-

Article 26 (4)

Article 8 (2) (c), first subparagraph

Article 19 (1) and (2)

Article 8 (2) (c), second subparagraph

Article 19 (3), first subparagraph

Article 8 (2) (c), third subparagraph

-

Article 8 (2) (c), fourth subparagraph

Article 19 (3), second subparagraph

-

Article 19 (3), third subparagraph

239

Directive 70/156/EEC

This Directive

-

Article 19 (4)

Article 8 (2) (c), fifth and sixth subparagraphs

Article 20

Article 8 (3)

Article 22 (4), second subparagraph

-

-

Article 9 (1)

Article 9 (2)

-

Article 10 (1)

Article 10 (2)

-

Article 11 (1)

Article 11 (2)

Article 11 (3)

Article 11 (4)

Article 11 (5)

Article 11 (6)

-

Article 12, first sentence

Article 12, second sentence

-

-

Article 13 (1)

-

Article 13 (2)

Article 13 (3)

Article 13 (4)

Article 23

Article 24

Article 33

Article 32 (1) and (2)

Article 32 (3) and (4)

Article 11 (1)

Article 11 (2), first subparagraph, first sentence

Article 11 (2), first subparagraph, second sentence

Article 29 (2)

Article 29 (1)

Article 29 (3)

Article 29 (4)

Article 29 (5)

Article 29 (6)

Article 30

Article 31 (1)

Article 31 (2)

Article 34

Article 35 (1)

Article 37 (1)

Article 36 (1)

Article 36 (2)

Article 37 (2) and (3)

Article 36 (4)

240

Directive 70/156/EEC

This Directive

Article 13 (5)

-

Article 36 (2)

Article 36 ( 3)

Article 14 (1), first indent

Article 38 (1) (a)

Article 14 (1), second indent, first sentence

Article 38 (1) (b)

-

Article 38 (1) (c)

Article 14 (1), second indent, second sentence

Article 38 (4)

Article 14 (1), second indent, point (i)

Article 38 (2)

Article 14 (1), second indent, point (ii)

Article 38 (3)

Article 14 (2), first subparagraph

-

Article 14 (2), second subparagraph

Article 38 (5)

-

Annex I

Annex II

Annex III

Annex IV

-

Annex V

Annex VI

-

Annex VII

-

Annex VIII

Annex IX

Annex X

Annex XI

Annex XII

Annex XIII

Articles 39 to 45

Annex I

Annex II

Annex III

Annex IV

Annex IV, Appendix 1

Annex V

Annex VI

Annex VI, Appendix 1

Annex VII

Annex VII, Appendix 1

Annex VIII

Annex IX

Annex X

Annex XI

Annex XII

Annex XIII

241

Directive 70/156/EEC

This Directive

Annex XIV

Annex XV

-

-

-

Annex XIV

Annex XV

Annex XVI

Annex XVII

Annex XVIII

242